SPECIFICATION NO. 1322

Riverside County

Perris, California

SPECIFICATION NO. 1322

AQUASEL BRINE CONCENTRATION DEMONSTRATION

Work Order # 413800

A PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT

Volume 1 of 3

Contents:

Specifications | Notice Inviting Bids | Bidding Requirements | Bid Forms | Detailed Provisions

Paul D. Jones, II, P.E. - General Manager

Safety is of paramount and overriding importance to

Eastern Municipal Water District

Visit our website at www.emwd.org to view currently advertised projects

Navigate to Construction Construction Bid Opportunities

SIGNED: 06/29/2017

[PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

00010-1 Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME 1

BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PAGE 00000 Title Page 00010 Table of Contents 00012 Notice Inviting Bid NIB-1 thru NIB-6 00014 Bid Opening Map 00016 Bid Walk-thru map/directions 00018 Instructions to Bidders B-1 thru B-6 00020 Bidding Sheets & Equipment & Material List (Submit with bid) BS-1 thru BS-6 00024 Proposal (7 day) (Submit with bid) C3-1 thru 2 00025.1 System for Award Management/DUNS Number (Submit with bid) C3.1 00026.4 Disclosure of Lobbying Activities SF-LLL 00026.5 Certification for Contracts, Grant, Loans and Cooperative Agreements LC-01 00028 Designation of Subcontractors (Submit with bid) C5a thru e 00030 Contractor's Licensing Statement (Submit with bid) C6-1 thru -2 00032 Non-Collusion Declaration (Submit with bid) C7-1 thru -2 00034 Agreement C8a thru d 00036 Performance Bond C9-1 thru -4 00038 Payment Bond C-10-1 thru -4 00040 Bid Bond (Submit with bid) BB-1 thru -2 00042 Worker’s Compensation Insurance Certificate C11-1 thru -2 00044 Certificate of Insurance Sample C12 00046 Iran Contracting Act Certification (Submit with bid if over $1million) C13-1 thru -4 00048 Maintenance Bond (by Contractor) - Pumping Equipment C14-1 thru -2 00049 Maintenance Bond (by Supplier) - Pumping Equipment C14.1-1 thru -2 00050 Cal-OSHA form 300A (Submit with bid) C16-1 thru -2 00052 Contractor’s Cal Osha Compliance History and SIC Code (Submit with bid) C17-1 thru -2 00054 Pipe Zone Density Chart (PVC) C18 00056 Employee Safety & Health Training Records C19-1 thru -2 00057 Contractor Registration Extract(s) (Submit with bid) C22-1 thru -2 GENERAL CONDITIONS PAGE 00062 Section E, Inspection & Tests E-1 thru -2 00064 Section F, Labor & Construction F-1 thru -58

Includes Exhibit A – Escrow Agreement 00066 Section H, Permits H-1 thru -2


SPECIAL CONDITIONS PAGE 00100 Special Conditions SC-1 thru -20 00110 Supplemental Special Conditions SSC-1 thru -6

CONTRACT DRAWINGS 00200 Section P Standard & Construction Drawings (list) P-1 thru P-2 EMWD DETAILED PROVISIONS 01000 General Safety Requirements 1 thru 8 01026 Schedule of Values 1 thru 4 01310 Project Control Schedule 1 thru 12 01381 Pre-construction Audio Video Recording Above Ground Facilities 1 thru 4 02201 Construction Methods and Earthwork 1 thru 26 02210 Site Grading 1 thru 8 02221 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting 1 thru 10 02242 Cement Stabilized Sand Bedding/Backfill 1 thru 2 02444 Chain Link Fencing 1 thru 6 02505 Roadway Base Course 1 thru 4 02513 Asphalt Concrete Paving 1 thru 4 02718 Installation of Water Pipeline 1 thru 20 02762 Furnish & Inst. Plastic Sewer Pipe Sys. 1 thru 14 03150 Formwork 1 thru 6 03200 Reinforcing 1 thru 6 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1 thru 38 VOLUME 2 09900 Painting and Protective Coatings 1 thru 48 11005 General Mechanical and Equipment 1 thru 18 13446 Valve and Gate Operations 1 thru 6 15064 Plastic (PVC) Water Pipe and Fittings 1 thru 4 15430 Emergency Eyewash/Shower Units 1 thru 4 15700 HVAC Equipment 1 thru 22 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1 thru 28 16040 Short-Circuit/Coordination Study and Arch-Flash Hazard Study 1 thru 26 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 1 thru 60 16160 Variable Frequency Drives 1 thru 30 16480 Motor Control Centers, Switchboards, and Panelboards 1 thru 62 16890 Fiber Optic Cabling and Components 1 thru 22 17005 General Instrumentation and Control Components 1 thru 32 17010 Programmable Logic Controller 1 thru 32


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 01 88 15 Seismic Anchorage and Bracing 1 thru 5

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13 34 19 Metal Building Systems 1 thru 9

DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTEGRATION 40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 1 thru 11

APPENDICES (Provided on CD)

Appendix A Not Used

Appendix B Pre-negotiated Aquasel Equipment System

Appendix C General Contractor Installation Information Package for AquaSel Equipment

Appendix D MOU between GE Osmonics and EMWD for AquaSel Equipment

Appendix E Funding Agreement

Appendix F Subsurface Utility Report VOLUME 3

DRAWINGS (BOUND SEPARATELY)



NIB-1 00012 Notice Inviting Bid

EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT SPECIFICATION NO. 1322

AQUASEL BRINE CONCENTRATION DEMONSTRATION 2017 NOTICE INVITING BID NIB-1. Receipt of Bids. Sealed proposals (bids) for this project will be received and time-stamped by Eastern Municipal Water District no later than 2:00 p.m., WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6, 2017 (from time stamp clock) at which time and place they will be publicly opened. Hand deliver/Fed Ex your bid to: EMWD, 2270 Trumble Road, Perris, CA, 92570 Mail your bid to: EMWD, P O Box 8300, Perris, CA 92572-8300 Prequalified Bidders are directed to use the parking lot designated as VENDORS/BIDDERS to park their vehicles to attend the bid opening. Please go to the Operations and Maintenance Lobby and have your bids time-stamped by the Receptionist. All bids submitted will become the property of EMWD and subject to disclosure under the Public Records Act. All bids will be posted on the website www.emwd.org approximately 10 days from bid opening. NIB-2. Prequalification. Due to the special requirements of the project, the DISTRICT has performed a public invitation to pre-qualify bidders for the project. Only firms that have prequalified shall be entitled to submit a bid for this project.

LIST OF PREQUALIFIED GENERAL CONTRACTORS ELIGIBLE TO BID

CONTRACTOR ADDRESS PHONE #/FAX

Archer Western Construction 9915 Mira Mesa Blvd., Suite 230 San Diego, CA 92131

Phone: 858-715-7211 Fax: 858-715-7201

C.W. Roen Construction Co. P.O. Box 4, 40 Oak Court Danville, CA 94526

Phone: 925-837-5501 Fax: 925-837-2674

Canyon Springs Enterprises DBA RSH Construction.

3883 Wentworth Drive Hemet, CA 92545

Phone: 951-925-2288 Fax: 951-925-1288

Environmental Construction, Inc. 21550 Oxnard Street, Suite 1050 Woodland Hills, CA 91367

Phone: 818-449-8920 Fax: 818-703-9073

http://www.emwd.org/


COMPANY ADDRESS PHONE #/FAX

Garney Companies, Inc. 4113 Scotts Valley Drive, Suite 200 Scotts Valley, CA 95066

Phone: 831-460-6405 Fax: 831-460-6401

Gateway Pacific Contractors, Inc. 8055 Freeport Blvd Sacramento, CA 95832

Phone: 916-665-4100 Fax: 916-665-4119

GSE Construction Co., Inc. 6950 Preston Ave. Livermore, CA 94551

Phone: 925-447-0292 Fax: 925-447-0962

Integrated Water Services, Inc. P.O. Box 10273 Pleasanton, CA 94588

Phone: 925-895-3895 Fax: 925-218-2194

J.F Shea Construction 667 Brea Canyon Road, Suite 30 Walnut, CA 91789

Phone: 909-595-4397 Fax: 909-444-4268

J.R. Filanc Construction Company, Inc. 740 North Andreasen Drive Escondido, CA 92029

Phone: 760-941-7130 Fax: 760-941-3969

Myers & Sons Construction, L.P. 4600 Northgate Blvd. Suite 100 Sacramento, CA 95834

Phone: 916-283-9950 Fax: 916-614-9520

Norman A. Olsson Construction, Inc. 326 W. Katella Ave., Suite 4-J Orange, CA 92867

Phone: 714-516-9496 Fax: 714-516-9596

Pacific Hydrotech Corp 314 E. 3rd Street Perris, CA 92570

Phone: 951-943-8803 Fax: 951-943-1093

Parsons Construction Group, Inc. 100 West Walnut Street Pasadena, CA 91124

Phone: 626-440-3205 Fax: 626-440-2630

PCL Construction 255 E Rincon St, Suite 321 Corona CA 92879

Phone: 602-402-2771 Fax: 480-829-8252

R C Foster Corporation P.O. Box 77055 Corona, CA 92877-0101

Phone: 951-738-8211 Fax: 951-738-8215

Schuler Constructors Inc. 564 Bateman Cr Corona CA 92880

Phone: 951-738-9215 Fax: 951-738-0162

SCW Contracting Corporation 2525 N. Old Hwy 395 Fallbrook, CA 92028

Phone: 760-728-1308 Fax: 760-728-2517

Spiess Construction Co., Inc. P.O. Box 2849 Santa Maria, CA 93457

Phone: 805-937-5859 Fax: 805-934-4432

W.M. Lyles Co. P.O. Box 4377 Fresno, CA 93744

Phone: 559-441-1900 Fax: 559-487-7949

NIB-3. Contract Documents. The contract documents, which include instructions to bidders, plans and specifications, are available at www.emwd.org. To view and download these documents, navigate to Construction and select Construction Bid Opportunities.



If obtaining the contract documents online, please complete the Planholder Registration form to receive email notification of addenda issued. Bidders shall use full size drawings to prepare bid. To purchase a CD of the contract documents, mail your request and a check in the amount of $5.00 (includes sales tax; non-refundable) as follows: Eastern Municipal Water District, Field Engineering, Attn: Brittnee Francis Regular or Express mail: P.O. Box 8300, Perris, CA 92572-8300 UPS or Federal Express: 2270 Trumble Road, Perris, CA 92570 For faster service, please provide your Federal Express account number Plans and Specifications may also be viewed at the District's office, 2270 Trumble Road, Perris, CA. A limited number of CD’s will be available for purchase at the pre-bid walk-through meeting. Please bring checks only. NIB-4. Location and Description of Work. The work to be constructed is located adjacent to the Menifee/Perris I Desalter located at 29541 Murrieta Road, Sun City, CA 92586. The work comprises of the construction of a facility housing a technology to further recover water from a reverse osmosis brine discharged from an adjacent District facility. The facility will house an electrodialysis reversal (EDR) treatment train and a solids precipitation treatment train in a pre-fabricated steel building. Collectively, these two treatment trains is referred to as the AquaSel system. The cost of the AquaSel system has been pre-negotiated with GE Osmonics. The pre-negotiated proposals include scope of supply, costs, vendor provided services, and vendor specific terms and conditions. The Contractor will be required to issue a purchase order for these pre-negotiated proposals within specified timeframes, which will be considered as Contractor provided equipment and services. The selected Contractor will install all equipment and coordinate services and will be responsible for complete, integrated, and fully operational facilities that support the AquaSel Brine Concentration Demonstration project. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish and install a pre-fabricated steel building to house the AquaSel equipment, miscellaneous yard piping, connections to existing utilities, grading, paving, fencing, and other related site preparation work, in accordance with the Contract documents. As noted in the pre-qualification invitation, the contract documents reflect a level of completion of 50% or more. The drawings depict the basic layout of all process units, their relative spacing and elevations, and the intended flow between process units. However, the details for how to interconnect the equipment are not provided. It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to complete the installation given the information provided in the drawings. A 3-D graphic representation of the design will be provided to the selected Contractor to assist with understanding the equipment layout. The Contractor shall provide layout drawings showing the details of how they plan to install all the mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation systems for review and approval.


NIB-5. Mandatory Pre-Bid Walk-Through will be conducted by EMWD on TUESDAY, AUGUST 1, 2017 at 9:00 a.m., meeting at 29541 Murrieta Road, Sun City, CA 92586. Please arrive promptly! All bidders must have an employee of their firm sign-in and attend the mandatory pre-bid walk-through meeting. Failure to do so shall deem your bid non-responsive. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). For your safety, attendees shall bring and wear hard hats, safety vests, and close-toed shoes, if construction is present.

QUESTIONS: All questions must be submitted in writing by 5:00 p.m. on TUESDAY, AUGUST 8, 2017 to Mr. Warren Huang c/o Brittnee Francis; EMAIL: [email protected] & [email protected]. or FAX: 951-928-6111. Questions received after this time may not be responded to. NIB-6. Contract Bonds. All bonds shall be executed by admitted surety insurers, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure section 995.120. Each proposal must be accompanied by a certified check or satisfactory surety bond (by utilizing the District’s Bid Bond form BB-1) for not less than 10% of the bidder's total contract price as a guarantee that the bidder shall, within seven (7) days after the mailing of a notice of acceptance of bid by the District to the bidder, enter into the written contract supplied by the District. The District shall return the bid bond, upon request. The Contractor shall furnish a faithful performance bond in an amount equal to 100% of the amount of the contract and a labor payment bond in an amount equal to 100% of the contract amount. Pursuant to Section 995.660(a) of the Code of Civil Procedure, the Contractor shall submit the following documents with the performance and payment bonds:

(1) The original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so;

(2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the State of California’s Insurance Commissioner; and

(3) Copies of the insurer's most recent annual and quarterly statements filed with the Department of Insurance.

NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNTIL THE BONDS ARE APPROVED BY THE DISTRICT NIB-7. Safety. Safety of all activities in connection with the work is of paramount and overriding importance to the District. The District is recognized by the California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal OSHA) as an active participant in the California Voluntary Protection Program (Cal VPP). The District is designated a Cal STAR site due to our high-level commitment to safety.

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]


Bidders on this project will be required to comply with and meet all applicable Cal OSHA requirements of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, including their current Injury and Illness Prevention Plan, T8 CCR Section 3203. All bidders shall complete the C-16 Annual Summary of Work Related Injuries and Illness (Cal/OSHA Form 300A) and the C-17 Contractor’s Cal/OSHA Compliance History and SIC Code form. Failure to fully divulge, complete and submit these forms may deem your bid non-responsive A safety conference shall be scheduled prior to the preconstruction conference to review the experience modification rating, the respective safety requirements, and to discuss implementation of all health and safety provisions related to this project. NIB-8. Contract Time. No bid or bid security may be withdrawn for seventy-five (75) calendar days after the date bids are received. The successful bidder shall, within seven (7) calendar days after the District mails a notice of acceptance of bid, return the signed agreement and bonds, and attend the pre-construction conference at the District office. The contract period shall commence seven (7) calendar days from the date of the Notice-of-Acceptance-of-Proposal. The Contractor shall complete all work, including testing, within five hundred and fifty (550) calendar days.

NIB-9. Contractor Classification. Bidders on this work will be required to be licensed by the State of California as Classification A - General Engineering Contractor at the time of the bid and at the time of award as such license is defined in Section 7056 and/or Section 7058 of the Business and Professional Code and Section 732 of the California Administrative Code.

NIB-10. Non-Discrimination. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the provisions of the California Labor Code and with the President's Executive Order No. 11246 and supplements thereto. The requirements for bidders and contractors under this order are explained in the specifications. NIB-11. Minimum Wages. In accordance with the provisions of the California Labor Code, the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rates of wages and the general prevailing rates for legal holiday and overtime work in Riverside County (refer to Section F-General Conditions). Copies of said rates are on file at the office of the District, which copies shall be made available for review to any interested party on request. The successful bidder shall post a copy of such determinations at the jobsite. NIB-12. Public Works Requirements California Administrative Code, Title 8, Group 3, Section 16100 apply, which are/include:

A. All applicable requirements of sections 1771, 1774 - 1776, 1813, and 1815.


B. The appropriate number of apprentices are on the job site, as set forth in Labor Code Section 1777.5.

C. Workers' compensation coverage, set forth in Labor Code Sections 1860 and 1861. D. To keep accurate records of the work performed on the public works project, as set

forth in Labor Code Section 1812. E. Inspection of payroll records pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776, and as set forth in

Section 16400 (e) of these regulations. F. Other requirements imposed by law.

NIB-13. Public Works Contractor and Subcontractor Registration. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal or be awarded a contract for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. BIDDERS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS (listed on the Designation of Subcontractors List C-05) are to provide an extract (pdf) at time of bid showing active registration from the Public Works Contractor Registration online registration at https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/Search All contractors and subcontractors, including soils, survey and inspection services must furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement). Additionally, the awarded Contractor shall submit certified payroll records to the District. In addition, awarded Contractor must post jobsite notices prescribed by regulations. NIB-14. Ineligibility of Contractor or Subcontractor. Pursuant to Section 1777.1 and 1777.7 of the Labor Code, any contractor or subcontractor who is found by the Labor Commissioner to be in violation of certain provisions of law and is debarred for a specific period of time, is ineligible to bid or work on, or be awarded, a public works contract. NIB-15. Substitution of Securities. Substitution of securities shall be permitted for any monies withheld to ensure contract performance, in accordance with the provisions of law and Section F-General Conditions of the contract specifications. NIB-16. No Equal Clause. The application of California Public Contract Code Section 3400 (b) applies. The District’s Board of Directors has authorized the General Manager to approve purchase and installation of certain equipment, material and services which has been designated sole-sourced and as no-equal in order to match other equipment and services already completed or in the course of construction.

https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/Search




00016 Pre-Bid Walk-Thru Map/Directions

Mandatory Pre-Bid Walk-thru Map and Directions

The Pre-bid Job walk will be held at the Menifee/Perris I Desalter Administration Building located at 29541 Murrieta Road, Sun City, CA 92586.

From the I-215 Freeway:

• Exit on McCall Boulevard, heading west

• Turn left (south) at Murrieta Road

• Pass Cam del Sol Sur (east side of street)

• Turn right on next driveway on right (west) side of Murrieta Road

• Follow the road to the Menifee/Perris I Desalter facility entrance

• Go to the facility’s Administration Building

Menifee/Perris I Desalter

Location Map

00016 Pre-Bid Walk-Thru Map/Directions


Rev:04/11/16 B-1 00018 Instructions to Bidders

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

B-01. Form of Proposal and Signature. The proposal shall be submitted on the form provided by the District and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked and addressed as hereinafter directed. The Bidder shall state in words and figures the unit prices or the specific sums as the case may be, for which he proposes to supply the labor, materials, supplies, or machinery, and perform the work required by the specifications and drawings. In case words and figures do not agree, the words shall govern and the figures shall be disregarded. If the unit price and the total amount named by a Bidder for any item are not in agreement, the unit price alone will be considered as representing the Bidder's intention and totals will be corrected to conform thereto. The District reserves the right to correct any arithmetical errors. If the proposal is made by an individual it shall be signed and his full name and address shall be given; if it is made by a Firm it shall be signed with the co-partnership name by a member of the firm, who shall also sign his own name, and the name and address of each member shall be given; and if it is made by a corporation the name of the corporation shall be signed by its duly authorized officer or officers, and the names and titles of all officers of the corporation shall be given. No telegraphic proposal or telegraphic modification of a proposal will be considered.

B-02. Preparation of the Proposal. Blank spaces in the proposal shall be properly filled. The phraseology of the proposal must not be changed and no additions shall be made to the items mentioned therein. Conditions, limitations or provisos attached to a proposal will cause its rejection. Alterations by erasure or interlineation must be explained or noted in the proposal over the signature of the Bidder. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically provided for in the Bidding Sheet. A Bidder may withdraw his proposal before the hour fixed for opening bids, without prejudice to himself, by submitting a written request to the General Manager of the District for its withdrawal, and his proposal will be returned to him unopened when reached in the procedure of opening bids without rendering the accompanying certified or cashier's check or bond subject to forfeiture as liquidated damages in like manner as in the case of failure to execute contract after award, as hereinafter provided. No proposal received after the time named or at any place other than the place stated in the Notice Inviting Bids (or Bidding Information sheet) will be considered. All bids will be opened and declared to be present at the opening. The District reserves the right to waive any informality in any bid, to reject any or all proposals, to reject one part of a proposal and accept the other, and to make award to the lowest responsible Bidder as the interest of the District may require.

The Non-Collusion Declaration, Subcontractor’s List naming each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the Contractor's total bid, and Bid Bond or Certified or Cashier’s Check, and all required forms shall be submitted with the proposal at time of bid. Pursuant to the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 (Pub. Cont. Code § 2200-2208), contracts of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more shall require bidder to submit the Iran Contract Act Certification with the proposal at time of bid. Where bonds are required, the Bidder shall name in his proposal the surety or sureties, which have agreed to furnish said bonds.

B-2 00018 Instructions to Bidders

B-03. Lowest Responsible Bidder. In selecting the lowest responsible Bidder, consideration will be given to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the work covered by the proposal, and the bidder’s financial standing, if requested. To receive favorable consideration, a bidder must present evidence satisfactory to the District that he or his associates are personally competent to manage the proposed undertaking and to carry it forward to a successful conclusion. Professional integrity and honesty of purpose shall be essential requirements.

A showing of adequate financial resources may be requested by the District, but will not alone determine whether a bidder is competent to undertake the proposed work. Each bidder must furnish a record of past performance and experience in the form required. To this end, each proposal, except as noted below, shall be supported by a statement of the bidder's experience on the form provided. This form, completely filled out, must be submitted along with the proposal. Incomplete or false statements submitted in connection with a proposal may, at the option of the Board of Directors of the District, be sufficient cause for its rejection. The District shall be the final authority with regard to whether a bid is responsive to the call for bids and as to whether a bidder is a responsible bidder under the conditions of his bid.

B-04. Equalizing Factors. Whenever applicable, equalizing elements or factors not specifically mentioned or provided for herein, such as costs of transportation, inspection (including salaries and travel and subsistence expenses), installation, and operation, or any other factor or element in addition to that of price which would affect the total cost or value to the District will be taken into consideration in comparing bids for award of contract.

B-05. Certified or Cashier's Check or Bond. As a guarantee of good faith, each bidder shall submit with his proposal an unconditional certified or cashier's check drawn on a solvent state or national bank, or he may furnish a bond, utilizing the District’s Bid Bond form BB-1, with a company acceptable to the District in the sum stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, payable to the Eastern Municipal Water District, said check or bond to be held uncollected until it becomes subject to disposal as herein provided. Any condition or limitation placed upon said check or bond may render it informal and may, at the option of the Board result in the rejection of the proposal under which such check is submitted. Original Bid Bond (BB-1) must include Notary Public Acknowledgement for Surety and Contractor. If a Bidder to whom an award is made fails or refuses to execute the contract and furnish the required bond, all within the time stated in Section B-6 hereof, said check or bond and the monies represented thereby shall be and remain the property of the District and shall be subject to deposit with the Treasurer of the District as other monies belonging to the District, the amount thereof being agreed to by the Bidder as liquidated damages due the District on account of the delay in the execution of the contract and bond, and in the performance of the work thereunder, resulting from such failure or refusal. Original Bid bond (BB-1) shall remain on file at the District with the original bid proposal and be returned upon written request only. Certified checks shall be returned at the expiration of 60 days from the date of opening bids.


B-06. Execution of Contract. A Bidder to whom the award is made shall execute and return a written contract with the District on the form of Agreement attached hereto and furnish good and approved bond as required in the following paragraph, all in accordance with the provisions hereof and within the time stated in the Notice Inviting Bids (or Bidding Information sheet) or such additional time as may be allowed by the Engineer. The District will return a copy of the fully executed contract upon completion by the General Manager.

If a Bidder to whom the award is made fails or refuses to enter into contract as herein provided, or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith, his check shall become the property of the District as provided in Section B-5 hereof, the award will be annulled, and in the discretion of the District an award may be made to the Bidder whose proposal is next most acceptable to the District; and such Bidder shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein as if he were the party to whom the first award was made. A corporation to which an award is made will be required, before the contract is finally executed, to furnish evidence of its corporate existence and of the authority of the officer signing the contract and bond for the corporation to so sign.

B-07. Bond

(a) A Bidder to whom contract is awarded shall within the time mentioned in the preceding paragraph furnish a bond with a responsible corporate surety or corporate sureties conditioned upon the faithful performance by the said Bidder of all covenants and stipulations in the contract. Said bond shall be in the amount stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids (or Bidding Information sheet). Bonds in amounts of $1,000 or less shall be made in multiples of $100; in amounts exceeding $1,000 but not exceeding $5,000 in multiples of $500; in amounts exceeding $5,000 in multiples of $1,000; provided, that the amount of the bond shall be fixed at the lowest sum that fulfills all conditions of the contract.

(b) The surety or sureties on the bond furnished must be satisfactory to the Board. The required bond shall be furnished by the Bidder to whom contract has been awarded at his own cost and expense.

(c) Attention is invited to the provisions of the Insurance Code of the State of California with reference to the writing of insurance policies and bonds covering risks located in this State, and the premiums and commissions thereon. A Bidder to whom contract is awarded shall furnish at the time his bond is submitted for approval, satisfactory evidence that the requirements of said code have been observed.

(d) The bond furnished by the surety shall agree to acceptance by the surety of arbitration of disputes, where selected in accordance with Section F, Arbitration.

Rev:04/11/16 B-4 00018 Instructions to Bidders

B-08. Address and Marking of Proposal. The envelope enclosing a proposal MUST be sealed and addressed as follows:

MAIL: General Manager STREET: General Manager Eastern Municipal Water District Eastern Municipal Water District Attn: Field Engineering Department Attn: Field Engineering Department P O Box 8300 2270 Trumble Road Perris, CA 92572-8300 Perris, CA 92570 The envelope MUST be plainly marked in the upper left hand with the name and address of the bidder, and bear the words:

Proposal For: (specification number) (name of project (date and hour)

The statement of Bidder's experience and financial condition, when required, if not already on file in the District Office, and a certified or cashier's check, or bond, should be enclosed in the same envelope with the proposal.

B-09. Complete Specifications and Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to verify the completeness of his set of specifications and drawings and neither the District nor any of its officers shall be held responsible for any omission therefrom unless such omission has been called to the attention of the District prior to the submission of bids. Bidders shall use full size drawings to prepare said bid.

B-10. Addenda and/or Letter of Clarification. Bidder shall be responsible for verifying that any addenda or letter of clarification issued by the District has been investigated and received. By submitting a bid, Bidder certifies that any addenda and letters of clarification issued to these specifications, whether acknowledged or not on the Bidding Sheets, shall be made a part of the contract. Bidder further agrees to perform all labor and services and furnish all materials, tools and appliances necessary for completing the work called out in the addenda or letter of clarification at no additional cost to the District.

B-11. Improperly Balanced Proposals. Any proposal which in the opinion of the Engineer is so unbalanced between the various contract items as to be detrimental to the interests of the District will be rejected.


B-12. Local Conditions. Bidders shall read the specifications, any background material, examine the drawings, and make their own estimates of the existing facilities and the difficulties which will attend the execution of the work called for by the proposed contract, including local conditions, uncertainty of weather, and all other contingencies. The District will identify for Bidders the location of existing utilities located on the site of construction which require removal, relocation or protection. AN EMPLOYEE ON THE COMPANY’S PAYROLL MUST HAVE INSPECTED THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK TO BE CONSIDERED A RESPONSIVE BIDDER. Bidders shall satisfy themselves by personal examination of the locations of the proposed work, and by such other means as they may choose as to actual conditions and requirements and as to the accuracy of the quantities stated in the Bidding Sheet. Information derived from the maps, plans, specifications, profiles, or drawings, or from the Engineer or his assistants, shall not relieve the bidder of this responsibility, and the interpretation of the data disclosed by borings or other preliminary investigations is not guaranteed by the District.

The quantities of work or materials stated in the unit price items of the Bidding Sheet are given only as a basis for the comparison of bids and the District does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work or material will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any unit price item of the work as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the Engineer.

Bidders shall not at any time after the submission of a bid make or have any claim for damages or anticipated profits or loss of profit or otherwise because of any difference between the quantities of work actually done and material furnished and those stated in said unit price items of the Bidding Sheet.


Pursuant to Public Contract Code section 7104, any public works contract of a local public entity which involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface shall provide for the following: (a) That the contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the public entity, in writing, of any: (1) Material that the contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by information about the site made available to bidders prior to the deadline for submitting bids. (3) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. (b) That the public entity shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in the contract. (c) That, in the event that a dispute arises between the public entity and the contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, the contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. The contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.

B-13. Insurance. Attention is invited to the requirements set forth in SPECIFICATION - GENERAL CONDITIONS, Art. F-04 Contractor's and Subcontractor's Insurance and the Special Conditions.

BS-1 00020 Bidding Sheets


AQUASEL BRINE CONCENTRATION DEMONSTRATION BIDDING SHEETS The Contractor shall construct the project under these Specifications all in conformance with the Contract Drawings listed in Section P and these Specifications. The District reserves the right to:

A. Accept or reject any or all bids on this specification; B. Award Contract to the lowest qualified bidder, based on the total bid price: C. Waive any defects and informalities.

The District shall be the final authority with regard to whether a bid is responsive to the call for bids and to whether a bidder is a responsible bidder under the conditions of his bid, or for any reason. The total contract price shall include all work, materials and equipment needed to complete the project as defined in the General Conditions, Section F. The bidder shall include costs for such other items in the most appropriate category (bid item). TO BE INSTALLED: The District will furnish the following item(s) to be installed by the Contractor: None. The Contractor shall pick up all furnished items at the District yard. Furnished items will be loaded onto the Contractor's truck by the District.



BIDDING SHEETS

Unit Total Bid

Item

Qty

Unit Description

(Unit Price Written in Words) Price

(Figures) Amount

(Figures)


1 1 LS Mobilization and Approved: Bonds, Insurance, and Schedule of Values (see Section 01026) and Preliminary Project Schedule (PPS) (see section 01310)

Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars

$

PRESET

$

250,000

(words)

2 1 LS Pre-negotiated GE AquaSel System Equipment (including the AquaSel system equipment; commissioning, start-up, and training services; engineering services; freight; recommended spare parts; applicable sales taxes, and other associated costs) per the contract plans and specifications. (Refer to Appendices B and D).

One million three hundred forty nine thousand five hundred forty-four dollars

$

PRESET

$

1,349,544

(words)

3 1 LS Furnish and Install all inter-connecting piping, electrical, and control systems and associated appurtenances between each piece of equipment provided in Bid Item No. 2, such that a complete, operable and controllable system is provided, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

$ Lump Sum

$

(words)



BIDDING SHEETS

Unit Total Bid

Item

Qty

Unit Description


(Figures) Amount

(Figures)


4 1 LS Furnish and install all site work (including grading; paving; new yard piping; connections to existing site utilities; fencing; conduit, removal of existing electrical pullbox and installation of new 8-foot x 19-foot electrical vault, and other structures [transformer pad] required by SCE to provide new electrical service; and other associated appurtenances) per the contract plans and specifications.

$ Lump Sum

$

(words)

5 1 LS Furnish and Install Prefabricated steel building (including concrete foundation, roll up doors, personnel doors, exhaust fans, louvers, vents, lighting system, floor drain system, potable water system, emergency eye wash and shower stations, rain gutters and downspouts, equipment housekeeping pads, and associated appurtenances) per the contract plans and specifications.

$ Lump Sum

$

(words)



BIDDING SHEETS

Unit Total Bid

Item

Qty

Unit Description


(Figures) Amount

(Figures)


6 1 LS ADDITION OR DEDUCTION Circle one (If applicable):

Addition (+)

Deduction (-)

$

(words)

TOTAL BID (Basis of award)

$________________________



BIDDING SHEETS


ADDITION OR DEDUCTION: Provision is made here for the bidder to include an addition/deduction in their bid, if desired, to reflect any last minute adjustments in prices. The addition/deduction, if made, will be proportionately applied to item(s) (fill in) and reflected in the unit prices for payment purposes. If the addition/deduction affects more than one bid item, the proportionate application of the addition/deduction shall be mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and the District at the prejob. Addenda and/or Letter of Clarification By submitting a bid, Bidder certifies that any addenda and letters of clarification issued to these specifications, whether acknowledged or not below, shall be made a part of the contract. Bidder further agrees to perform all labor and services and furnish all materials, tools and appliances necessary for completing the work called out in the addenda or letter of clarification. Addenda received: Letter of Clarification received:

Person who inspected site of the proposed work as an employee of your firm: (Representative must have inspected the jobsite and be an employee on the company’s payroll to be considered a responsive bidder) (Name) (Date of Inspection)


EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL No substitution will be permitted without written justification and the approval of the District prior to the bid opening.

PRODUCTS OF MANUFACTURERS LISTED AS EQUALS TO THOSE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE DISTRICT NO LATER THAN THE TENTH (10TH) DAY PRECEDING THE DATE SET FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS.

ITEM MANUFACTURER

Pre-negotiated AquaSel Equipment System GE Osmonics

NOTE Please refer to Special Conditions SC-13 for Specified Equipment with No Equal Substitution.

C3-1 00024 Proposal (7 day)

P R O P O S A L The undersigned hereby declares, as Bidder, that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no director or any other officer or employee of the Eastern Municipal Water District is in any manner interested directly or indirectly in this proposal or in the profits to be derived from the contract proposed to be taken; that this bid is made without any connection with any person or persons making a bid for the same purpose; that the bid is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; that he has read the Notice Inviting Bids (or Bidding Information), Insurance Requirements and the Instructions to Bidders and agrees to all the stipulations contained herein; that he proposes and agrees that if his bid as submitted in the attached sheets, be accepted he will contract in the form so approved and furnish all items called for in accordance with the provisions of said approved form of Agreement, Insurance Requirements and the Specifications and to deliver the same within the time stipulated therein; and that he will accept in full payment therefore the prices named in said Bid Sheet. The Bidder further agrees, that upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this proposal within 60 days after the day of opening bids (unless otherwise specified in the Notice Inviting Bids or Bidding Information) he will execute and return the Contract in accordance with the proposal as accepted and furnish the required bond(s) within SEVEN (7) days from the date of mailing the Notice of Acceptance of Proposal to him at his address given below, or within such time as allowed by the Engineer; and that upon his failure or refusal to do so within the said time, then the certified or cashier's check or bond accompanying this bid shall become the property of and be retained by the Eastern Municipal Water District as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, and shall be deposited with the Treasurer of said Eastern Municipal Water District as monies belonging to the Eastern Municipal Water District; provided, that if said Bidder shall execute the Contract and furnish the required bond within the time aforesaid, his check or bond shall be returned to him thereafter. The Bidder further declares that the surety or sureties named in the attached sheet have agreed to furnish bond in form and amount set forth in the accompanying Notice Inviting Bids (or Bidding Information) and paragraph B-6 of the Instructions to Bidders, in the event contract is awarded on basis of this proposal. Company: Address: Date: By: (Print Name) (Name should appear below) (Signature of Owner or Officer required)

Name(s) and Title of Member of Firm or Office of Corporation authorized to enter into a binding Contract: Name Title

Address (if different from above)

For further details on this proposal, please contact:

Name: Address: Email Address: Telephone:

C3-2 00024 Proposal (7 day)


00025.1 C-03.1

CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION and DUN & BRAD STREET NUMBER (CCR/DUNS number form)

Registration Requirements - Central Contractor Registration and Dun & Bradstreet Number. Contractors must maintain current registrations in the Central Contractor Registration (www.SAM.gov). A Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number (www.fedgov.dnb.com/webform) is one of the requirements for registration in the Central Contractor Registration.

Registered in Central Contractor Registration? Yes No

What is your firm's number with Dun & Bradstreet (DUNS number)? BIDDERS: Please submit this information with your Proposal Package at the time of bid.

00025.1 C-03.1

[Page Left Intentionally Blank]

DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES Approved by OMB 0348-0046

Complete this form to disclose lobbying activities pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352

(See reverse for public burden disclosure)

1. Type of Federal Action

a. contract b. grant c. cooperative agreement d. loan e. loan guarantee f. loan insurance

2. Status of Federal Action

a. bid/offer/application b. initial award c. post-award

3. Report Type:

a. initial filing b. material changes

For Material Change Only:

Year: Quarter:

Date of last report:

4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity:

Prime Sub-Awardee

Tier , if known Congressional District, if known

5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is Sub-awardee, Enter Name and Address of Prime:

Congressional District, if known

6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description

CFDA Number, if applicable

8. Federal Action Number, if known 9. Award Amount, if known

10. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Entity (if individual, last name, first name, MI):

b. Individuals Performing Services (including address if different from No. 10a) (last name, first name, MI):

11. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31U.S.C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed by the tier above when this transaction was made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. This information will be reported to the Congress semi-annually and will be available for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

Telephone No.: Date:

Federal Use Only Authorized for Local Reproduction Standard Form - LLL (Rev. 7/97)

Electronic Form Version Designed in Adobe 7.1 Version

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether sub-awardee or prime Federal recipient, at the invitation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. Section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Conger, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Use the SF-LLL-A Continuation Sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.

1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the outcome of a

covered Federal action.

2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action. 3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a follow-up report cause by a material change to the information

previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.

4. Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if known. Check the

appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be, a prime or sub-awardee recipient. Identify the tier of the the sub-awardee, e.g., the first sub-awardee of the prime is the 1st tier. Sub-awards include but are not limited to subcontracts, sub-grants and contract awards under grants.

5. If the organization filing the report in item 4 check "sub-awardee", then enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the

prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known. 6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational level below

agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.

7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan commitments.

8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1 [e.g., Request for Proposal

(RFP) number; invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract, grant, or loan award number; the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency]. Include prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001."

9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal amount

of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5. 10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to

influence the covered Federal action.

(b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10(a). Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).

11. Enter the amount of compensation paid or reasonably expected to be aide by the reporting entity (item 4) to the lobbying entity

(item 10). Indicate whether the payment has been made (actual) or will be made (planned). Check all Boxes that apply. If this is a material change report, enter the cumulative amount of payment made or planned to be made.

According to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no persons are required to respond to a Collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is 0348-0046. The time required to complete this information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including the time to review instructions, search existing data resources, gather the data needed, and complete and review the information collection.

DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES CONTINUATION SHEET

Approved by OMB 0348-0046

Reporting Entity: Page of

Authorized for Local Reproduction Standard Form - LLL-A (Rev. 7/97)

EMWD 05242017 xxxx xxx.xxx Lobby Certification

CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS, LOANS, AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS

(to be completed by the General Contractor) The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal Grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL "Disclosure of Lobby Activities", in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipents shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.

Name of Firm:

Signed:

Date:

Title:

Submit to Eastern Municipal Water District


C-5(a) 00028 Designation of Subcontractors

DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS In compliance with the provisions of Sec. 4100-4111, inclusive, of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, and any amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth below: (a) The name and the location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the Contractor's total bid; and (b) the portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor.

Each subcontractor shall possess, both at the time the bid is submitted and at all times when work is performed, a valid contractor's license for the appropriate classification necessary to perform the work for which that subcontractor is listed. Each subcontractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations at time of bid and during the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed under the contract in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the Contractor's total bid, he agrees that he is fully qualified to perform that work himself, and that he shall perform that work himself, and that he shall perform that portion himself. The Contractor shall not, without the consent of the District, or unless, either: (a) Substitute any person as subcontractor in place of the subcontractor designated in the original bid; (b) Permit any such subcontract to be assigned or transferred or allow it to be performed by anyone other than the original subcontractor listed in the bid; or (c) Sublet or subcontract any portion of the work in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the Contractor's total bid as to which his original bid did not designate a subcontractor. In the following instances, the District may consent to the substitution of another subcontractor:

(1) When the subcontractor listed in the bid after having a reasonable opportunity to do so fails or refuses to execute the written contract which is based upon the general terms, conditions, plans and specifications of the involved project or the terms of the subcontractor's written bid when it is presented to the subcontractor by the prime subcontractor;

(2) When the listed subcontractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) When the listed subcontractor fails or refuses to perform his or her subcontract;

(4) When the listed subcontractor fails or refuses to meet the bond requirements of the prime Contractor to furnish a bond guaranteeing prompt and faithful performance of the subcontract and the payment of all claims for labor and materials furnished or used pursuant to Public Contract Code 4108;

(5) When the prime Contractor demonstrates to the District, as set forth in Public Contract Code 4107.5 that the name of the subcontractor was listed as the result of an inadvertent clerical error;

C-5(b) 00028 Designation of Subcontractors

As a condition to assert claim of clerical error, the Contractor must give written notice of the inadvertent clerical error to the District with copies to both the listed and intended subcontractor within two (2) working days of the time of the prime bid opening. The District shall consent to the substitution if the prime Contractor and both subcontractor listed in error and the intended subcontractor each submit an affidavit to the District within eight (8) working days of the time of the prime bid opening indicating that an inadvertent clerical error was made. The District shall also consent to the substitution of the intended Contractor if affidavits are filed by both the prime Contractor and the intended Subcontractor within six (6) working days and the subcontractor claimed to be listed in error does not submit within six (6) working days a written objection to the claim to both the District and the Contractor. However, if the listed subcontractor submits a written objection to the Contractor's claim of inadvertent clerical error within six (6) working days from the time of the prime bid opening, the District shall investigate the claims of the parties and shall hold a public hearing as described herein to determine the validity of those claims.

Any declarations submitted must be submitted under penalty of perjury by all three (3) parties and supported by testimony under oath and subject to cross-examination.

(6) When the listed Contractor is not licensed pursuant to the Contractor's license law;

(7) When the District determines that the work performed by the listed subcontractor is substantially unsatisfactory and not in substantial accordance with the plans and specifications, or that the subcontractor is substantially delaying or disrupting the progress of the work. Prior to any substitution of a subcontractor, the District shall give notice in writing to the listed subcontractor of the request to substitute subcontractors and the reasons for the request. The notice shall be served by registered or certified mail to the last known address of the subcontractor. The listed subcontractor who has been so notified shall have five (5) working days within which to submit written objections to the substitution to the District. Failure to file these written objections shall constitute the listed subcontractor's consent to the substitution. If written objections are filed, the District shall give notice in writing of at least five (5) working days to the listed subcontractor of a hearing by the District on the Contractor's request for substitution. The original bid need not designate a subcontractor for the performance of any change orders. No subletting or subcontracting of any portion of the work in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the prime Contractor's total bid shall be permitted except in cases of public emergency or necessity and then only after a written finding is made by the District as a public record setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity. As used in this designation, the term subcontractor means only those subcontractors who contract directly with the prime Contractor.

C-5(c) 00028 Designation of Subcontractors

If the Contractor violates any of the provisions of this section, it is deemed to have violated and breached this contract, and the District may exercise the option in its own discretion of: (1) canceling the contract; or (2) assessing the contract or a penalty in an amount of not more than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the subcontract involved, and this penalty shall be deposited in the fund out of which the prime contract is awarded. The Contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing in five (5) days notice of the time and place of the hearing.

C-5(d) 00028 Designation of Subcontractors

LIST OF DESIGNATED SUBCONTRACTORS

SPEC #:

PROJECT TITLE:

NAME OF CONTRACTOR:

In compliance with the provisions of Sec. 4100-4111, inclusive, of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, and any amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth: the name, location of the place of business, license number, portion of the work which will be done by each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of the Contractor's total bid. Each portion of Subcontracted work noted in the below table must be specific and contain all major activities associated with completion of the project, outside of the services provided by the bidding Contractor. Ambiguous and/or incomplete Subcontracted work information may deem the bid nonresponsive. Each subcontractor shall possess, both at the time the bid is submitted and at all times when work is performed, a valid contractor's license for the appropriate classification necessary to perform the work for which that subcontractor is listed.

BIDDER SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: Company Name, Business Address, Email Address, License No., Contractor Registration No.,

Subcontract Work, and % Of Total Bid

* PLEASE WRITE LEGIBLY*

LICENSED SUBCONTRACTOR’S NAME, BUSINESS ADDRESS, & EMAIL ADDRESS

LICENSE # SUBCONTRACT WORK

(Be Specific)

% OF TOTAL BID CONTRACTOR

REGISTRATION #

Company Name:

License #:

-------------------------- DIR Registration #:

Address:

Email Address:

Company Name:

License #:


Address:

Email Address:

C-5(e) 00028 Designation of Subcontractors

LICENSED SUBCONTRACTOR’S NAME, BUSINESS ADDRESS, & EMAIL ADDRESS

LICENSE # SUBCONTRACT WORK

(Be Specific)

% OF TOTAL BID

Company Name:

License #:


Address:

Email Address:

Company Name:

License #:


Address:

Email Address:

Company Name:

License #:


Address:

Email Address:

Company Name:

License #:

--------------------------- DIR Registration #:

Address:

Email Address:

Company Name:

License #:

--------------------------- DIR Registration #:

Address:

Email Address:

(Do not list alternative subcontractors for the same work) (Use additional pages if needed)


C6-1 00030 Contractors Licensing Statement

CONTRACTOR'S LICENSING STATEMENT The undersigned is licensed in accordance with the laws of the State of providing for the registration of contractors. The representations made herein and in the proposal documents are made under penalty of perjury. The undersigned is hereby representing that he is properly licensed both at the time that he submits a bid as well as at the time the contract is awarded, if the contract is awarded to the undersigned. CONTRACTOR'S CLASSIFICATION LICENSE NUMBER TYPE EXPIRATION DATE A. INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTOR

NAME OF INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTOR:

BUSINESS ADDRESS:

PHONE NUMBER:

SIGNATURE OF OWNER:

B. FIRM OR PARTNERSHIP

NAME OF FIRM OR PARTNERSHIP:

BUSINESS ADDRESS:

PHONE NUMBER:

SIGNATURE(S) & TITLE OF MEMBERS SIGNING ON BEHALF OF THE PARTNERSHIP:

SIGNATURE: TITLE:

SIGNATURE: TITLE:

SIGNATURE: TITLE:

C. CORPORATION

NAME OF CORPORATION:

BUSINESS ADDRESS:

PHONE NUMBER:

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF CORPORATION:

SIGNATURE: TITLE:

C6-2 00030 Contractors Licensing Statement


C7-1 00032 Non-Collusion Declaration

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION

TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID The undersigned declares: I am the of ,

the party making the foregoing bid.

The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or of any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ____________[date], at ___________________[city], ____________________[state] Signed: Name: (Print Name Here)

C7-2 00032 Non-Collusion Declaration


PLEASE NOTE:

Please leave effective date blank.

District staff shall enter the effective date of this agreement upon execution by the General

Manager.

Submit 2 originals to the District for processing.

Thank You.


Rev: 06/12/17 C8(a) 00034 Agreement

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, effective this day of ,

in the year , by and between the EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT,

hereinafter designated as the "District", party of the first part, and

hereinafter designated as the Contractor, party of the second part,

WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable

consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows, to wit:

ARTICLE I. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be

made and performed by the District, the Contractor agrees with the District to perform the following

work:

as set forth in Specification No. and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner all the work pertaining thereto shown on the drawings and described in the specifications

hereto attached and by this reference made a part thereof, to furnish at his own proper cost and

expense all tools, equipment, labor and materials necessary therefor, except such materials as in the said specifications are stipulated to be furnished by the District, and to do everything required by

this Agreement and the said specifications and drawings.

ARTICLE II. The District will pay and the Contractor shall receive in full compensation therefor the

prices named in

for of the bidding sheet of the proposal hereto attached for

furnishing all said materials and labors, furnishing and removing all plants, temporary works or

structures, tools and equipment, and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this

Agreement; also for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the

action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the

prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the District, and for all risks of every description

connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work; except such as in the said specifications are expressly stipulated to be

borne by the District; and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the

manner shown and described in the said drawings and specifications and in accordance with the

requirements of the Engineer under them.

Rev: 06/12/17 C8(b) 00034 Agreement

ARTICLE III. The District hereby promises and agrees with the said Contractor to employ, and does

hereby employ the said Contractor to provide the materials and to do the work according to the

terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby

contracts to pay the same at the time, and in the manner and upon the conditions set forth in the

specifications; and the said parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,

successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein

contained.

ARTICLE IV. The Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, Addenda, the

Specifications, and the Drawings mentioned therein, all of which are hereto attached, are hereby

incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V. “Dispute Resolution (Per Public Contract Code § 9204) Upon receipt by District of a claim by Contractor for a time extension or payment, sent by registered mail or certified mail with

return receipt requested, District shall, within 45 days, review the claim and provide Contractor a written statement indicating what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed.

Contractor shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim, and, upon mutual

agreement, this time period may be extended.

If District requires Board approval to issue its written statement to Contractor, and the Board does not meet within the 45 days or mutually agreed upon time extension, District shall have 3 days after

its next regular Board meeting following the expiration of the 45-day period or extension to provide

Contractor with its written statement.

Any payments owed Contractor on undisputed portions of its claim shall be made by District within

60 days of issuance of its written statement.

If Contractor disputes District’s written response, or if District fails to provide a written response,

Contractor may demand an informal settlement conference. Such demand shall be made in writing,

sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, and District shall schedule the

settlement conference within 30 days of receiving demand.

Within 10 days following any settlement conference, District shall issue a second written statement

indicating which portions of the claim are disputed and which portions are undisputed.

Rev: 06/12/17 C8(c) 00034 Agreement

Any payments owed for undisputed portions of the claim shall be made within 60 days of District’s

written statement.

Any remaining disputed portions of the claim shall be submitted to non-binding arbitration. If the

Parties cannot agree on a mediator within 10 days after the disputed portion has been identified,

each Party shall select a mediator, and those mediators shall select a neutral to conduct the

mediation.

If mediation is unsuccessful, the portions of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to

applicable procedures provided by law. If the matter is litigated, the mediation conducted pursuant

to this provision shall satisfy the Parties’ obligations under section 20104.4 to mediate after

litigation has commenced.

Failure by District to comply with this provision shall result in the claim being denied in its entirety. The procedures set forth in this provision shall apply to subcontractors and lower tier

subcontractors, who may request that Contractor submit a claim to District on their behalf. If such

a request is made, Contractor shall notify the requesting subcontractor within 45 days whether Contractor submitted the claim to District, and if not, the reasons therefor.”

ARTICLE VI. The Department of the Interior regulations at 2 CFR Part 1400—Debarment and Suspension (Non-procurement), which adopt the common rule for the government-wide system of

debarment and suspension for non-procurement activities, are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. By entering into this Agreement with the District, Contractor

hereby certifies under penalty of perjury, that they are not presently debarred, suspended,

proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transitions by any federal department or agency.

ARTICLE VII. The Recipient and its, contractor, subcontractor and tiered subcontractors shall comply with 43 CFR 18, New Restrictions on Lobbying.

Rev: 06/12/17 C8(d) 00034 Agreement

IN WITNESS WHEREOF: The parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed the day and

year first above written.

EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

Date: By: Paul D. Jones, II, P.E., General Manager

ATTEST:

By:

Sheila Zelaya, Board Secretary

CONTRACTOR

(Company Name) Date: By:

(Signature)

(Print or Type Name & Title)

Rev: 04/11/16 Page C9-1 00036 Performance Bond

Eastern Municipal Water District Bond No.

PERFORMANCE BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where

applicable.

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address of CONTRACTOR)

as Principal, hereinafter called Principal; and (Here insert full name and address of SURETY)

as Surety, hereinafter Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Full name and address of OWNER)

Eastern Municipal Water District P O Box 8300 Perris, CA 92572-8300

as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as herein below defined, in the amount of: $ (Amount written in words) for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement entered into a contract with Owner in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and Addenda for:

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Date:

Spec Number:

Project Name:

Project Location: which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Construction Contract.


1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3 The Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after:

3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below of the Owner's intention to terminate the Construction Contract and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than ten days after service of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor’s right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than ten days after the Contractor and the Surety have been served notice as provided in Subparagraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the contract with the Owner.

4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of the following actions:

4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner in the Owner's sole discretion, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner’s concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor’s default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances:


.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the Owner; or

.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and

notify the Owner citing reasons therefor.

5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor’s right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for:

6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.

7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors. 8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond shall be instituted in the Superior Court of the County of Riverside, State of California, The parties expressly consent to the jurisdiction of said court and agree that said court shall be a proper venue for any such action. This Bond shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law provisions.


10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made,

including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract and by all amounts withheld by the Owner in response to stop notices served upon the Owner, unless and until such stop notices are released. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto.

12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract.

Signed and sealed this day of ,

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY

Company: Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature: Signature:

Name: Name:

Title: Title: Attorney-in-Fact

Notary Public Acknowledgment required for Surety and Contractor

Rev: 02/24/15 Page C10-1 00038 Payment Bond

Eastern Municipal Water District Bond No.

PAYMENT BOND This bond is issued simultaneously with performance bond in favor of the Owner conditioned on the full and faithful performance of the contract. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or

other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address of CONTRACTOR)

as Principal, hereinafter called Principal; and (Here insert full name and address of SURETY)

as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Full name and address of OWNER)

Eastern Municipal Water District P O Box 8300 Perris, CA 92572-8300

as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as herein below defined, in the amount of:

$ (Amount written in words) for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement entered into a contract with Owner in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and Addenda for: CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Date:

Spec Number:

Project Name:

Project Location: which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.


NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly (1) make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, and (2) pay all amounts due under the California Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the Contract, and (3) pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the California Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the California Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: 1 A claimant is defined as any of the persons named in Section 3181 of the California Civil Code. 2 The above-named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, or its assign, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, including reasonable attorney's fees to be fixed by the court, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.

3 No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:

a) Unless written notice has been given in compliance with California Civil Code section 3252.

b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law.

c) Other than in a state court of

competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.

4 The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extend of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics’ liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond.






Name: Name:





Rev:04/06/16 BB-1 00040 Bid Bond

EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT BID BOND

Bid Bond No.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we

(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)

as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and

(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)

a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Eastern Municipal Water District. Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of ________________________ Dollars (___________________), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid, dated , 20 , for (Here insert full name, address and description of Project)

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding of Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

In the event suit is brought upon this Bond by Obligee and judgement is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by Obligee in such suits to be fixed by the court.





Name: Name:


This Bid Bond (BB-1) form shall be submitted to be considered a responsive bid Notary Public Acknowledgment required for Surety and Contractor


Rev:11/15 C11-1 00042 Worker’s Compensation Certificate

Specification No/Project Title:

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE The Contractor shall execute the following form as required by the California Labor Code, Sections 1860 and 1861:

I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require

every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to

undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I

will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the

work of this contract.

Date: (Contractor)

By: (Signature)

(Title)

C11-2 00042 Worker’s Compensation Certificate


CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) Month/Date/Year

PRODUCER Insurnce Agent/Broker Name Insurnce Agent/Broker Street Address or P.O. Box Insurnce Agent/Broker City, State & Zip Code Contact & Phone Number

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.

INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED

Contractor's Name Street Address or P.O. Box City, State & Zip Code

INSURER A: Name of Insurance Company Enter NAIC# INSURER B: All Carriers must be rated A- VIII or better

INSURER C: in current AM Best Rating Guide

INSURER D:

INSURER E:

COVERAGES: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE

DATE (MM/DD/YY) POLICY EXPIRATION

DATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS

A GENERAL LIABILITY

COMMERICAL GENERAL LIABILITY

CLAIMS MADE OCCUR

GEN’L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:

POLICY PROJECT LOC

See NOTE #1 & #2

Enter Policy # Enter Effective Date

Enter Expiration Date

EACH OCCURENCE $ 2,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 50,000

MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000

PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000

GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000

PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 5,000,000

B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

ANY AUTO

ALL OWNED AUTOS

SCHEDULED AUTOS

HIRED AUTOS

NON-OWNED AUTOS



COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Each Occurrence) $ 2,000,000

BODILY INJURY (Per person)

BODILY INJURY (Per accident)

PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident)

GARAGE LIABILITY

ANY AUTO

AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT

OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY:

EA ACC AGG

A EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY

OCCUR CLAIMS MADE

DEDUCTIBLE

RETENTION

See NOTE #4

Enter Policy #

(if required)

Enter Effective Date


EACH OCCURRENCE $Enter Limit AGGREGATE $Enter Limit

C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECU-TIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below

See NOTE #3



WC STATU-

TORY LIMITS OTH-ER

E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000

E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000

E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000

D • Builder’s Risk + Flood

• Equipment Floater

Deductibles: BR $1,000 Enter Policy #

Flood: $100,000 BR &Flood =

Equipment Floater =

Contract Value Scheduled Equipment

DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS Include Project Name & Spec Number here. NOTE #1: EMWD & others (See Section H & Special Conditions) named as additional insured per CG2010 (11/85) OR CG2010 (10/01) WITH CG2037 (10/01). NOTE #2: Per Project Aggregate limits per CG2503 (3/97). NOTE #3: Waiver of Subrogation endorsement to Worker’s Compensation in favor of EMWD. Endorsements must be attached. NOTE #4: Excess/Umbrella liability can be used in connection with primary liability insurance to equal amounts required.

CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION

EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT Attn: Field Engineering Department P O Box 8300 Perris, CA 92572-8300

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE INSURER AFFORDING COVERAGE WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

ACORD 25 (2001/08) © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 00044C-12_$2$5$5_BR+FLOOD

INSR LTR

ADD’L INSRD

IMPORTANT

If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

DISCLAIMER

The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contact between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.

ACORD 25 (2001/08)

POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 Page 1 of 1 ��

ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES ORCONTRACTORS – (FORM B)

This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART.

SCHEDULEName of Person or Organization:

(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarationsas applicable to this endorsement.)

WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in theSchedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you.

Eastern Municipal Water District to be named on Additional Insured Endorsement Form

See Special Conditions and Section H-Permits for listing of others to be named asadditional insured.

Policy Number to be included

POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 10 01


ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES ORCONTRACTORS – SCHEDULED PERSON OR

ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization:

(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to

include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to li-ability arising out of your ongoing operations per-formed for that insured.

B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following exclusion is added:2. Exclusions

This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after:

(1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the addi-tional insured(s) at the site of the cov-ered operations has been completed; or

(2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project.

CG 20 10 10 01 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of 1 �


Eastern Municipal Water District to be named on Additional Insured Endorsement FormSee Special Conditions and Section H-Permits for listing of others to be named asadditional insured.

POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 10 01


ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES ORCONTRACTORS – COMPLETED OPERATIONS

This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization:

Location And Description of Completed Operations:

Additional Premium:

(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that insured and included in the "products-completed operations haz-ard". CG 20 37 10 01 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of 1 �


Eastern Municipal Water District to be named on Additional Insured Endorsement FormSee Special Conditions and Section H-Permits for listing of others to be named asadditional insured.

Project location and name to be listed here

Policy Number must be included

Project Name to be listed here


Waiver of Subrogation form is always in favor of the Worker's Compensation.Endorsement to list EMWD and project.

Effective date must be specified

Name of Insured (per contract)

Signature

C13-1 00046 Iran Contracting Act Certification

IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION (Public Contract Code sections 2202-2208)

Pursuant to the Iran Contract Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code 2200-2208), Vendors/Bidders are ineligible to bid on or submit a proposal for any contract with a public entity for goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more if the Vendor/Bidder engages in investment activities in Iran. For bids $1,000,000 or more, bidders must certify that it is not on the list of ineligible vendors prohibited from doing business with the State of California and shall complete the Iran Contract Act Certification attached and submit with their proposal at the time of bid. Failure to do so may deem your bid non-responsive.




IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION Pursuant to the Iran Contract Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code 2200-2208), Vendors/Bidders are ineligible to bid on or submit a proposal for any contract with a public entity for goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more if the Vendor/Bidder engages in investment activities in Iran.

MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH BID PROPOSAL IF BID AMOUNT IS $1,000,000 OR MORE

Prior to bidding on, submitting a proposal, or executing a contract or renewal for a public entity contract for goods or services of $1,000,000 or more, a vendor must either: a) certify it is not on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by the California Department of General Services (“DGS”) pursuant to Public Contract Code section 2203(b) and is not a financial institution extending $20,000,000 or more in credit to another person, for 45 days or more, if that other person will use the credit to provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran and is identified on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by DGS; or b) demonstrate it has been exempted from the certification requirement for that solicitation or contract pursuant to Public Contract Code section 2203(c) or (d).

To comply with this requirement, please insert your vendor or financial institution name and Federal ID Number (if available) and complete one of the options below. Please note: California law establishes penalties for providing false certifications, including civil penalties equal to the greater of $250,000 or twice the amount of the contract for which the false certification was made, contract termination, and three-year ineligibility to bid on contracts. (Pub. Cont. Code § 2205.)

OPTION #1 - CERTIFICATION I, the official named below, certify I am duly authorized to execute this certification on behalf of the vendor/financial institution identified below, and the vendor/financial institution identified below is not on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by DGS and is not a financial institution extending twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in credit to another person/vendor, for 45 days or more, if that other person/vendor will use the credit to provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran and is identified on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by DGS.

I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Vendor Name/Financial Institution (Printed)

Federal ID Number (or n/a)

By (Authorized Signature) Printed Name and Title of Person Signing

Date Executed


OPTION #2 – EXEMPTION Pursuant to Public Contract Code sections 2203(c) and (d), a public entity may permit a vendor/financial institution engaged in investment activities in Iran, on a case-by-case basis, to be eligible for, or to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enters into or renews, a contract for goods and services. If you have obtained an exemption from the certification requirement under the Iran Contracting Act, please fill out the information below, and attach documentation demonstrating the exemption approval. Vendor Name/Financial Institution (Printed)

Federal ID Number (or n/a)

By (Authorized Signature) Printed Name and Title of Person Signing

Date Executed

C14-1 00048 Maintenance Bond (by Contractor)

M A I N T E N A N C E B O N D FOR PUMPING EQUIPMENT

(By General Contractor)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, , as Surety, hereinafter

called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Eastern Municipal Water District , hereinafter called

District, in the penal sum of $ , for the payment whereof (Contractor) and

Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and

severally, firmly by these present.

WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement, dated entered into a contract

with the District for in accordance with the General

Conditions, project drawings and specifications which contract is by reference incorporated herein,

and make a part hereof, and is referred to as the contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of the obligation is such that, if Contractor shall remedy any

defects due to faulty materials or workmanship which shall appear within a period of 2 years from

the date the project is accepted as provided for in the contract, then this obligation is to be void,

otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the District shall give Contractor and Surety notice of observed defects

with reasonable promptness.

Signed and sealed this day of , 20____




Name: Name:



C14-2 00048 Maintenance Bond (by Contractor)


C14.1-1 00049 Maintenance Bond (by Supplier)

M A I N T E N A N C E B O N D

FOR PUMPING EQUIPMENT (by Supplier)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, , as Surety,

hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Eastern Municipal Water District ,

hereinafter called District, in the penal sum of $ , for the payment whereof

(Supplier) and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and

assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present.

WHEREAS, Supplier has provided pumping equipment for District project

in accordance with the Specifications.

NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of the obligation is such that, if Supplier shall remedy any

defects due to faulty materials or workmanship which shall appear within a period of 2 years

from the date the project is accepted as provided for in the specification, then this obligation is

to be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the District shall give Supplier and Surety notice of observed

defects with reasonable promptness.

Signed and sealed this day of , 20____

SUPPLIER AS PRINCIPAL SURETY



Name: Name:


Notary Public Acknowledgment required for Surety and Supplier

C14.1-2 00049 Maintenance Bond (by Supplier)


C16-1 00050 CalOsha form 300A

Cal/OSHA Form 300A

Annual Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses

Bidders shall provide the most current, completed Cal/OSHA Form 300A with their bid (blank form attached)

Failure to submit this form “may” deem your bid non-responsive

00050 CalOsha form 300A


Cal

/OSH

A F

orm

300

A (R

ev. 7

/200

7)

App

endi

x B

A

nnua

l Sum

mar

y of

Wor

k R

elat

ed In

jurie

s an

d Ill

ness

es

D

epar

tmen

t of I

ndus

tria

l Rel

atio

ns

Div

isio

n of

Occ

upat

iona

l Saf

ety

& H

ealth

Year

20

__ _

_

C1

6-2

0005

0 Ca

lOsh

a fo

rm 3

00A

All

esta

blis

hmen

ts c

over

ed b

y C

CR

Titl

e 8

Sect

ion

1430

0 m

ust c

ompl

ete

this

Ann

ual S

umm

ary,

ev

en if

no

wor

k- re

late

d in

jurie

s or i

llnes

ses o

ccur

red

durin

g th

e ye

ar. R

emem

ber t

o re

view

the

Log

to v

erify

that

the

entri

es a

re c

ompl

ete

and

accu

rate

bef

ore

com

plet

ing

this

sum

mar

y.

Usi

ng t

he L

og,

coun

t th

e in

divi

dual

ent

ries

you

mad

e fo

r ea

ch c

ateg

ory.

The

n w

rite

the

tota

ls be

low

, mak

ing

sure

you

’ve

adde

d th

e en

tries

from

eve

ry p

age

of th

e Lo

g. If

you

had

no

case

s, w

rite

“0.”

Em

ploy

ees,

form

er e

mpl

oyee

s, an

d th

eir

repr

esen

tativ

es h

ave

the

right

to r

evie

w th

e C

al/ O

SHA

Fo

rm 3

00 i

n its

ent

irety

. Th

ey a

lso

have

lim

ited

acce

ss t

o th

e C

al/

OSH

A F

orm

301

or

its

equi

vale

nt.

See

CC

R T

itle

8 Se

ctio

n 14

300.

35,

in C

al/

OSH

A’s

rec

ordk

eepi

ng r

ule,

for

fur

ther

de

tails

on

the

acce

ss p

rovi

sion

s for

thes

e fo

rms.

Num

ber o

f Cas

es

To

tal n

umbe

r of

deat

hs

To

tal n

umbe

r of

case

s with

day

s aw

ay fr

om w

ork

To

tal n

umbe

r of

case

s with

job

trans

fer o

r res

trict

ion

To

tal n

umbe

r of

othe

r rec

orda

ble

case

s

(G

)

(H)

(I)

(J)

N

umbe

r of D

ays

Tota

l num

ber o

f day

s of

job

trans

fer o

r res

trict

ion

To

tal n

umbe

r of d

ays

away

from

wor

k

(K

)

(L)

In

jury

and

Illn

ess

Type

s To

tal n

umbe

r of…

(M

)

(1)

Inju

ries

(4)

Pois

onin

gs

(2)

Skin

diso

rder

s

(5

) H

earin

g lo

ss

(3)

Res

pira

tory

con

ditio

ns

(6)

All

othe

r Illn

esse

s

Post

this

Ann

ual S

umm

ary

from

Feb

ruar

y 1

to A

pril

30 o

f the

yea

r fol

low

ing

the

year

cov

ered

by

the

form

. Faci

lity

Info

rmat

ion

Esta

blis

hmen

t nam

e

St

reet

City

S

tate

Z

ip

In

dust

ry d

escr

iptio

n (e

.g. M

anuf

actu

rer o

f mot

or tr

uck

traile

rs)

St

anda

rd In

dust

rial C

lass

ifica

tion

(SIC

), if

know

n (e

.g. S

IC 3

715)

Empl

oym

ent I

nfor

mat

ion

(If

you

don

’t ha

ve th

ese

figur

es, u

se th

e op

tiona

l Wor

kshe

et to

esti

mat

e)

Ann

ual a

vera

ge n

umbe

r of e

mpl

oyee

s

____

_ To

tal h

ours

wor

ked

by a

ll em

ploy

ees l

ast y

ear

__

___

Sign

her

e K

now

ingl

y fa

lsif

ying

thi

s do

cum

ent

may

res

ult

in a

fin

e.

I cer

tify

that

I ha

ve e

xam

ined

this

docu

men

t and

that

to th

e be

st o

f my

know

ledg

e th

e en

tries

are

true

, acc

urat

e, a

nd c

ompl

ete.

C

ompa

ny e

xecu

tive

Title

Ph

one

Dat

e

0005

0 Ca

lOsh

a fo

rm 3

00A

[P

AGE

LEFT

INTE

NTI

ON

ALLY

BLA

NK]

C-17 Contractor’s Cal/OSHA Compliance History and SIC Code

THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE PROPOSAL PACKAGE AT TIME OF BID

C17-1 00052 CalOsha Compliance History & SIC Code

Bidders shall complete and submit the attached C-17 form with the Proposal Package at time of bid

Failure to fully divulge, complete and submit this form “may” deem your bid

non-responsive

C17 00052 CalOsha Compliance History & SIC Code


C-17 Contractor’s Cal/OSHA Compliance History and SIC Code THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE PROPOSAL PACKAGE AT TIME OF BID

C17-2 00052 CalOsha Compliance History & SIC Code

Bid Date: Contractor’s Standard Industry Code:

Specification No. Project Name:

Contractor name:

Contractor Address:

Contractor License No. Phone No:

Contact Person:

Please answer the following questions: 1. Has the Contractor been cited by Cal/OSHA or any regulatory agency for a violation related to

safety or environmental issues within the past seven (7) years? No Yes

If yes, please attach all documentation specific to each violation and what actions have been taken to ensure that there is not a repeat violation.

2. Has the Contractor had a fatality or serious incident per Cal/OSHA on a jobsite within the past ten (10) years? No Yes

If yes, please attach all documentation specific to each violation and what actions have been taken to ensure that there is not a repeat violation.

I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Contractor’s Representative signature:

Date:

Failure to fully divulge, complete and submit this form “may” deem your bid non-responsive

FOR EMWD USE ONLY: Field Engineering to forward to Risk Management for review

Approved: No Yes

Reviewed by Risk Management (signature required)

Date:

Return to (Field Eng.CAR) By:

cc: Construction Administrator File: C-17 Contractor’s Compliance History

C17 00052 CalOsha Compliance History & SIC Code


PVC

1.

Pipe

Zon

e III

Com

pact

ion

%

2.

Prop

osed

Slo

pe C

onst

ruct

ion:

a.

Sl

ope

Rat

io

_

b.

Sh

ow a

bove

in re

d.

3.

Pipe

Man

ufac

ture

r

_

4.

Aut

horiz

ed S

igna

ture

of

Pipe

Man

ufac

ture

r

_

Not

e: A

ll ba

ckfil

l and

bed

ding

mat

eria

ls w

ithin

th

e Pi

pe Z

one

(III)

shal

l hav

e a

Sand

Equ

ival

ent

of 3

0 or

bet

ter a

nd n

o m

ore

than

10%

fine

s (p

artic

les

pass

ing

thro

ugh

a N

o. 2

00 s

ieve

).

00

054_

C18

_PV

C

[Pag

e Le

ft In

tent

iona

lly B

lank

]

C19-1 00056 Safety Training Records

C-19 Employee Safety & Health Training Records

Documentation (spreadsheet) of safety and health training are required by Cal-Osha standards for each employee. The documentation must specifically include employee name or other identifier, training dates, type(s) of training and the name of the training provider. These records must be kept for at least one year, except that training records of employees who have worked for less than one year for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of employment if they are provided to the employee upon termination of employment.

General Contractor shall provide Employee Safety & Health Training Records for the past 12 months

(to be submitted on or after the Preconstruction Conference)

C19-2 00056 Safety Training Records


Rev:11/23/15 C22-1 00057 Contractor Registration

PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION (Pursuant to SB 854)

This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to Section 1771.1 of the Labor Code, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal pursuant to Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work unless currently registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code. It shall not be a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Sections 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contactor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded.

BIDDERS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS (listed on the Designation of Subcontractors List C-05) are to provide an extract (pdf) at time of bid showing active registration from the Public Works Contractor Registration online registration at https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/Search

******************************************************************************************************** SUBMIT BIDDER & SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION

EXTRACTS WITH BID PROPOSAL ********************************************************************************

Example: Legal Name Registration Number County City Registration Date Expiration Date

Contractors Name 0000000000 RIVERSIDE Temecula 06/01/2015 06/30/2016

https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/Search

Rev:11/23/15 C22-2 00057 Contractor Registration

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00062 General Conditions Section E - Inspection and Tests

E–1

Rev:08/31/15

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Section E - Inspection and Tests E-01. This section of the specifications supplements that paragraph of the General Conditions of this

specification entitled "Inspection and Testing of Materials".

A. Progress Reports. The Contractor shall furnish the District full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the District timely notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. The District reserves the right to charge to the Contractor any additional cost of inspection and test when articles or materials are not ready at the time inspection is requested by the Contractor.

B. Inspection at Mill. Inspection will be made during manufacture of material. If the inspection or test, whether preliminary or final, is made on the premises of the Contractor, the Contractor shall furnish, without additional charge, all reasonable facilities and assistance for the safe and convenient inspection and test required by the Engineer.

C. Mill Test Reports. Whenever required by the Engineer the District shall be furnished promptly with complete certified copies of mill test reports showing chemical and physical properties of the materials to be furnished under the contract and also copies of rolling mill reports.

D. Samples or Test Specimens. Samples or test specimens of all materials, appliances, and fittings for delivery under these specifications or for incorporation in the products manufactured or fabricated hereunder shall be prepared at the Contractor's expense, except as otherwise specified herein, and shall be furnished to the Engineer, carriage prepaid, in such quantities and sizes as may be required by him for proper examination and in ample time for completion of all necessary tests or analyses before the time in which the Contractor desires to deliver or make use of same. Chemical tests and analyses, except those furnished by the Contractor under sub-paragraph (c) hereof, will be made by, or at the expense of, the District.

E. Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 100 miles outside the geographical limits of EMWD’s main office, the contractor will be responsible for the actual costs incurred for one inspector (EMWD staff or consultant employed by EMWD) to inspect the materials, equipment or process. The actual cost shall include $1,000/day for staff salary and the expenses incurred for airfare, vehicle rental, hotel, meals, etc.

00062 General Conditions Section E - Inspection and Tests E–2

This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector shall judge the materials by the requirements of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No materials or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection. Approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the contract requirements.

END OF SECTION E

GENERAL CONDITIONS Section F - Labor & Construction

C O N T E N T S

GENERAL CONDITIONS F-01. DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 1 F-02. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ; GOVERNING LAW ; JURISDICTION ; VENUE ............................................. 2 INSURANCE & BONDS ................................................................................................................................................... 3 F-03. CONTRACT SECURITY ...................................................................................................................... 3 F-04. CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE..................................................................... 4 F-05. ADDITIONAL SURETY ...................................................................................................................... 7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 8 F-06. AUTHORITY OF THE DISTRICT .......................................................................................................... 8 F-07. PROTESTS ...................................................................................................................................... 8 F-08. REPORTS, RECORDS AND DATA ....................................................................................................... 8 F-09. TIME AND ORDER OF WORK ........................................................................................................... 9 F-10. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND PERIODIC ESTIMATES .................................................................. 10 F-11. LEGAL ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................ 13 F-12. MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS ................................................................................ 13 F-13. GENERAL GUARANTEE .................................................................................................................. 13 F-14. OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR .................................................................................................... 14 F-15. PERSONAL ATTENTION ................................................................................................................. 18 F-16. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE

SECTION 4552: ............................................................................................................................. 18 F-17. SUBCONTRACTS ........................................................................................................................... 19 F-18. PATENTS ...................................................................................................................................... 20 F-19. PERMITS ...................................................................................................................................... 20 F-20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE ................................................................................................... 21 F-21. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS-OF-WAY ....................................................................................................... 21 F-22. PROTECTION AND PRESERVATION OF CULTURAL RESOURCES ....................................................... 21 F-23. RIGHT OF THE DISTRICT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT ....................................................................... 22 F-24. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF ..................................................................................................... 23 F-25. UTILITIES AND SUBSTRUCTURES ................................................................................................... 24 F-26. USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON WORK SITE ................................................................................... 25 WORK .......................................................................................................................................................................... 26 F-27. LINES, GRADES AND MEASUREMENTS .......................................................................................... 26 F-28. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................... 26 F-29. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ITEMS .............................................................................................. 27 F-30. CHANGES IN WORK AND EXTRAS .................................................................................................. 35 F-31. MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND TESTS ...................................................................................... 39 F-32. DELAYS ........................................................................................................................................ 41 F-33. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS .................................................................................... 43 F-34. DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIAL ................................................................................................... 43 F-35. ACCESS TO WORK ......................................................................................................................... 44 F-36. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND FOR DAMAGES FOR LATE COMPLETION ........................................... 44 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR....................................................................................................................................... 44 F-37. QUANTITIES OF ESTIMATE ............................................................................................................ 44 F-38. CLAIMS ........................................................................................................................................ 45 F-39. ARBITRATION ............................................................................................................................... 49

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction

F-1 F-40. RETENTION .................................................................................................................................. 49 F-41. PAYMENT FOR EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................... 50 F-42. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 50 F-43. DISTRICT'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF ............. 50 F-44. FINAL ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 51 F-45. PAYROLLS OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS .................................................................. 52 F-46. PREVAILING RATES OF WAGES ...................................................................................................... 52 F-47. COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................................................... 53 F-48. FINAL PAYMENT DECLARATION .................................................................................................... 53 F-49. PAYMENT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT ...................................................................... 54 F-50. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.......................................................................................................... 54 F-51. MONIES MAY BE RETAINED .......................................................................................................... 54 F-52. UNPAID CLAIMS ........................................................................................................................... 54 F-53. EIGHT HOUR LAW ......................................................................................................................... 54 F-54. OVERTIME - NO EXTRA COMPENSATION ....................................................................................... 55 F-55. POSTING MINIMUM WAGE RATES ................................................................................................ 55 PERSONNEL ................................................................................................................................................................. 55 F-56. ACCIDENT PREVENTION - PUBLIC SAFETY ...................................................................................... 55 F-57. CHARACTER OF WORKERS ............................................................................................................ 56 F-58. EMPLOYMENT .............................................................................................................................. 56 F-59. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ....................................................................................... 56 F-60. ENFORCEMENT OF ORDER ............................................................................................................ 56 F-61. SAFETY, SANITARY AND MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 56 F-62. SANITATION ................................................................................................................................. 57 F-63. FIRST AID AND PROTECTIVE FACILITIES ......................................................................................... 57 Exhibit A – Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention


F-1

GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION F - LABOR & CONSTRUCTION

GENERAL CONDITIONS F-01. DEFINITIONS

A. Wherever the words defined in this article, or pronouns used in their stead, occur in these specifications or in any of the other contract documents they shall have the meanings here given:

B. The word DISTRICT and OWNER shall mean the Eastern Municipal Water District

represented by the General Manager or his designee. All references to District and OWNER shall include Eastern Municipal Water District, the Board of Directors and each member of the Board, the officers and agents of the District, and the District’s consultants.

C. The words BOARD OF DIRECTORS or BOARD shall mean the Board of Directors of the Eastern

Municipal Water District.

D. The word AGENT or ENGINEER shall mean one who represents the District in dealings with third persons and acts on behalf and subject to the control of the District.

E. The word CONSULTANT shall mean a consulting firm rendering services to the

District under contract.

F. The word CONTRACTOR or PRIME CONTRACTOR shall mean a firm, duly licensed as a contractor by the State of California, entering into contract with the District for the performance of work required by these specifications, and the legal representatives of said firm, or the agent appointed to act for said firm in the performance of the work. Said firm is referred to throughout the contract documents as if of the singular number and masculine gender.

G. The word SUBCONTRACTOR shall mean a contractor who will perform work or labor or

render service to the prime contractor or a contractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications.

H. The word INSPECTOR shall mean a person who observes the work assigned for

conformance with the approved design plans and specifications.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-2

I. The word CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATOR shall mean a person who administers construction project contracts, researches and plans for a variety of capital construction, and maintenance/improvement programs, and performs related duties.

J. The word WORK shall mean that which is proposed to be constructed or done under the

contract, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services.

K. Whenever in the specifications or upon the PLANS the words DIRECTED, REQUIRED, PERMITTED, ORDERED, DESIGNATED, PRESCRIBED, or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the District is intended, and similarly the words APPROVED, ACCEPTABLE, SATISFACTORY, or words of like import shall mean approved or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the District, unless otherwise expressly stated.

L. EXTRA WORK shall mean additions in the work being performed when the District

determines, in writing, that it is not covered by contract unit prices or stipulated unit prices.

M. FORCE ACCOUNT shall mean work conducted by the District, as opposed to a third party.

Said work is performed by employees or other agents of the District.

N. The word PLAN(s) shall mean DRAWING(s) and STANDARD DETAIL(s).

O. The word SPECIFICATION(s) shall mean TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION(s), PRE-NEGOTIATED SCOPES OF WORK, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, DETAILED PROVISIONS and/or GENERAL CONDITIONS and related Contract Documents.

F-02. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ; GOVERNING LAW ; JURISDICTION ; VENUE

A. Contract Documents. The Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, the Notice-of-Acceptance-of-Proposal, Addenda, the Specifications, and the Plans, together with the Agreement, constitute THE CONTRACT, and what is called for in any one shall be as binding as if called for in all. The intention of the documents is to require a complete and finished piece of work including all labor, materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. Anything shown in the plans and not in the specifications, or in the specifications and not in the plans, shall be performed by the Contractor as though shown in both the plans and the specifications.


F-3

B. Specification Precedence. In resolving conflicts resulting from errors or discrepancies in any of the Contract Documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows:

1. Special Conditions Revised by Addenda 2. Special Conditions 3. Permit Requirements 4. Addenda 5. Plans 6. Specifications 7. General Conditions

With reference to the drawings, the order of precedence shall be as follows:

1. Figures, such as coordinates or dimensions, govern over scaled dimensions 2. Detail drawings govern over general drawings 3. Addenda/Change Order drawings govern over Drawings 4. Drawings govern over standard drawings

C. Governing Law. The Contract, all Contract Documents, and all Work performed hereunder

shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding any choice of law provisions. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in any other documents, this paragraph shall take precedence over any such documents and may not be modified, altered, or changed in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument duly executed by the District which refers specifically to this paragraph.

D. Jurisdiction; Venue. Any action taken to enforce this Contract shall be maintained in the

Superior Court of Riverside County, California. The parties expressly consent to the jurisdiction of said court and agree that said court shall be the proper venue for any such action. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in any other documents, this paragraph shall take precedence over any such documents and may not be modified, altered, or changed in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument duly executed by the District which refers specifically to this paragraph.

INSURANCE & BONDS F-03. CONTRACT SECURITY The Contractor shall furnish a performance bond in an amount at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of this contract. A payment bond shall be furnished in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and/or furnishing materials or other supplies under this contract. All bonds shall be executed by admitted surety insurers, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure section 995.120.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-4 Pursuant to Section 995.660(a) of the Code of Civil Procedure, the Contractor shall submit the following documents with the performance and payment bonds:

A. The original, or a certified copy of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws,

or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so; B. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the State of

California’s Insurance Commissioner; and C. Copies of the insurer’s most recent annual and quarterly statements filed with the

Department of Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain performance and payment bonds at his sole cost and expense at all times during the life of this contract, including the entire time of the Contractor's guarantee, with surety carriers admitted to transact business in the State of California.

The following provision shall be added to and made a part of the bond agreement:

"Surety agrees to the acceptance of arbitration as to any controversy or claim affecting its obligation where agreed to by the contracting parties pursuant to Arbitration of the Contract Conditions."

F-04. CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained and submitted all policies of insurance (including all endorsements) acceptable to the District, nor shall he allow any subcontractor to commence work until all policies of insurance of the subcontractor have been obtained (by the Contractor), as required hereunder.

The Contractor and his subcontractors shall take out and maintain insurance, with coverage acceptable to the District, at his sole cost and expense at all times during the life of this Contract, including the entire time of the Contractor's guarantee.

Each such policy of insurance shall:

A. Be issued by insurance carriers that are:

1. Rated no less than A-, Class VIII or better by the A. M. Best Company

2. Licensed to transact insurance business in the State of California

3. Captive and Risk Retention groups are not acceptable unless rated no less than A-,

VIII or better by the A. M. Best Company


F-5

4. Self Insured Retention (SIR) greater than $10,000 is not acceptable on any policy.

Any insurance carrier, which is strategically affiliated with a parent insurance company or insurance group, must disclose the name of the parent company or group in any certificate of insurance documentation provided to the District.

Non-admitted/Surplus Lines insurance carriers (carriers not licensed in the State of California) may be acceptable to the District under certain conditions. The District reserves the right to disqualify a non-admitted insurer without cause.

Non-admitted insurance carriers providing any form of insurance coverage must be:

1. Domiciled in the United States

2. Listed as an approved insurance carrier on the California Department of

Insurance L.E.S.L.I. list

3. Rated no less than “A-, Class VIII” or better by the A.M. Best Company

4. Captive and Risk Retention groups are not acceptable unless rated no less than A, VIII or better by the A. M. Best Company

B. Name and list the District, Agent(s), and other personals and entities as required and

specified in the special conditions, and/or all permittors listed in Section H – Permits, as additional insured, by utilizing “CG 2010 11/85" endorsement form or similar, to include completed-operations up to 5 years beyond the completion date. If CG 20 10 11/85 is not available, then additional insured endorsement CG 20 10 10/01 along with CG 20 37 10/01 (Additional Insured-Completed Operations) endorsements executed by the Insurance Company naming the District and others listed above shall be utilized.

C. The insurance contract should state that it is intended for the transferee’s policy to apply

on a primary basis, as would standard ISO form CG 00 01 10 01, on behalf of the additional insured and that it will be modified, if necessary, to provide coverage in this manner.

D. Require all deductibles be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, including the

deductible for any builders risk insurance policy procured by the District.

E. Not be canceled, reduced in coverage or limits until thirty (30) days after receipt by the District of a written notice of such cancellation including a ten (10) day notice for non-payment of premium, as evidenced by receipt of a registered letter

F. Otherwise be in form satisfactory to District.


G. Any and all losses connected with the insurance policies in force for the District shall require cooperation of the Contractor in determining the cause of loss, the repair process, and the securing of information to determine settlement of said claim. Failure to comply with the adjuster’s request or insurance carriers requests to settlement in a timely manner, will result in breach of contract.

The Contractor and his subcontractors shall take out and maintain the following policies of "occurrence form"-type insurance with coverage acceptable to the District:

H. Workers’ Compensation Insurance. In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of

the Labor Code of the State of California, Contractor shall secure, at all times during the life of this contract, the payment of compensation to his employees; and the Contractor shall require all subcontractors similarly to provide such compensation insurance for all of the latter's employees. Such policy shall contain an endorsement which waives all right of subrogation against those persons and entities designated in the policy.

I. Commercial Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall procure and maintain at all times

during the life of this contract, Commercial Liability Insurance in amounts not less than the following amounts unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions:

$2,000,000 per each occurrence $5,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $5,000,000 Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal & Advertising injury limit

THE POLICY IS TO BE ENDORSED FOR THE AGGREGATE LIMIT TO APPLY TO THIS PROJECT by utilizing endorsement form “CG 25 03 03 97” (or similar), executed by the insurance carrier. An aggregate limit (cap) is not allowed.

Where excess liability insurance is used in connection with primary liability insurance, the combination of such must allow total limits of liability to be in amounts not less than the above-specified amount.

J. Automobile Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall procure and maintain at all times

during the life of this contract, Automobile Liability insurance in amount not less than the following amount unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions:

$2,000,000 combined single limit

K. Installation Floater. The Contractor shall maintain or cause to be maintained at all times

during the life of this contract, an Installation Floater in the amount of the total contract value.

The installation floater policy shall not contain a deductible higher than $1,000.00 per claim unless first approved by the District.


F-7

L. Contractors Equipment Floater (aka Commercial Inland Marine). The Contractor shall maintain or cause to be maintained at all times during the life of this contract, an equipment floater to cover all tools, equipment, supplies and materials on the jobsite.

If specified in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall provide the following coverage(s):

M. Builders Risk, Flood and Earthquake Insurance. The Contractor and his subcontractors

shall maintain or cause to be maintained at all times during the life of this contract, builders' risk "All Risk" completed value insurance, to include, at the option of the District, loss or damage caused by fire, earthquake and/or flood, insuring completed work, work in progress, material, supplies and equipment of the work site, in storage or in transit, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof. Such insurance shall include the interests of the District, Contractor, all tiers of subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen, with deductible amounts, if any, for the sole account of and payable by Contractor. Loss under such insurance shall be adjusted with and payable to the District for the interest of all parties. The amount of property insurance shall be sufficient to protect against such loss or damage in full until the work is accepted by the District. EMWD must be named as “loss payee” on the certificate for Builder’s Risk policy.

Builder’s “All Risk” insurance policy, if obtained by the Contractor, shall contain a deductible not higher than $1,000 unless otherwise approved by the District.

Flood Insurance policy, if obtained by the Contractor, shall contain a deductible not higher than $100,000.00 unless otherwise approved by the District.

Earthquake insurance policy, if obtained by the Contractor, shall contain a deductible not higher than 10% of the total insurable value unless otherwise approved by the District.

Builder’s Risk, Flood and Earthquake Insurance by District. If specified in the Special Conditions, Builder’s “All Risk” Insurance may be provided by the District. The Contractor is responsible for any and all deductibles per Section F-04 subsection D. Financial considerations to determine viability of such deductible remains at the District’s discretion. Deductibles will be fully disclosed at the time of issuance of the Builder’s Risk contract.

F-05. ADDITIONAL SURETY If during the continuance of the contract any of the sureties upon the faithful performance bond is no longer sufficient under Code of Civil Procedure section 995.660(b), District may require additional sureties which the Contractor shall furnish to the satisfaction of the District within fifteen (15) days after notice, and in default thereof the contract may be suspended and the work completed as provided in section titled Right of the District to Terminate Contract.


GENERAL REQUIREMENTS F-06. AUTHORITY OF THE DISTRICT The District shall give all orders, lines, grades, and directions contemplated under the contract; shall determine the adequacy of the Contractor's methods, plant, and appurtenances; shall determine in all cases the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the several kinds of work and materials which are to be incorporated in the work; and shall decide in all cases every question which may arise relative to the fulfillment of this contract on the part of the Contractor.

Should any discrepancy appear or any misunderstanding arise as to the import of anything contained in the specifications or plans, the matter shall be referred to the District, which shall decide the same in accordance with the true intent and meaning as construed by the District, and the District’s decision shall be binding on the Contractor. Any difference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and any other contractors of the District in regard to their work shall be adjusted and determined by the District. The District’s estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive, except as herein otherwise expressly provided.

F-07. PROTESTS If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the contract, or if he considers any record or ruling of the District to be unfair, he shall immediately upon such work being demanded or such record or ruling being made, ask for written instructions or decisions, upon the receipt of which he shall proceed without delay to perform the work or conform to the record or ruling. In the event the Contractor finds such instructions or decisions unsatisfactory, he shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of same, file a written protest with the District, stating clearly and in detail his objections and the reasons therefore. Except for such grounds of protest or objections as made of record in the manner specified and within the time stated herein, the Contractor hereby waives all grounds of protest or objections to the records, rulings, instructions, or decisions of the District, and hereby agrees that as to all matters not included in such protests the records, instructions, and decisions of the District shall be final and conclusive.

F-08. REPORTS, RECORDS AND DATA

A. General. The Contractor shall submit to the District such of his schedules and schedules of each of his subcontractors as the District may request concerning work performed or to be performed under this contract, including schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records, and other data.


F-9

Before proceeding with construction, the Contractor shall furnish the District with information, plans and prints for all structures, articles, machinery or fabricated materials to be entered into permanent construction which are by these specifications and/or plans to be furnished by the Contractor and of which detailed plans are not furnished by the District. Such information, plans and prints shall be submitted to the District for approval and shall become the property of the District.

B. Asbuilt Project Record Documents. The Contractor shall maintain, at the job site, one

complete set of Contract Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other directions, approved submittals, including one set of full size plans marked to show any deviations which have been made from the plans or approved shop drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the plans. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed, to indicate fully the work as actually constructed.

Current Asbuilt record drawings shall be accessible to the District at all times during the construction period. They shall be reviewed with the District at regular intervals.

Asbuilt Record Plans and Specifications shall be clearly and correctly annotated by the Contractor to show all changes made during the construction process at the time the changed Work is installed.

Upon completion and prior to final inspection of the Work, the Contractor shall submit the Record Plans and Specifications to the District for review, and shall make such revisions or corrections as may be necessary for them to be a true, complete, and accurate record of the Work in the opinion of the District. When approved, the Contractor shall deliver the Asbuilt Record Drawings and Specifications to the District. If requested by the District, transparencies shall be furnished for record drawings of piping, electrical, and instrumentation information.

F-09. TIME AND ORDER OF WORK

Immediately upon receipt of Notice of Acceptance of his Proposal, the Contractor shall schedule material orders for all material required under the contract, and notify the District of the anticipated dates of the availability of that material.

The contract time and construction period shall be as indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids except as otherwise superseded by Addendum or Change Order, or as otherwise defined in the Special Conditions.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-16 No extension of time shall be made for ordinary delays and accidents and the occurrence of such shall not relieve the Contractor from the necessity of maintaining the required progress. In case of an extension by the District of the time for the completion of the contract, as hereinafter provided, a revised Construction Progress Schedule and/or Project Control Schedule may be required in accordance with such extension of time.

The time in which the various portions and the whole of the contract are to be performed, and the work is to be completed, is of the essence of this contract.

F-10. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND PERIODIC ESTIMATES

A. Required Forms. The Contractor shall deliver to the District at the Pre-Construction Conference or within such additional time as may be allowed by the District, the following: (Additional forms may be required as called out in Standard form EN-48)

Forms supplied by the District

1. Insurance Certificate(s);

2. EN-29 or Schedule of Values: Breakdown of the Contract Price showing sizes and

quantities of equipment items;

3. EN-61: Satisfactory evidence of placement of orders for all materials;

4. EN-57: Shoring Plan, including Cal OSHA form 421-2 Activity Notification;

5. Contractor’s Financial Qualification form;

6. Authorized Signatures;

7. C-11: Workers’ Compensation Certificate;

8. EN-183: Verification of pre-approved materials list;

9. EN-84: Specific Operating Safety Procedure - Exhibit “B” of Section 01000- General Safety Requirements;

10. EN-2: 24-hour emergency telephone numbers;

11. EN-146: Certified Payroll Form;

12. Prevailing Wage Rate;

13. C-13: Certificate by Single Instrument Supplier (if applicable)


F-11

14. Employee Safety & Health Training Records

15. Subcontractors List/Worker Classification of all subcontractors, including tiered subcontractors, performing work on the project.

16. Contractor’s Financial Qualification Form

17. Maintenance Bond for Pumping Equipment (if applicable)

Contractor's Forms

1. Project Control Schedule

2. DOSH Permit (copy); (Dept. of Occupational Safety & Health)

3. Injury & Illness Prevention Program;

4. Other documentation, as required

The costs provided in the EN-29, Breakdown of Contract Price will be used only for determining the basis of partial payments and will not be considered as fixing a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract price. In lieu of the EN-29, the Schedule of Values (refer to Section 01026) shall be the basis for payment of contract work and will be used to establish payment for any “extra work” i.e., work requested which is beyond the scope of the original contract.

The Contractor shall, prior to mobilizing or commencing any contract work, submit and receive District approval of Proof of Insurance, Injury and Illness Prevention Program, and EN-84, Specific Operating Safety Procedure.

The Contractor shall be responsible to submit and receive District approval of the EN-29 Breakdown of Contract Price or Schedule of Values (see Section 01026, if applicable) by the 10th of the month for processing of the monthly pay estimate. Submittal and approval of the EN-29 or Schedule of Values beyond the 10th of the month will result in the pay estimate to be processed the following month.

The Contractor shall revise and update the Project Control Schedule as scheduling changes occur, and shall supply the District and his subcontractors with copies of the Project Control Schedule and its updates. District acceptance of revised Project Control Schedules shall be subject to the conditions of paragraph below.


B. Contractor’s Project Control Schedule. The Contractor’s Project Schedule shall consist of a simple Critical Path Method analysis in chart form reflecting workable logic, and showing proper duration, expected methods, and mile posts, and shall conform to the work and time set forth in the contract. It shall clearly indicate all construction activities, sub-activities, and mile posts on a time-oriented basis, with the critical path fully identified. The following minimum information shall be included for each activity and critical path item:

1. Date of initial submittal, as applicable. 2. Ordering dates for long lead-time items. 3. Dates for materials on the site. 4. Start-work dates. 5. Complete-work dates. 6. Testing and clean-up dates. 7. Final contract completion date.

The schedule shall show a maximum of three critical paths, with only enough points or items to present the above information. Partial schedules will not be accepted without the approval of the District. The Contractor to submit a CD with 4 copies of each submitted schedule, using Primavera P6 (or later version) or Suretrak Project Manager.

Treatment plant, lift station and pump station charts shall be updated and resubmitted monthly; pipeline and other projects shall be updated and resubmitted monthly or as necessary to reflect changes in scheduling. All slippages and missed mile posts shall be flagged, with a narrative attached describing proposed corrective actions.

Payment Withheld. Payments due the Contractor shall be withheld until the Project Control Schedule is submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the District. Acceptance by the District of the baseline schedule submission shall be recognition of the Contractor’s good faith submission, and is solely for the purpose of releasing these monies. The District shall not unreasonably withhold its’ acceptance, however, acceptance shall not constitute approval. The District shall accept the Project Control Schedule only after all corrections and other issues have been fully resolved.

The applicable monies listed in the following table shall be withheld from that owed the Contractor each and every month an updated progress control schedule submission is not timely received in a condition acceptable to the District and conforming to the contract documents.


F-13

CONTRACT VALUE AMOUNT WITHHELD PER MONTH

$0 to $50,000 $1,000

$50,000 to $100,000 $1,500

$100,000 to $500,000 $2,500

$500,000 to $1,000,000 $5,000

$1,000,000 to $5,000,000 $7,500

$5,000,000 to $10,000,000 $10,000 F-11. LEGAL ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR

The address given in the Contractor's proposal on which the contract is founded is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communications to the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to preclude or render inoperative the service of any notice, letter, or other communication upon the Contractor personally.

F-12. MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS

If, through acts of neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other contractor or any subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other contractor or subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other contractor or subcontractor will so settle. If such other contractor or subcontractor shall assert any claim against the District on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the District shall notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the District against any such claim, and he shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and save harmless the District from all liability and claims of any kind.

F-13. GENERAL GUARANTEE

A. Acceptance and Repair. Neither the final certificate of payment nor and provision in the contract documents nor partial or entire occupancy by the District shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in strict compliance with the contract documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom.


The Contractor's warranty and guarantee shall include the entire Work and all parts thereof, including that performed and constructed by Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and others employed directly or indirectly on and for the Work, against faulty or defective materials, equipment, or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of the District's written final acceptance of the Work or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any special guarantee or warranty required by the Contract Documents, or by law. The only exception to this guarantee shall be the equipment, which shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from the date each item of equipment, itself, is placed in service. The District will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.

F-14. OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

A. Percentage of Work by Contractor. The Contractor shall perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the contract. When an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the contract unit price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the contract unit price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor and subject to approval by the District.

B. General. The Contractor at his sole cost and expense shall perform all labor and services

and furnish all the materials, tools and appliances, except as hereinafter otherwise specifically provided, necessary or proper for performing and completing the work required by these specifications, in the manner and within the time stipulated in the Special Conditions and Detailed Provisions. He shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove the construction plant and such temporary works as may be required. If at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work or any part of it, the Contractor's methods or appliances appear to the District to be unsafe, or inadequate for securing the safety of the workers, or the quality of work required, the District may notify the Contractor to correct any deficiencies. The Contractor shall respond to such notifications at his own expense, but the making of such notifications shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure the safe conduct of the work, the quality of work required and the rate of progress stipulated in the contract.

The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage, which may result from their failure or their improper construction, maintenance, or operation. All the labor, services, and materials shall be performed and furnished strictly pursuant to, and in conformity with the contract documents. The Contractor shall complete the entire work to the satisfaction of the District, and in accordance with the contract documents herein mentioned and with approved changes in the work.


F-15

1. Contractor’s Responsibility for the Work and Materials. Until the acceptance of the contract, the Contractor shall have the charge and care of the work and of the materials to be used therein (including materials for which the Contractor has received partial payment or materials which have been furnished by the District) and shall bear the risk of injury, loss or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries; losses or damages to any portion of the work or the materials occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof. Where necessary to protect the work or materials from damage, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, provide suitable drainage of the roadway and erect those temporary structures that are necessary to protect the work or materials from damage. The suspension of the work from any cause whatever shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the work and materials as herein specified.

If ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, properly store materials, which have been partially paid for by the District or which have been furnished by the District. Storage by the Contractor shall be on behalf of the District and the District shall at all times be entitled to the possession of the materials, and the Contractor shall promptly return the materials to the site of the work when requested. The Contractor shall not dispose of any of the materials so stored except on written authorization from the Engineer.

2. Disposal of Excavated Materials. All materials removed from the excavations in

excess of that stored temporarily as above specified shall be immediately hauled away and used in backfilling elsewhere, or, if not used, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. The disposal area shall be acquired by the Contractor. No materials shall be disposed of either temporarily or permanently on privately or publicly owned property unless the Contractor shall first obtain permission therefore from the owner or agency concerned. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages and claims that may arise in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide a release form obtained from the property owner(s) releasing the District from any liability. Said written release shall be submitted and approved by the District prior to Contractor moving materials onto said property.

C. Temporary Facilities. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities and utilities

required for prosecution of the work, protection of employees and the public, protection of the work from damage by fire, weather or vandalism and such other facilities as may be specified or required by any legally applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation.


1. Electricity. The Contractor shall arrange with the local utility to provide adequate temporary electrical service at a mutually agreeable location. The Contractor shall then provide adequate job site distribution facilities conforming to applicable codes and safety regulations. The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all electric power required for construction, testing, general and security lighting, and all other purposes whether supplied through temporary or permanent facilities, until the substantial completion of the project.

2. Lighting. The Contractor shall provide temporary lighting in all work areas sufficient

to maintain a lighting level during working hour’s not less than lighting level required by California OSHA standards. As permanent lighting facilities are completed they may be used in lieu of temporary facilities, provided however, that any facilities so used shall be re-lamped prior to substantial completion. The temporary lighting surrounding the facility shall be designed, arranged and installed so as to confine direct rays onto the premises.

D. Equipment Testing. All items of mechanical equipment, including equipment

furnished by the District, shall be tested by the Contractor after installation for proper operation, efficiency and capacity. The Contractor shall furnish all personnel, power, water, chemicals, fuel, oil, grease, and all other necessary facilities for conducting the Contractor's test operations.

E. Preconstruction Safety Meeting. Safety of all activities in connection with the work is of

paramount and overriding importance to the District. A safety conference shall be scheduled prior to the preconstruction conference to review the respective safety requirements and to discuss implementation of all health and safety provisions to the project.

F. Preconstruction Conference and Progress Meetings. The District shall arrange for a

preconstruction conference to be attended by the Contractor's Superintendent and representatives of utilities, permit agencies, major subcontractors, and others whose input may be desired.

The purpose of this conference shall be to establish a working understanding between the parties and to discuss the construction schedule, shop drawing submittals and approvals, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, applications for payment and their processing, and such other subjects and submittals as may be pertinent to the project.

The District shall arrange and conduct periodic progress meetings as required. These meetings shall be attended by the Contractor's Superintendent, the District, and representatives of all subcontractors, utilities, etc., that are active on the project site. The purpose of these meetings shall be to resolve conflicts, ensure that the Contractor is monitoring the work progress, and coordinating and expediting the operation of all organizations active at the project site.


F-17

G. Project Site Maintenance. Daily throughout all phases of construction until final acceptance of project work, the contractor shall keep the work-site clean and free of graffiti, rubbish, and debris. The Contractor shall abate dust nuisance by spraying water, sweeping, or other means as necessary to the satisfaction of the District.

H. Defense and Indemnity. Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold and save District

harmless from any and all actions, claims, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations, or liabilities that may be asserted or claimed by any person, firm, entity, corporation, political subdivision or other organization arising out of or in connection with the work, operation, or activities of Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors, or invitees provided for herein, whether or not caused in part by any act or omission ( passive or comparative negligence included) of the District, excepting the active negligence of the District.

1. Contractor will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any of said

claims, damages, penalties, obligations or liabilities and will pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith.

2. Contractor will promptly pay any judgment rendered against Contractor or District

covering such claims, damages, penalties, obligations and liabilities arising out of or in connection with such work, operations, or activities of Contractor hereunder and Contractor agrees to save and hold District harmless therefrom.

3. In the event District, without the fault of District, is made a party to any action or

proceeding filed or prosecuted against Contractor for damages or other claims arising out of or in connection with the work, operation or activities of Contractor hereunder, Contractor agrees to pay to District any and all costs and expenses incurred by District in such action or proceeding together with the reasonable attorneys' fees.

So much of the money due to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by the District may be retained by the District until disposition has been made of such actions or claims for damages as aforesaid.

The Contractor shall not be responsible for actions, claims, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations or liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of District.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-18 F-15. PERSONAL ATTENTION The Contractor shall give his personal attention constantly to the faithful prosecution of the work, and shall be present continually, either in person or by a duly authorized and competent representative, on the site of the work, during its progress, to give directions or receive instructions from the District Inspector. This duly authorized representative shall not be replaced without ten days written notice to the District except under extraordinary circumstances. The Contractor's representative at the site shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. All communications, instructions, and directions given to the representative shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Whenever the Contractor or the representative is not present on a part of the Work where the District wishes to give orders or directions, the orders or directions shall be received and obeyed by the foreman in charge of that part of the Work the same as if the order or direction had been given to the Contractor or to his representative. Any order or direction given by the District not otherwise required to be in writing will be given or confirmed in writing upon request of the Contractor.

F-16. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 4552: In submitting a bid to the District, the Contractor offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, he will assign to the District all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action he may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the bid. Such assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the District tenders final payment to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet, or otherwise dispose of this contract, or of his right, title or interest in or to the same or any part thereof, to other than the District without previous consent in writing. He shall not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, any of the monies to become due and payable under the contract, unless by and with the like consent signified in like manner. If the Contractor shall without some previous written consent, assign, transfer, convey, sublet, or otherwise dispose of the contract, or of his right, title or interest therein, or of any of the monies to become due under the contract, to any other person, company, or other corporation, the contract may at the option of the District, be terminated, revoked and annulled. In such case, the District shall thereupon be relieved and discharged from any and all liability and obligations growing out of the contract, and no right to any money to become due hereunder, shall be asserted against the District in law or equity by reason of any so-called assignment of any monies to become due hereunder, unless authorized as aforesaid by the written consent of the District.

In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of any monies due or to become due under this contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any monies due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this contract.


F-19 F-17. SUBCONTRACTS

A. Extent. At the discretion of the District, and subject to the provisions of subsection c. hereof, subcontracts may be permitted to such extent, and only to such extent, as shall be shown to be necessary or definitely advantageous to the principal contractor in the prosecution of the work, and without injury to the interests of the District. The re-subletting of work by a subcontractor shall be subject to the same limitations as an original subletting. In general, the brokering of work will not be favored, and the subletting of the entire contract, or of substantial complete units of it, will be permitted only upon adequate showing of necessity, involving some new condition not reasonably foreseeable at the time of proposal. No subcontract will be permitted which has the effect of avoiding the residence or wage requirements or any other provisions of the main contract. Individual subcontractors, or members of contracting or subcontracting organizations, personally engaged upon the work, shall be subject to all the requirements of the paragraphs of the General Provisions of this specification, and to all other conditions of these specifications applicable to employees working for wages.

B. Subcontractors Listing; Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act.

Reference is hereby made to the provisions of Public Contract 4100, et. seq. As required by these provisions, each bidder shall set forth in his proposal the name, the location of the place of business, and the California contractor license number of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the general contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half of one per cent (1/2 of 1%) of the general contractor's total bid, as well as the portion of the work which will be done by each subcontractor.

Each subcontractor shall possess, both at the time the bid is submitted and at all times when work is performed, a valid contractor's license for the appropriate classification necessary to perform the work for which that subcontractor is listed.

Each subcontractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations at time of bid and during the performance of the Contract.

Any information requested by the District concerning any subcontractor who the prime contractor is required to list, other than the subcontractor’s name and location of business, may be submitted by the general contractor up to 24 hours after the deadline established by the District for receipt of bids.

C. Contract Provisions. Before the work of any subcontractor is started, the

Contractor shall submit, at the preconstruction conference, a Subcontractors List and Worker Classification form giving the name, business, license number, email address, and worker classification for each subcontractor who will perform work on the project. Contractor shall update and resubmit the Subcontractors List and Worker Classification as required.


Each subcontract shall provide for its annulment by the Contractor at the order of the District if in the District’s opinion the subcontractor fails to comply with the requirements of the principal contract insofar as the same may be applicable to his work. Nothing herein contained shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the District, or relieve the Contractor of any liability or obligation hereunder.

The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Specifications and other Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards to terminating any subcontract that the District may exercise over the Contractor under any provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the District for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.

F-18. PATENTS The Contractor shall hold and save harmless the District from liability of any nature or kinds, including costs and expenses, for, or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its use by the District, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the Contract Documents.

If the Contractor uses any design, device or materials covered by letters, patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable agreement with the Owner of such patented or copyrighted design, device or material. It is mutually agreed and understood that, without exception, the contract prices shall include all royalties or costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way involved in the work.

The Contractor and/or his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the District from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in connection with work agreed to be performed under this contract, and shall indemnify the District for any cost, expense or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work.

F-19. PERMITS

All required permits, easements, land and rights-of-way necessary for the work under this specification will be acquired by the District insofar as the District may acquire these permits.


F-21

All provisions of any permit included as a part of these specifications by incorporation in the Contract Documents shall be assumed by the Contractor as if written in these specifications. In the event the Contractor, subsequent to issuance of such permit, to perform work in a manner approved by the District but different than anticipated by the permit, he shall assume any and all costs or permit fees that result from that departure from the permit provisions. (For example, if the Contractor elects to slope his trench walls when the encroachment permit has been issued for a vertical wall trench, the permit fee for pavement replacement could increase.) In the event a performance bond is required by the provisions of a permit, a Dual Obligee Rider to the District Performance Bond, naming also the Permitting Agency, will be acceptable to the District.

F-20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

The contractor shall comply with all requirements of applicable Federal, State and local environmental rules and regulations. Any infractions of said rules and regulations by the Contractor during the term of the contract, which result in penalties, will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The District operates under a number of environmental permits issued by various agencies. If due to an action, inaction or negligence by the Contractor the District becomes subject to noncompliance penalties, the cost of such penalties shall be borne by the Contractor.

F-21. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS-OF-WAY

Should the Contractor find it advantageous to use any land in addition to that provided by the District for his construction yard or for other purposes during the construction of the work, he shall provide the use of such lands at his own expense and shall be solely responsible for acquisition of the appropriate title or other interest for said land.

F-22. PROTECTION AND PRESERVATION OF CULTURAL RESOURCES

In accordance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended through 2000 (16 U.S.C. 470) and PPM 75-27, the following procedures are implemented to insure historic preservation and fair compensation to the Contractor for delays attendant to cultural resources investigations.

In the event potential historical, architectural, archaeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter cultural resources) are discovered during subsurface excavation at the site of construction, the following procedures shall be instituted:

A. The District shall issue a "Stop Work Order" directing the Contractor to cease all

construction operations at the location of such potential cultural resources find.

B. Such "Stop Work Order" shall be effective until such time as a qualified archaeologist designated by the District has been able to assess the value of these potential cultural resources and make recommendations. Any "Stop Work Order" shall contain the following:


1. A clear description of the work to be suspended;

2. Any instructions regarding issuance of further orders by the Contractor for material services;

3. Guidance as to action to be taken on subcontracts;

4. Any suggestions to the Contractor as to minimization of this cost;

5. Estimated duration of the temporary suspension.

If the archaeologist determines that the potential find is a bona fide cultural resource, the District shall extend the duration of the "Stop Work Order" in writing, and the Contractor shall suspend work at all locations of the find.

Equitable adjustments of the construction contract shall be made in the following manner:

A. Time Extension. If the work temporarily suspended is on the "critical path", the

total number of days for which the suspension is in effect shall be added to the number of allowable contract days.

B. Additional Compensation. If, as a result of a suspension of the work, the

Contractor sustains a loss which could not have been avoided by his judicious handling of forces, equipment, or redirection of forces or equipment to perform other work on the contract, the District shall provide for a fair and reasonable compensation for the Contractor's actual loss in accordance with Section pertaining to Changes in Work and Extras.

F-23. RIGHT OF THE DISTRICT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT

A. Contract Termination for Breach/Default. In the event that any of the provisions of this contract are violated by the Contractor or by any of his subcontractors, the District may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate the contract. Such notice to contain the reasons for such intention to terminate the contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice upon the Contractor, such violation or delay shall cease and satisfactory arrangement of correction is made, the contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) days, cease and terminate.

In the event of any such termination, the District shall immediately serve notice thereof upon the Surety and the Contractor, and the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform the contract.


F-23

If the Surety does not commence performance thereof within five (5) days from the date of mailing to such Surety of notice of termination, the District may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or by force account for the account and at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the District for any excess cost occasioned the District thereby, and in such event the District may take possession of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, and plant as may be on the site of the work and necessary therefore.

B. Contract Termination Based on the Best Interests of the District. The District reserves the

right to terminate this contract at any time upon a determination by the District, in its sole and absolute discretion, that termination of this contract is in the best interests of the District. If the District elects to terminate this contract, the termination of the contract and the total compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be determined by the Following procedure:

1. The District shall deliver to the Contractor a written notice stating that the contract

is to be terminated, the terms and conditions for said termination, and the date to be deemed the termination date. Said notice shall also include an explanation or other reference to the determination that has been made by the District that the best interests of the District will require termination under this section.

2. On or before the termination date, the Contractor shall complete or perform, to the

satisfaction of the District in its discretion, the actions required of the Contractor as set forth in the notice.

3. Acceptance of the termination of this contract as herein specified shall not relieve

the Contractor of responsibility for damage, usefulness, or other warranties in regard to materials. The Contractor shall continue to be responsible for damage/warranty of materials after issuance of the notice of termination.

4. When the District determines that the Contractor has completed the work under

this contract directed to be completed prior to termination, the District will accept the work.

5. The total compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be as follows: The

Contractor shall be paid his actual costs for that portion of the work performed prior to the termination date and for costs of termination, including demobilization and any termination charges by vendors and subcontractors, plus four percent (4%) of all such costs for overhead and profit.

F-24. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF Any notice to the Contractor from the District relative to any part of this contract shall be in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when said notice is posted by registered mail, to the Contractor at his last given address, or delivered in person to the Contractor or his authorized representative on the work.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-24 F-25. UTILITIES AND SUBSTRUCTURES

A. Locating. The indication of the type and approximate location of existing utilities and substructures in the Contract Documents represents a diligent search of known records, but the accuracy and completeness of such indications are not warranted by the District and utility structures and services not so indicated may exist.

Before commencing any excavations, the Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 227-2600, and all permit agencies. The Contractor shall verify in the field all utilities and substructures indicated on the plans. The cost for this verification shall be included in the bid items and no additional compensation will be due. If the Contractor encounters utilities and/or underground structures which are not shown on the plans or which are in substantially different locations and these utilities and/or substructures materially affect the Work and/or the Contractor’s operation, the Contractor shall be compensated for the extra work, unless the Contractor has failed to exercise reasonable care. If the unmarked or mismarked utilities or underground structures cause a change in the critical path as shown on the schedule submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to additional time as verified by the Contractor and the District.

B. Unforeseen Conditions Related to Hazardous Waste. In the event the Contractor

encounters on the site materials he reasonably believes to be hazardous material or hazardous waste, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area affected, cordon off the area, and report the condition to the District in writing.

The definition of hazardous material and hazardous waste shall include, but not be limited to, heavy metals, asbestos, or any other material or waste where liability and removal is governed by the applicable Federal or State law.

The District will promptly investigate the reported condition, and if applicable will notify the appropriate Federal, State or local agency.

If the District finds that the reported condition will have a material effect on the cost and/or the duration of the contract, the District shall issue a change order.

The change order may instruct the Contractor to remediate the problem, setting price and time therefore. Alternatively, if the District determines that the reported condition will have a substantial effect on the contract, the change order may remove the problem area from the contract, to be dealt with as a separate issue under a different contract.


F-25

The District shall be responsible for any hazardous material or waste uncovered or revealed at the work site which was not shown or indicated in the contract documents to be within the scope of the work. The District shall not be responsible for any such material or waste brought to the work site by the Contractor, subcontractors, or anyone else for whom the Contractor is responsible.

C. Maintenance of Facilities. Insofar as practical during the progress of the work the

property of any owner of a public utility pipeline or conduit, sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage ditch, flood control channel, overhead wires or cables, or underground wires or cables, or any other structure or facility shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition at the expense of the Contractor. In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without the consent of the owner and approval of the District.

The Contractor shall install temporary pipes of adequate size to carry off sewage from any sewer facilities cut off by construction operations.

Installation of temporary pipes shall be made immediately upon cutting of an existing sewer facility, and no sewage shall be allowed to flow from any severed facility upon the ground surface or in the trench excavation. Pipe used in temporary sewers may be clay, metal, concrete, or plastic. Before completion of Work, the Contractor shall replace all severed connections and restore to operating order the existing sanitary facilities with matching materials and construction.

D. Rights-of-Way and Private Properties. Coordination with other companies and

private parties is generally provided elsewhere in the Special Conditions and/or the technical provisions. The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all damage due to his operations.

F-26. USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON WORK SITE The Contractor may be permitted to use soil, stone, or other natural materials discovered on the work site upon prior written consent of the District if said materials meet the requirements of these specifications. Ownership of all such materials shall remain with the District throughout any use or installation thereof.


WORK F-27. LINES, GRADES AND MEASUREMENTS All lines and grades will be given by the District, and the Contractor shall provide such materials and give such assistance as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all bench marks, monuments, survey markers, and stakes, so far as possible. SHOULD ANY STAKES OR POINTS BE REMOVED OR DESTROYED UNNECESSARILY BY ANY ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS EMPLOYEES THEY SHALL BE RESET AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. The Contractor shall inform the District within 48 hours in advance of the times and places at which he intends to work in order that lines and grades may be furnished, that inspection may be provided, and that necessary measurements for records and payments may be made with minimum inconvenience.

All work shall conform to lines, elevations and grades shown on the construction plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variations shall be reported to the District Engineer or Inspector. In the absence of such report, the contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work.

No direct payment shall be made for the cost to the Contractor of any of the work for delay occasioned by giving lines and grades, or making other necessary measurements, or by inspection.

F-28. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the plans and specifications and shall at all times give the District access thereto. The Contractor shall check all dimensions and quantities on the drawings or schedules herein contained or given to him by the District, and shall notify the District of all errors therein which may be discovered. He shall not take advantage of any error or omission in these specifications or in the plans or schedules, because full instructions will be furnished by the District should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out such instructions as if originally specified.

Where bore holes are shown pictorially on the plans, they are for the convenience of the Contractor, reflecting the information contained in the soils report of borings obtained and on file in the District office. The District assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented as it may affect the project at other than those specific locations, and directs the Contractor to investigate the soils conditions independently, as required for his use.


F-27 F-29. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ITEMS

A. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Requirements. Per Title 22 Chapter 16 of the California Code of Regulations, any and all materials (pipe, valves, tanks, etc.) that come into contact with potable drinking water, either directly or indirectly, shall be certified by NSF in accordance with NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water contact. Contractor shall include documentation with material submittals demonstrating conformance with NSF 61 certification as required.

B. Listed on Proposal. Equipment and material items to be furnished which are

required to be listed on the Proposal, with the name of the manufacturer, shall be new items of new manufacture unless specified otherwise. Award of a contract under this proposal (bid) will not imply approval by the District of a manufacturer listed by the bidder. However, if a manufacturer is acceptable to the District, the successful bidder shall furnish the items from the manufacturer indicated. Any manufacturer listed in the contract may be substituted, changed, or omitted by the successful bidder, subject to the approval of the District, without subjecting the District to any liability for the substitution, change or omission.

The listing of any manufacturer in the contract does not, and is not intended to, grant any right, title or interest in the contract for the benefit of the named manufacturer. Each contracting bidder shall inform in writing each named manufacturer that the so named is listed for information purposes only and may be substituted, changed, or omitted by the successful bidder, subject to the approval of the District, without subjecting the District to any liability for the substitution, change or omission.

The successful bidder shall reimburse the District for any expenses incurred by the District as a result of the successful bidder's failure to so notify each named manufacturer or supplier.

C. Requests for Substitutions or Equals. References in the Contract Documents to

any material, item of equipment, or type of construction by manufacturer's name, make, catalog number, or other proprietary identification shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition in those instances where "or approved equal" is specified. Bids shall be based on the products or types of construction so referred to and identified in the Contract Documents, or, in those instances allowing "approved equal", on substitute or equal items approved by the District prior to the receipt of bids. Bidders wishing to propose substitute or equal materials, equipment items, or types of construction shall, not later than the tenth day preceding the date set for receipt of bids, submit a written request fully and technically describing each proposed item and its intended use, and setting forth all variations in costs pertaining to the application. Manufacturers may use the same procedure. Bidders will be notified of approved substitute or equal items by Addendum only.


After receipt of bids, if the Contractor wishes to propose a substitute or equal item for any specified use by brand or trade name, he shall, as soon as this intent is known, furnish his written request and all required data to substantiate the proposed substitution or equal, and setting forth all variations in costs pertaining to the application. If, in the opinion of the District, there is sufficient time to review the submitted data, it will decide if the item is in fact equal in quality and utility to the specified item. No proposed substitute or equal shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of the District, and it shall be understood and agreed that the decision of the District in this matter shall be final and binding.

D. Submittals

1. General. Unless otherwise specified or directed by the District, the

Contractor shall submit to the District for its review and approval all shop drawings, samples, materials lists, equipment data, instructions manuals, record documents, manufacturers' equipment manuals, and other submittals required by the Contract Documents. Submittals and their contents shall be properly prepared, identified, and transmitted as provided herein. Except for record documents and instructional manuals for operation and maintenance, submittals shall be reviewed and accepted before the material or equipment covered by the submittal is delivered to the site.

The Project Control Schedule required under section titled Construction Schedule and Periodic Estimates shall be coordinated to this requirement.

2. Method of Submittal. The Contractor shall deliver submittals by means of

dated and signed “Contractor’s Submittal Transmittal Form” (EN-50) identifying as to initial or resubmittal status, and fully describing the submittal contents. Submittals are not acceptable directly from subcontractors, suppliers or manufacturers. Submittals shall be numbered as prescribed by the District at the preconstruction conference. In each transmittal the Contractor shall state the Drawing Numbers and Specification Sections, Articles, and paragraphs to which the submittal pertains. Accompanying data sheets, catalogs, and brochures shall be identified in the same manner. Where several types or models are included the Contractor shall delete non-applicable portions or specifically indicate which portions are intended and applicable.

Each submittal shall include 4 sets of black-line printed copies and 4 CDs in the latest version of Adobe Acrobat, consolidated to one portable document file (PDF) format, searchable from Table of Contents and Bookmarks. No copies shall be returned to the contractor, only the EN-14 Shop Drawing Transmittal form noting review comments and submittal status.


F-29

3. Deviations. The Contractor shall verify on the “Contractor’s Submittal

Transmittal Form” (EN-50) either that the submittal meets all the requirements specified, or that the submittal deviates from the requirements specified. The deviation shall be clearly indicated or described including all other changes required to correlate the Work. The Contractor shall state in writing all variation in costs. The Contractor shall be liable for any such deviation not so submitted, and for any deviation not approved by the District in writing.

4. Schedule of Submittals. The Project Control Schedule required under section

titled Construction Schedule and Periodic Estimates shall allow not less than fifteen (15) working days for the review of submittals, not including the time necessary for delivery or mailing of the printed copies and CDs, and shall cause no delay in the Work or the work of any other contractor. Extension of the Contract Time will not be granted because of the Contractor's failure to make timely and correctly prepared and presented submittals with allowance for the checking and review periods.

The Contractor shall include the submittal process in the Project Control Schedule.

5. Contractor's Review and Approval. Every submittal of shop drawings,

samples, materials lists, equipment data, instruction manuals and other submittals upon which the proper execution of the Work is dependent shall bear the Contractor's review and approval stamp meaning that the Contractor: a) has reviewed, checked and approved the submittal and has

coordinated the contents with requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents including related work;

b) has determined and verified all quantities, field measurements, field

construction criteria, materials, equipment catalog numbers, and similar data;

c) has verified the Work covered by the submittal and guarantees

that the intent of the contract documents will fully apply thereto. The Contractor's stamp shall be dated and signed by the Contractor in every case.

6. Incomplete Submittals. Incomplete submittals, including those not

correctly transmitted, not correctly titled and identified, or not bearing the Contractor's review and approval stamp, may be returned to the Contractor without review.


7. Corrections and Resubmittals. The Contractor shall make all required corrections and shall resubmit 4 copies and 4 CDs in the latest version of Adobe Acrobat, consolidated to one portable document file (Smart PDF) format, searchable from Table of Contents and Bookmarks of each submittal until found in conformance with design concept of the project and in general compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than corrections called for on previous submittals, and shall state in writing all variations in costs and his assumption of the cost of related changes the same as is required for in subsection titled Method of Transmittal.

Costs incurred by the District as a result of additional reviews of a particular submittal after the second time it has been reviewed shall be borne by the Contractor. Reimbursement to the District will be made by deducting such costs from the Contractor’s subsequent partial payments. This reimbursement will be calculated based on a flat work rate of $120/hour.

8. Check of Reviewed Comments. The Contractor shall check and review the

EN-14 Shop Drawing Transmittal form for correction and ascertain if the corrections result in extra cost to him above that included under the Contract Documents and shall give written notice to the District within five days if, in his opinion, such extra costs result from corrections. By failing to so notify the District or by starting any Work covered by a submittal, the Contractor waives all claims for extra costs resulting from required corrections.

9. Review and Acceptance. Submittals will be reviewed only for conformance

with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings and submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor’s expense, when required by the plans or specification, or requested by the District.

Materials shall not be furnished or fabricated, nor any work done for which shop drawings or submittals are required, before those shop drawings or submittals have been reviewed. Neither review nor approval of shop drawings or submittals by the District shall relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the District in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals and shop drawings, including shop fits, field connections, and results obtained by use of such drawings.

10. Conformance. Work shall conform to the accepted submittals and all other

requirements of the Contract Documents unless subsequently revised by an appropriate modification, in which case the Contractor shall prepare and submit revised submittals as may be required.


F-31

The Contractor shall not proceed with any related Work which may be affected by the Work covered under submittals until the applicable submittals have been submitted and reviewed, particularly where piping, machinery, and equipment and the required arrangements and clearances are involved.

11. Interrelated Submittals. Except where the preparation of a submittal is

dependent upon the acceptance of a prior submittal, all submittals pertaining to the same class or portion of the Work shall be submitted simultaneously.

12. Shop Drawings

a) Complete Data. Shop drawings shall contain details and information fully outlining the pertinent Contract Document requirements and such other information as may be specified or required for review. Each submittal shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials, connections, bases, foundations, anchors, and the like, and shall be accompanied by technical and performance data as necessary to fully illustrate the information in the shop drawings. Unless the required data are included in instruction manuals or equipment data submitted prior to or with the shop drawings, the Contractor shall submit with the shop drawings complete catalog and technical data for all manufactured products, materials, machinery, and equipment covered by the shop drawing submittal. The following information shall be included:

(i) Manufacturer's specifications and details. (ii) Applicable technical data and performance curves. (iii) Preparation, assembly, and installation instructions with

allowable tolerances. (iv) Connection requirements. (v) Pre-startup servicing and operating methods. (vi) Other data and information necessary to demonstrate that

the proposed items conform to the Contract Documents.

b) Title Block and Identification. On each shop drawing submittal, the Contractor shall provide a space for the District's representative's acceptance or correction stamp and a title block showing:

(i) Name and address of the Work. (ii) Name and address of Contractor.


(iii) Name and address of subcontractor manufacturer, supplier, or

distributor, as applicable. (iv) Name and address of District. (v) Date, scale of drawings, and identification number. (vi) Contractor's review and approval stamp.

13. Samples.

a) General. When specified or otherwise required for clarity, each submittal shall include two sets of samples. One set of accepted samples and all unaccepted samples will be returned to the Contractor. Samples of value retained by the District will be returned to the Contractor after completion of the Work if the Contractor's first transmittal for the sample requests its return.

b) Paints and Coatings. Submit samples of field-applied paint and coating

finishes, colors, and covering at least 60 days prior to start of such finishing operations.

14. Materials Furnished Under Approved Materials List. The Contractor may

provide materials listed on EMWD’s Approved Materials List by listing the materials by description, manufacturer and model number. The description must be the same as listed in the Approved Materials List included in the appendix section of the Specifications and must include paragraph number and page number on which the item appears on the List.

The Contractor would not be required to make a formal submittal on any

material listed in this manner with the exception of pipe. The District requires a formal submittal on pipe whether or not it is on EMWD’s Approved Materials List.

15. Operations and Maintenance.

a) General. The Contractor shall obtain data from the various manufacturers and submit 1 hard copy plus 3 CDs (in Smart PDF format) in the form of instruction and mechanical systems manuals covering all mechanical equipment and machinery installed in the Work. These submittals will be reviewed by the District and revised and resubmitted as deemed necessary.

b) Contents. Each manual shall have an index listing the contents.

Information in the manuals shall include but not be limited to:


F-33

(i) general, introduction and overall equipment description,

purpose, functions, and simplified theory of system operation; specifications;

(ii) installation instructions, procedures, sequences, and

precautions including tolerances for level, horizontal, and vertical alignment;

(iii) grouting requirement including grout spaces and materials;

(iv) list showing lubricants for each item of mechanical equipment, approximate quantities needed per year, and recommended lubrication intervals; where possible, types of lubricants shall be consolidated with equipment manufacturers' approval to minimize the number of different lubricants required for plant maintenance;

(v) startup and beginning operation

procedures; (vi) operational procedures;

(vii) shut down procedures; (viii) short and long term inactivation procedures; (ix) maintenance, calibration, and repair

instruction; (x) parts lists and spare parts recommendations; (xi) lists of all special tools, instruments, accessories, and special

lifting and handling devices required for periodic maintenance, repair, adjustment, and calibration;

(xii) MSDS for each item as appropriate; and (xiii) other information as may be specified or required for

approval.

c) Format and Organization (i) Use drawings and pictorials to illustrate the printed text

as necessary to fully present the information.


(ii) Where information covers a family of similar items of

equipment, identify the applicable portions by heavy weighted arrows, boxes or circles, or strike-out the inapplicable information.

Nonconforming data are not acceptable and will be returned for

rework and resubmittal. (iii) Contractor shall incorporate into books all Manufacturers'

Equipment Manuals including those specified in pertinent Sections of the Specifications. The books shall be organized by Equipment Class in same manner and sequence as the Specifications, i.e., Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation, etc.

(iv) Within each book or manual, provide a Table of Content

d) Manual Binding. Bind all books in sturdy hard covers fastened to

provide full view of contents on each page, and ease of making content additions or replacements. No book shall be more than four inches thick.

Permanently label face of cover and bound edge of each book "MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTION MANUAL," and indicate Class of Equipment, i.e., Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation, etc., or name specific equipment unit, number books consecutively BOOK I, BOOK II, etc. If more than one Class of Equipment is contained in a book, separate each class with a tabbed stiff divider insert page.

e) Manual Submittals. Contractor shall submit 1 copy of each manual

plus 3 CDs in Smart PDF format. The EN-14 Shop Drawing submittal transmittal shall provide the required corrections, or acceptance.

When accepted, the Contractor shall deliver final manuals; 1 hard copy plus 3 CDs in Smart PDF format to the District, unless otherwise specified, bound in 3-ring binders to make a complete manual. Individual manuals shall be inserted into each binder chronologically by Specification Section Number. Each binder or Volume of the final manual shall have a complete table of contents.


F-35 F-30. CHANGES IN WORK AND EXTRAS

A. Authority. No changes in the Work covered by the approved Contract Documents shall be made without having prior written approval of the District, unless otherwise directed through field orders. Without invalidating the Contract Agreement and without notice to sureties or insurers, the District may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. The Contractor shall comply promptly with requirements of all executed Change Orders, Proceed Change Orders, or responses to Requests for Information. If any directive causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment will be made and included in a Change Order.

Additional or extra Work performed by the Contractor without authorization, will not entitle the Contractor to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time.

Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the following methods:

1. Unit bid prices previously approved. The performance of any extra work or

furnishing of any extra material which is of like character to and susceptible of classification under the items of the Contract as specified shall, if the order of the District so provides, be paid for at the unit price named for such work in the Bidding Sheet.

The District may change the plans and specifications, character of the work,

or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the contract price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written supplemental agreement between the Contractor and District, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order.

If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a contract unit price, and

such change does not involve a substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the plans or included in the specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the contract unit price.


In case of such an increase or decrease in a major bid item, the use of this basis for the adjustment of payment will be limited to that portion of the change, which together with all previous changes to that item, is not in excess of 25 percent of the total cost of such item based on the original quantity and contract unit price. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a contract unit price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the plans or included in the specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made between the Contractor and District. If unable to reach agreement, the District may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work.

Should any contract item be deleted in its entirety, payment will be made

only for actual costs incurred prior to notification of such deletion. 2. An agreed lump sum. Extra work and material will ordinarily be paid for at a

lump sum or unit price agreed on in writing by the Contractor and District before the extra work shall be authorized. If the estimated cost of such extra work shall be more than that previously authorized by the Board, such extra work shall be approved by the Board.

3. Time and Material. When extra work is to be paid for on a time and material

basis, the labor, materials and equipment used in the performance of such work shall be subject to the approval of the District and compensation will be determined as specified in the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Section 9-1.03, “Force Account Payment”. The direct costs shall not include any labor or office costs pertaining to the Contractor, his superintendents, his office staff and office facilities, nor insurance nor the cost or rental of small tools as all such indirect costs form a part of the Contractor's overhead expense.

4. Daily Record of Extra Work. The Contractors Field Representative shall on a

daily basis complete a District Form, EN-73 as to the hours for personnel, listed by craft, equipment listed by make and model per Cal Trans Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates, and any materials used. The Contractors Representative and the Districts Inspector shall both sign the EN-73 noting agreement or disagreement of the indicated information. The Contractor shall then extend the costs on the EN-73 per section titled Changes in Work and Extras, paragraph a., and provide any invoices for material or equipment and submit to the District for review.


F-37

5. Idle Time Resulting From Suspension in Work Ordered by District shall be

compensated as follows.

a) Idle Time of Equipment. Compensation for equipment idle time will be determined on a force account (time and materials) basis, and shall include the cost of extra moving of equipment and rental loss. The right-of-way delay factor for each classification of equipment shown in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled Equipment Rental Rates and the California Department of Industrial Relations General Prevailing Wage Rates, will be applied to any equipment rental rates.

b) Idle Time of Labor. Compensation for idle time of workers will be

determined by the District as "Labor" less an actual productivity factor of this portion of the work force.

c) Increased Costs of Labor and Materials. Increased costs of labor and

materials will be compensated only to the extent such increase was in fact caused by the suspension, as determined by the District.

Compensation for actual loss due to idle time of either equipment or labor shall not include markup for profit.

The hours for which compensation will be paid will be the actual normal working time during which such delay condition exists, but will in no case exceed eight hours per day. The days for which compensation will be paid shall be full or partial calendar days excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Legal Holidays.

B. Extra Work. Any extra work performed hereunder shall be subject to all of the provisions of the contract and the Contractor's sureties shall be bound with reference thereto as under the original contract.

The Contractor shall notify his sureties and the carriers of the insurance furnished and maintained by him of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price, and the amount of the applicable Bonds and the coverage of the insurance shall be adjusted accordingly. The Contractor shall furnish proof of such adjustments to the District.


C. Forms. District forms to be utilized in the contract administration which may or may

not result in changes as aforesaid shall consist of the following:

1. Request for Information (RFI) - to be initiated by the Contractor as far in advance as possible to avoid delays in receiving answers and processing the required additional documents. RFI’s shall be submitted electronically in Word and PDF format, including 1 hard copy. RFI’s may be initiated by the District to transmit clarifying information to the Contractor or Inspector. The District shall allow not more than 15 working days for responding to RFI’s, not including the time necessary for delivery or mailing.

2. Change Order - a formal written order to the Contractor signed by the District

ordering and authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the work, or an adjustment in the contract price or the contract time.

3. Proceed Change Order - an informal written order signed by the District ordering and

authorizing change order work when there is insufficient time to process a formal Change Order, or when costs aren't known.

Interim payments will be made for work done under a Proceed Change Order. Work ordered by time and material will require extra work tickets (see section titled Changes of Work and Extras, paragraph a., 4.) and invoices approved by District before any payment made. Time and material work will be based on an estimated dollar value; actual costs may be reconciled through a formal Change Order if required. Negotiated sums will be paid on a percentage basis for the work completed.

4. Change Order Proposal - It is initiated by the District, and may result in a Change

Order, if the proposal is acceptable. A Change Order Proposal, in itself, authorizes no work, revision or adjustment to the contract, nor does it imply that a formal Change Order will be written.

5. Change Order Request – It is initiated by the Contractor, and may result in a Change

Order, if the request is acceptable. A Change Order Request, in itself, authorizes no work, revision or adjustment to the contract, nor does it imply that a formal Change Order will be written

6. Field Orders - Emergency actions or minor changes consistent with the overall intent

of the Contract Documents that do not involve any adjustment in the contract price or an extension of the contract time may be authorized by the District inspector. Such orders may be written or verbal (confirmed in writing), and shall be binding on the Contractor, who shall carry out such orders promptly. In the event the Contractor believes a field order entitles him to an increase in contract price or an extension of contract time, he may make a claim therefore as herein provided.


F-39

7. Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment – will be initiated by the District after the

Contractor's representative and the District inspector have met on the jobsite to determine the items and quantities for payment purposes. After its execution by both the Contractor and the District, payment to the Contractor will be processed by the District.

F-31. MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND TESTS All work shall be done and completed in conformance with these plans and specifications.

A. Contractor to Furnish. The Contractor shall submit samples, specimens, or test

pieces of such materials to be furnished or used in the work as the District may require. All materials must be of the specified quality and equal to approve sample, if samples have been submitted.

The Contractor shall furnish without cost to the District such quantities of concrete, concrete aggregates, and other construction materials as may be required for test purposes, and shall place at the District's disposal all available facilities for and cooperate in the sampling and testing of all materials and workmanship. A temporary concrete test cylinder curing cabinet conforming to ASTM C31 shall be furnished and located as directed by the District. EN-29 Breakdown of Contract Price or Schedule of Values (from section 01026), whichever is required, shall be submitted and approved by the District prior to the tenth (10th) of the month for a monthly pay estimate to be processed.

B. Overloading. No part of the Work on new and existing structures, scaffolding,

shoring, sheeting, construction machinery and equipment, or other permanent and temporary facilities shall be loaded with weights or subjected to stresses or pressures that result in an overloading condition. The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting damage caused by overloading or excessive stresses or pressures.

C. Use of Explosives. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances,

regulations, codes, and orders governing the transportation, storage and use of explosives. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care not to endanger life or property, and shall be responsible for all injury or damage resulting from the use of explosives for or on the Work.

No blasting shall be done in the vicinity of existing structures above or below the ground without prior written consent of the owner thereof and the District. This consent shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for injury or damage resulting from the use of explosives for or on the Work.


D. Verification of Installed Work. The Contractor shall correct all defects in installed Work of

the Contract before subsequent related or connected Work is applied or installed. Where the Contract Documents require a material or item of equipment to be applied or installed under the supervision, inspection, or direction of the supplier or manufacturer, or his representative, the supplier, manufacturer, or his representative shall inspect the applicable installed Work and issue a letter to the District stating the corrections required to or approval of the installed Work.

E. Manufacturers' Instructions. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the

Contractor shall apply, install, erect, connect, use, clean, condition, and operate manufactured articles, materials, and equipment in accordance with the various manufacturers' instructions including those in the instruction manuals. The Contractor shall compare the requirements of the various manufacturers' instructions with the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall promptly notify the District in writing of any difference between such requirements, and shall not proceed with any of the Work affected by such differences until an interpretation or clarification is issued. The Contractor shall bear all costs for any error in the Work resulting from his failure to so compare the various requirements and notify the District of any such differences.

F. Field Office for Use by District. If called for in the Special Conditions, Contractor shall

furnish and maintain a field office of minimum 200 sq. ft. floor area, located as directed, and furnish and pay for utilities and services for the office. In addition to any requirements set forth in the Special Conditions, the office shall contain the following. The office shall be of finished weather-tight insulated construction and have at least 3 screened windows, lockable doors, resilient tile flooring, uniform lighting, grounded duplex convenience receptacles, heating, and an air conditioner. The office shall be equipped with not less than one standard office desk, one desk chair, three office chairs, one 6-slot vertical plan rack, one 36 in. by 72 in. reference table, one full height nominal 9 sq. ft. closet with six adjustable shelves and lockable door, and one 4-drawer legal size lockable metal file cabinet. A telephone shall be furnished with outside telephone bell. Bottled drinking water and adequate sanitary facilities shall be furnished and maintained. All foregoing facilities and equipment shall be installed and connected before work on site is started, at the sole cost and expense of the Contractor.

G. Mechanical Equipment and Testing. After all equipment is installed and all facilities

are ready to operate, all equipment shall be tested for a period not to exceed seven (7) days by operating either under actual or simulated operating conditions before final acceptance is given. All defects of material or workmanship which appear during this test period shall be corrected by the Contractor. After such corrections are made, the 7-day test may be run again before final acceptance, required by the District.


F-41

The Contractor will supply all power, oil, grease, and auxiliaries required for this final test operation. The District will supply water and operating personnel. On certain items of equipment, the final adjustments and inspections shall be made by factory-trained service personnel other than sales representatives, who shall also supervise the test operation.

This requirement will be stated under the Detailed Specifications for the particular piece or pieces of equipment in these Specifications. The District shall provide the service of factory-trained service personnel for equipment furnished by it; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all equipment testing and total system testing. Each manufacturer who furnishes any piece of equipment calling for factory trained service personnel shall supply, and the Contractor shall include in his bid allowance for, factory-trained service personnel as described above to adjust all of the said equipment supplied by him until this equipment has been tested by the Contractor and the results of these tests have been approved by the District.

The Contractor shall not install any item of machinery or process equipment until he has delivered to the District a copy of the manufacturer's installation instructions. This includes equipment furnished by the District. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the District six complete bound sets of Operating Instructions, Maintenance Instructions, and Parts Lists for all such equipment.

After all acceptance tests have been completed by the Contractor and District, including existing equipment and equipment furnished by the District, but prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall recheck all equipment for proper alignment and adjustment, check oil levels, re-lubricate all bearings and wearing points, and in general, assure that all equipment is in proper condition for regular continuous operation.

F-32. DELAYS

A. General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided for in paragraph c. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain specific events as may be further described in the specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor’s inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the District documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the contractor’s operations and the approved construction schedule. Delays in obtaining materials due to priority of filling orders will not constitute a shortage of materials.


If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the District may grant an extension of time. The contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided for in paragraph c.

B. Time Extensions. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays

to the Work. Time extensions will not be granted for delays which do not affect the project’s critical path; a delay that was concurrent with a contractor– caused delay or a delay that could have been absorbed by float. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the Work, or any part of it, after the date to which the time fixed for its completion may have been extended, shall under no circumstances operate as a waiver on the part of the District of any of its rights under this contract.

C. Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages

incurred due to delays for which the District is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the District. The District will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the District.

D. Written Notice of Delay. In order to have the best opportunity to mitigate cost and time

impacts of delays, it is necessary for the District to have knowledge of potential delays as early as possible. Therefore the Contractor shall provide written notice to the District as soon as the potential delay is identified, but in no case later than three work days after identification of the potential delay. Said written notice shall be labeled “Notice of Delay” in the reference line and shall describe the nature and cause of the delay Any request for additional compensation and/or extension of contract time as a result of the delay shall be made within 30 calendar days of the date of the Notice of Delay and shall include a detailed calculation of claimed time and cost, and all supporting documentation. Failure to provide notice of any delay within the time and in the manner specified above shall constitute a waiver of any claim arising out of that delay.

E. Liquidated Damages. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time

allowed will result in damages being sustained by the District. Such damages are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for the completion of Work, the Contractor shall pay to the District, or have withheld from monies due him, a sum specified in the Specifications as liquidated damages, unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions. The District shall maintain on file information to substantiate the calculation of the specified sum. Said substantiation may include, but is not limited to, data regarding extended staffing costs and the cost of potential regulatory fines and penalties.

Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the District and the Contractor that the specified daily sum of liquidated damages is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payment due the Contractor if such delay occurs.


F-43

Liquidated damages may also be applied to compensate the District for undue delays in the completion of punch list items, site clean-up, demobilization, and miscellaneous contract obligations after a notice of Substantial Completion has been filed. The cost to the District for administration, inspection, mileage, and other similar items would be extremely difficult to determine and, for that reason, additional liquidated damages, known as Administrative Delay Liquidated Damages, in the amount of $100 per day shall be imposed, effective following 30 days, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, after filing of the notice of Substantial Completion until notice of a Final Completion is issued.

F-33. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS

A. Accepted Standards. All materials and equipment used in construction of the project shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with these contract documents. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the District. The District will pay for all laboratory inspection service direct and not as a part of the Contract.

B. Inspection. All materials furnished and all work done under these specifications shall be

subject to inspection. Work done in the absence of prescribed inspection may be required to be torn out and replaced under the proper inspection, and the entire cost of tearing out and replacement, including the cost of all materials furnished by the District and used in the work torn out, shall be borne by the Contractor, whether the work torn out is found to be defective or not.

F-34. DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIAL The inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations to fulfill his contract as herein prescribed. If the work, or any part thereof, shall be found defective at any time before the final acceptance of the whole work, the Contractor shall forthwith make good such defect without compensation in a manner satisfactory to the District.

If any materials furnished and brought to the work site by the Contractor for use in the work or selected for the same by him, are not in conformity with the specifications, the Contractor shall remove them from the job site.

If the Contractor shall fail or neglect to make ordered repairs of defective work or to remove unsuitable materials from the work within ten (10) days after service by the District of any order to do such repair work or remove such materials, the District may make the ordered repairs or remove the unsuitable materials and deduct the cost thereof from any monies due the Contractor.

The District may accept defective Work instead of requiring its correction or removal and replacement. In such case, if acceptance occurs prior to the making of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including appropriate reduction in the Contract Price covering the value of such accepted defective Work and the additional costs the District may incur on account of such defective Work.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-44 F-35. ACCESS TO WORK The District shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefore. The District shall, at all times, have access to all places of manufacture where machinery or materials are being manufactured, produced, or fabricated for use under these specifications. The Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the District access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, etc., and shall provide scales and assistance for weighing, or assistance for measuring any of the materials.

F-36. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND FOR DAMAGES FOR LATE COMPLETION

A. General. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the District, that the date of beginning, rate of progress, and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this Contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the Work embraced in the Contract shall be commenced on the date specified in the Notice of Acceptance of Proposal.

The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified.

B. Repair of Damage by "Acts of God". The Contractor shall not be responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to the Work, which damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an act of God, in excess of five percent (5%) of the contracted amount, provided, that the work damaged is built in accordance with accepted and applicable building standards and the Contract Plans and Specifications.

In the event damage for said act of God exceeds 5%, the District shall be allowed, at its sole discretion, to terminate the Contract.

"Acts of God" shall include only the following occurrences or conditions and effects: earthquakes in excess of a magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter Scale with its epicenter within five (5) miles of the project site.

PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR F-37. QUANTITIES OF ESTIMATE

A. The estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under this Contract shown in any of the documents including the Proposal, are given only for use in comparing bids and to indicate approximately the total amount of the Contract. The right is reserved except as herein otherwise specifically limited to increase or decrease the estimated quantities as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the District to complete the Work. Any such increase or decrease shall not give cause for claims or liability for damages.


F-45

The Contractor shall furnish an itemized breakdown of the Contract price of all lump sum bid items for the District’s approval. The breakdown shall include quantities, unit prices and any other information required, in sufficient detail, to enable it to be used by the District in preparing monthly progress estimates.

Unit prices for pipelines may be broken down as allowed by the specification section for the installation of the pipeline. All other costs not specifically shown by an item shall be prorated among the applicable items listed. No progress payments will be made until this breakdown is submitted by the Contractor pursuant to section titled Construction Schedule and Periodic Estimates and approved by the District. EN-29, Breakdown of Contract Price or Schedule of Values (from Section 01026), whichever is required, shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the District by the tenth (10th) of the month to allow processing of the monthly pay estimate. Submittal and approval of EN-29 or Schedule of Values beyond the tenth (10th) of the month will result in the pay estimate being processed the following month. Payment for pipe delivery shall be based on submitted verifiable invoices for the pipe from the pipe manufacturer.

B. No Payment for Temporary Works. Compensation for all temporary works and/or

services, facilities, equipment, or material necessary or required to execute the work in accordance with the provisions of the Contract shall be considered as having been included in the prices stipulated for the appropriate items of work.

F-38. CLAIMS

The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the District, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have given the District due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified.

The written notice of potential claim shall be submitted to the District prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation, if based on an act or failure to act by the District, or in all other cases within 3 days after the happening of the event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, giving rise to the potential claim.

The notice shall set forth the facts and contractual basis for which the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due and the nature of the costs involved. Unless the amount of the potential claim has been stated in the written notice, the Contractor shall, within 7 days of submitting the notice, furnish an estimate of the cost of the affected work and impacts, if any, on project completion. The estimate of costs may be changed or updated by the Contractor when conditions have changed. When the affected work is completed, the Contractor shall submit substantiation of the Contractor’s actual costs. Failure to provide the District with the information as detailed above and within the timeframes described shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of the notice of potential claim.


It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the District at the earliest possible time in order that the matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. The Contractor hereby agrees that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act, failure to act, event, thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim as herein required was filed.

Should the District require the Contractor’s records of the project, as deemed by the District to be pertinent to the potential claim, all documents requested shall be made available to the District for inspection and copying upon immediate request.

Disputes of Construction Claims.

A. Upon receipt by District of a claim by Contractor for a time extension or payment, sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, District shall, within 45 days, review the claim and provide Contractor a written statement indicating what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Contractor shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim, and, upon mutual agreement, this time period may be extended. If District requires Board approval to issue its written statement to Contractor, and the Board does not meet within the 45 days or mutually agreed upon time extension, District shall have 3 days after its next regular Board meeting following the expiration of the 45-day period or extension to provide Contractor with its written statement. Any payments owed Contractor on undisputed portions of its claim shall be made by District within 60 days of issuance of its written statement. If Contractor disputes District’s written response, or if District fails to provide a written response, Contractor may demand an informal settlement conference. Such demand shall be made in writing, sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, and District shall schedule the settlement conference within 30 days of receiving demand. Within 10 days following any settlement conference, District shall issue a second written statement indicating which portions of the claim are disputed and which portions are undisputed. Any payments owed for undisputed portions of the claim shall be made within 60 days of District’s written statement. Any remaining disputed portions of the claim shall be submitted to non-binding arbitration. If the Parties cannot agree on a mediator within 10 days after the disputed portion has been identified, each Party shall select a mediator, and those mediators shall select a neutral to conduct the mediation. If mediation is unsuccessful, the portions of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures provided by law. If the matter is litigated, the mediation conducted pursuant to this provision shall satisfy the Parties’ obligations under section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has commenced. Failure by District to comply with this provision shall result in the claim being denied in its entirety.


F-47

The procedures set forth in this provision shall apply to subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors, who may request that Contractor submit a claim to District on their behalf. If such a request is made, Contractor shall notify the requesting subcontractor within 45 days whether Contractor submitted the claim to District, and if not, the reasons therefor.”

B. Pursuant to Section 20104, et seq. of the Public Contract Code, this article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a Contractor and the District. This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from this contract when the District has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to the arbitration procedures set forth in section titled Arbitration.

“Claim” means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of the Contractor, pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for, or the Contractor is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the District.

The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims.

For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the District shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the District may have against the Contractor.

If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the District and the Contractor.

The District’s written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Contractor within 15 days after receipt of further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.

For claims greater than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the District shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the District may have against the Contractor. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the District and the Contractor.

The District’s written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.


If the Contractor disputes the District’s written response, or the District fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Contractor may so notify the District, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the District’s response or within 15 days of the District’s failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the District shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.

Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Contractor may file a claim as provided in Section 900 et seq., and Section 910 et seq. of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Contractor submits his written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. These provisions of the Public Contract Code do not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Section 900 et seq. and Section 910 et seq. of the Government Code.

Following the meet and confer conference and the applicable claims procedure, any civil action filed to resolve such a claim shall be subject to the following procedures. Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15 day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.

If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Section 1141.10 et seq, of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. Section 2016, et seq. of the Code of Civil Procedure shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.

In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney’s fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.

The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation


F-49

or arbitration process. F-39. ARBITRATION Any controversy or claim arising out or relating to this Contract, or the breach thereof, may upon prior written agreement by all parties, be submitted to and settled by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Either party, upon agreeing to arbitration, shall have the right to require continuous sessions.

The Arbitrator's fee and scope of work shall be agreed upon in writing by all parties to the arbitration and fixed prior to the appointment of the Arbitrator(s). Either party shall have the right to require in writing from the Arbitrator(s) the reasons for the decision rendered by the Arbitrator(s) in the form of a “conclusions of law/written decision/Findings of Fact” with the elements set forth below.

An award against the District reached through an arbitrated settlement must be presented in writing and include the following elements:

A. Legal "Findings of Fact" established by the Arbitrator.

B. A specific breakdown of the dollar amounts allocated for each issue under

arbitration.

C. The Arbitrator's "Conclusions of Law." D.

A summary of the evidence.

D. Reasons underlying the Arbitrator's award. F-40. RETENTION Not later than fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt from the Contractor of a duly certified and approved periodic estimate of the work performed prior to the twentieth (20th) day of the preceding calendar month, the District will make a partial payment to the Contractor on the basis of that estimate. To ensure the proper performance of this Contract from each progress estimate, 5 percent will be deducted and retained by the District, and payment of the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be made. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of liquidated damages or any other damages or legal remedies that may arise under this Contract.

A. Substitution of Securities

1. Escrow Agreement. If Contractor, pursuant to Public Contract Code Sec.

22300, elects to deposit securities with an Escrow Agent as a substitute for contract retention required, he shall enter into an Escrow Agreement in the following form per attached Exhibit A entitled Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits.


2. Eligible Securities. Securities eligible for investment under this section shall include those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the District.

F-41. PAYMENT FOR EQUIPMENT

In preparing estimates the material delivered on the site and preparatory work done may be taken into consideration. Payment in advance of installation for materials or equipment received at the site and properly stored and protected for future installation under the contract will be made only on major items, as determined by the District.

F-42. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligations under the contract; nor shall such payment be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the District. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work.

Payment for safety, sanitary and medical requirements shall be considered in the contract unit or lump sum prices paid for various items of work, and no additional allowance will be made therefore, unless a separate bid item for this work is included in the proposal.

Payment for maintenance of traffic and detours and for conforming to all of the provisions of these Specifications shall be considered to be included in the Contract unit or lump sum prices paid for various items of work where maintenance of traffic and detours is required, and no additional allowance will be made therefore, unless a separate bid item for this work is included in the proposal.

Preset Bid Item No. 1. A pre-determined lump sum bid item is included in the Proposal form for supplying Bonds, Insurance, Breakdown of Contract Price or Schedule of Values, and a Preliminary Project Schedule which is subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications.

Mobilization payment shall be paid on the first periodic estimate, provided that the bonds, insurance, EN-29, Breakdown of Contract Bid Items or Schedule of Values, and the Preliminary Project Schedule have been approved by the District.

F-43. DISTRICT'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF

The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the District harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.


F-51

The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so then the District may, after having served written notice on the said Contractor, either pay unpaid bills, of which the District has written notice, direct, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Contractor or his surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the District shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor, and any payment so made by the District shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract by the District to the Contractor, and the District shall not be liable to the Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. At the option of the District, monies may be retained to cover properly executed claims from subcontractors, materialmen or suppliers indicating lack of payment by the Contractor for subcontracts, materials or equipment for which the Contractor has previously been paid by the District.

Implementation of this provision shall only be in accordance with the intent of the District to protect sufficient monies to complete the Contract and/or secure equipment warranties in the event of default of the Contract by the Contractor.

If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the District, due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, 125% of all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with the applicable laws.

After the date of acceptance of the Work, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the District will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the contract to be further retained.

F-44. FINAL ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT

Whenever, in the opinion of the District, the Contractor shall have completely performed the Work required in the Contract Documents, the District shall cause to be filed, a Notice of Acceptance of the Work in the County Recorder’s office. After the filing of the Notice of Acceptance of the Work, the District shall pay to the Contractor the amount remaining net of all outstanding disputes, claims or liens. All prior certificates, upon which partial payments may have been made, being merely estimates, shall be subject to correction in the final certificate.

The requirements set forth in Section 7107 of the Public Contract Code shall be applicable to the project in regard to disbursement of retention proceeds withheld from any payment to the prime contractor.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-52 F-45. PAYROLLS OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS

The regulations of the Secretary of Labor applicable to contractors and subcontractors (29 CFR Part 3), made pursuant to the Copeland Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 276c) and to aid in the endorsement of the Anti-Kickback Act (18 U.S.C. 874) are made a part of this Contract by reference. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall prepare his payrolls on forms prescribed and in accordance with instructions to be furnished by the District. Within ten (10) days after regular payment date of the payroll, the Contractor shall deliver to the District a certified legible copy or copies of each such payroll.

Each payroll shall be sworn to in accordance with the Federal Regulations made pursuant to the "Kick-Back Statute." In the event of noncompliance with this requirement following ten (10) days specific written notice, the Contractor shall, pursuant to Section 1776 of the California Labor Code, forfeit as a penalty one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from the progress payments due. Responsibility for compliance shall rest with the prime Contractor. A Contractor is not subject to a penalty assessment pursuant to this section due to the failure of a subcontractor to comply with this section.

Each Contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of three (3) years from the date of completion of the Contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name, occupational classification, and hourly wage rate of each employee, hours worked by him during the payroll period, and full weekly wages earned by him, any deductions made from such weekly wages, and the actual weekly wages paid to him. Such payroll records shall be submitted to the Department of Industrial Relations Electronic Certified Payroll Records system, be made available for inspection by the District or its authorized representatives, and shall be furnished to the District or others upon request, pursuant to the provisions of the California Labor Code.

F-46. PREVAILING RATES OF WAGES In accordance with the provisions of the California Labor Code, the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing wage rates in the locality in which the work is to be performed, for each craft or type of workman needed to execute the contract, and said wage rates are on file at the District office and will be made available to any interested party on request. The Contractor must pay prevailing wages.

The Contractor shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code including, but not limited to, the following.

The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the District two-hundred dollars ($200.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each workman paid less than the said stipulated prevailing rates for any work done under the contract by him, or by any subcontractor under him, in violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code, for transmittal to the State Treasurer ninety (90) days after acceptance of the work. This penalty shall be in addition to any shortfall in wages paid.


F-53 There shall be paid each laborer or mechanic of the Contractor or subcontractor engaged in work on the project under this contract in the trade or occupation listed by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, not less than the hourly wage rate or holidays or overtime wage rate for the same, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics.

The foregoing specified wage rates are minimum rates only, and the District will not consider any claims for additional compensation made by the Contractor because of payment by the Contractor of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in this contract. Increased costs resulting from increases in ascertained wage rates subsequent to the contract advertisement or award shall be borne solely by the Contractor.

Upon request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, penalties shall be withheld from progress payments due. The Contractor agrees that, in case of underpayment of wages to any worker on the project under this Contract by the Contractor or any subcontractor, the District shall withhold from the Contractor out of payments due, an amount sufficient to pay such worker the difference between the wages required to be paid under this Contract and the wages actually paid such worker for the total number of hours worked and that the District may disburse such amount so withheld by it for and on account of the Contractor to the employee to whom such amount is due. The Contractor further agrees that the amount to be withheld pursuant to this paragraph may be in addition to the percentages to be retained by the District pursuant to other provisions of this Contract.

F-47. COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE

The Work will be inspected by the District for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor’s written representation that the Work has been completed.

If, in the District’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance, it will so certify the completion of the work.

All work shall be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a period of 1 year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the District, after notice to do so from the District, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the District may perform this work and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof.

F-48. FINAL PAYMENT DECLARATION

Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall provide a declaration certifying that all labor and material has been paid for, together with releases from all subcontractors and materialmen, or documenting all outstanding obligations. Contractor shall also, in writing, waive all claims by the Contractor against the District, or document all outstanding claims.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-54 F-49. PAYMENT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT

The Contractor shall not demand nor be entitled to receive payment for the Work or materials, nor any portion thereof, except in the manner set forth in the Contract.

F-50. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

At the discretion of the District, part or all of the project may be placed into operation prior to full completion of the work. If applicable, the District may not assess liquidated damages to that portion of the work, after the date of substantial completion.

F-51. MONIES MAY BE RETAINED

The District may retain any monies which would otherwise be payable at any time hereunder, and apply the same, or so much as may be necessary therefore, to the payment of any expenses, losses, or damages, as determined by the District, incurred by the District, for which the Contractor is liable under the Contract.

F-52. UNPAID CLAIMS Persons providing labor, equipment, materials or services toward performance of this Contract, and who claim to have not been paid for work done or items furnished, shall comply with the applicable provisions of California Civil Code for the filing of a Preliminary Notice and Stop Notice. In the discretion of the District, the Contractor may be permitted to file a bond, pursuant to Civil Code section 3196. The filing of such a bond will result in no further withholding on account of the stop notice.

F-53. EIGHT HOUR LAW Pursuant to the provisions of the California Labor Code, including Section 1810 to Section 1815 inclusive, eight (8) hours labor shall constitute a legal day's work and the time of service of any worker employed on the work shall be limited and restricted to eight (8) hours during any one calendar day, except in cases of extraordinary emergency, caused by fire, flood, or danger to life or property. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the District twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of this Contract by him or by any subcontractor under him, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of said Labor Code.

The Contractor shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8 hour day and 40 hour work week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work.


F-55 F-54. OVERTIME - NO EXTRA COMPENSATION Overtime work, i.e., work in excess of forty (40) hours in any work week, or work performed on a Sunday or other legal holiday shall not entitle the Contractor to any compensation for any contract items in addition to that stipulated in the Contract for the kind of work performed, even though such overtime or legal holiday work may be required under emergency conditions, and may be ordered by the District in writing. In case of extra work ordered by the District under the provisions of paragraph titled Changes in Work and Extras hereof, no additional payment will be made to the Contractor because of the payment by him of overtime or legal holiday rates for such work unless the use of overtime or legal holiday work in connection with such extra work is specifically ordered in writing by the District, and then only to such extent as extra payment is regularly being made by the Contractor to his employees for overtime or legal holiday work of a similar nature in the same locality.

F-55. POSTING MINIMUM WAGE RATES The Contractor shall post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a copy of the applicable state wage rates, in addition to Federal Wage Determinations when specifically required, for the various classes of laborers and mechanics to be engaged in work on the project under this Contract and all deductions, if any, required by law to be made from unpaid wages actually earned by the laborers and mechanics so engaged.

PERSONNEL F-56. ACCIDENT PREVENTION - PUBLIC SAFETY

Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons (including employees) and property, and hazardous conditions shall be guarded against or eliminated. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions, subject to the approval of the District, to protect the project and the Contractor's facilities from fire, flooding, theft, and vandalism, and the public from exposure to injury.

During the performance of the Work the Contractor shall erect and maintain temporary fences, bridges, railings, and barriers and shall take all other necessary precautions and place proper guards for the prevention of accidents; shall put up and keep suitable and sufficient lights and other signals. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the District from all damages and costs to which it may be put by reason of injury to person or property resulting from the Contractor's negligence or carelessness in the performance of the work, or in guarding the same, or from any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose tort liability on the District.

00064 General Conditions Section F - Labor & Construction F-56 F-57. CHARACTER OF WORKERS

None but skilled workers shall be employed on work requiring special qualifications. When required in writing by the District, the Contractor or any subcontractor shall discharge any person who is, in the opinion of the District, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly or otherwise unsatisfactory, and shall not again employ such discharged person on the Work except with the consent of the District. Such discharge shall not be the basis of any claim for compensation or damages against the District.

F-58. EMPLOYMENT

No convict labor shall be directly employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor in the performance of any work done under this Contract.

In the employment of labor in the performance of this contract, the District desires that the Contractor and all subcontractors shall, wherever possible, give first consideration to residents of the District.

F-59. NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT

Pursuant to the requirements of Federal and State law, including, but not limited to, California Labor Code Section 1735 and 29 U.S.C. 623, the Contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex or age of such persons.

F-60. ENFORCEMENT OF ORDER The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining good order at all locations where work is performed under this contract and to that end shall employ such guards or other persons as may be required. Unauthorized persons shall be excluded from the site of the Work. The Contractor shall not sell, nor shall he permit the introduction or use of, intoxicating liquors or narcotics upon the works described in these specifications or upon any of the grounds occupied or controlled by him in connection with such works.

F-61. SAFETY, SANITARY AND MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General. The Contractor shall abide by Labor Code Section 6401.7 which requires him to establish, implement and maintain an Injury and Illness Protection Program. The Contractor and his subcontractors and employees shall promptly and fully carry out the safety, sanitary, and medical requirements as hereinafter stated or as may from time to time be prescribed by the District, to the end that proper work shall be done, and the safety and health of the employees and of the local communities may be preserved and safeguarded. The Contractor shall dismiss and shall not engage except with the written consent of the District any employee who violates the safety, or medical requirements.


F-57

B. Trench Shoring. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6500, et . seq. of the California Labor Code, the Contractor planning excavation or trench work is required to obtain a permit for such work from the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. The Contractor is required to submit a detailed plan, which shall be accepted by the District, in advance of any excavation. The detailed plan must show the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer.

C. Safety Officer. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at

the site whose duty shall be the prevention of hazards and accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's Superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the District.

D. Representatives for Emergencies. The Contractor shall file with the District a written list

giving the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of a least two of his representatives who can be contacted at any time in case of emergency, not limited to working hours. The representatives shall be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or inconvenient conditions on short notice. The Contractor shall promptly notify the District of all changes in the listing.

F-62. SANITATION All parts of the Work shall be maintained in a neat, clean and sanitary condition. Fixed and portable toilets shall be provided wherever needed for use of employees and their use shall be strictly enforced. All waste and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or from any other source related to the Contractor's operations shall be taken care of in a sanitary manner satisfactory to the District and in accordance with the laws and regulations pertaining thereto. The Contractor shall furnish all the facilities and means for the proper sanitation of the work and shall protect and save harmless the District.

F-63. FIRST AID AND PROTECTIVE FACILITIES First Aid facilities and supplies shall be kept on the Work and instructions in first aid shall be given as required by the State Regulations, and the Contractor shall provide and maintain all measures required by said regulations for the safety and protection of employees.

End of Section F



Revised 10/2013 00065 Exhibit A

Exhibit A

ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF

RETENTION

Pursuant to Section 22300, payment of retentions earned shall be deposited in a trust account with a federally chartered bank or savings association.

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER

DISTRICT, whose address is P.O. Box 8300, Perris, California

92572-8300 (hereinafter called "DISTRICT"); whose address is

(hereinafter called

"CONTRACTOR");and whose address is

(hereinafter called "escrow agent").

FOR CONSIDERATION HEREINAFTER SET FORTH, THE DISTRICT, CONTRACTOR,

AND ESCROW AGENT AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the

CONTRACTOR has the option to deposit securities with the escrow agent as a substitute for

retention earnings required to be withheld by the DISTRICT pursuant to the Construction Contract

entered into between the DISTRICT and CONTRACTOR for in the amount of dated (hereinafter

referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the CONTRACTOR, the DISTRICT

shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the escrow agent.

When the CONTRACTOR deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the escrow

agent shall notify the DISTRICT within ten days of the deposit. The market value of the securities

at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be

withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract between the DISTRICT and the

CONTRACTOR. Securities shall be held in the name of EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT,

and shall designate the CONTRACTOR as the beneficial owner.

2. The DISTRICT shall make progress payments to the CONTRACTOR for those funds which

otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions,

provided that the escrow agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.

3. When the DISTRICT makes payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent,

the escrow agent shall hold them for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR until such time as the escrow

created under this contract is terminated. The CONTRACTOR may direct the investment of the

payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and

responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the DISTRICT pays the

escrow agent directly.

4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by

escrow agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the DISTRICT. These

expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the DISTRICT, the CONTRACTOR and escrow

agent.

5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all

interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of CONTRACTOR and shall be

subject to withdrawal by CONTRACTOR at any time and from time to time without notice to the

DISTRICT.

6. The CONTRACTOR shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the

Escrow Account only by written notice to the Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization

from the DISTRICT to the Escrow Agent that the DISTRICT consents to the withdrawal of the amount

sought to be withdrawn by CONTRACTOR.

7. The DISTRICT shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the

CONTRACTOR. Upon seven days' written notice to the escrow agent from the DISTRICT of the

default, the escrow agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute

the cash as instructed by the DISTRICT.

8. Upon receipt of written notification from the DISTRICT certifying that the Contract is final

and complete, and that the CONTRACTOR has complied with all requirements and procedures

applicable to the Contract, the escrow agent shall release to the CONTRACTOR all securities and

interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed

immediately upon disbursement of all monies and securities on deposit and payments of fees and

charges.

9. The escrow agent shall rely on the written notifications from the DISTRICT and the

CONTRACTOR pursuant to Sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this Agreement and the DISTRICT and

CONTRACTOR shall hold escrow agent harmless from escrow agent's release, conversion and

disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above.

10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notice or to receive written

notice on behalf of the DISTRICT and on behalf of CONTRACTOR in connection with the foregoing,

and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:

On behalf of District: On behalf of Contractor: Director of Finance Title Title

Charles Turner Name Name

Signature Signature

P.O. Box 8300, Perris, CA 92572 Address Address

On behalf of escrow agent:

Title

Name Signature

At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the DISTRICT and CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the escrow agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper

officers on the date first set forth above. DISTRICT CONTRACTOR

Director of Finance Title Title

Charles Turner Name Name

Signature Signature

H-1 00066 Section H - Permits



SECTION H - PERMITS The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses; the District will reimburse the Contractor of all charges, fees and taxes; and the Contractor shall give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work; except as follows: Permit(s) applied for by the District and attached hereto are: PERMITS/LICENSE AGENCY None required. The District is the main point of contact for District acquired permits. If required by the permitting agency, Contractor shall pull a duplicate permit. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to contact the above agency and to make himself knowledgeable and responsible to all of their approval and construction requirements. Contractor shall, at no additional charge to the District, construct the work in strict accordance with the above listed agencies. The Contractor shall coordinate with all jurisdictions to protect and replace, if necessary, survey monuments, property corners, TBM’s, etc. encountered during construction. A subsequent corner record shall be filed appropriately for the replacement of any damaged monument that has been destroyed, damaged, covered, obscured, or otherwise obliterated by construction. The liability insurance required under Section F-04 under General Conditions and stated in the Special Conditions shall include as additional insureds EMWD and the above listed agencies.

H-2 00066 Section H - Permits


SC-1 00100 Special Conditions



SECTION SC - SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SC-01. Safety. Safety of all activities in connection with the work is of paramount and overriding importance. See Section 01000 - General Safety Requirements for details. A preconstruction safety conference shall be scheduled prior to the preconstruction conference to review the respective safety requirements and to discuss implementation of all health and safety provisions related to this project. The Contractor and District representatives shall be present. Please note that the District reserves the right to suspend the work wholly or in part, for any time period as the District representative deems necessary, due to unresolved safety disputes. See Section 01000 - 1.04. No additional compensation or contract time will be allowed for the period the work is wholly or in part suspended. Should the contractor continue with the disputed work after having received a written notice of suspension, any work performed by the Contractor during the suspension shall be considered as having been done by the Contractor at the Contractor's own risk as a volunteer, and shall not entitle the Contractor to compensation or any other rights under the contract. The Contractor shall submit an Injury and Illness Prevention Program and a Project Specific Safety Plan to the District at the pre-construction conference. The Contractor shall not begin work until the above referenced documents have been accepted by the District. The Contractor shall conform to all applicable occupational safety and health standards, rules, regulations and orders established by local agencies, State of California, and California Division of Occupational Safety and Health Construction Safety Regulations (Cal Osha), including obtaining permits required by California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Sections 341 and 341 (a).


The Contractor’s on-site superintendent shall be responsible for keeping a daily log, updated continuously, of the workers on-site each day and posting the log in a location acceptable to the Plant Managers. The log shall clearly identify check-in and check-out times for each person employed by the Contractor, his sub-contractors, and/or suppliers. SC-02. Scope of Work. The work comprises of the construction of a facility housing a technology to further recover water from a reverse osmosis brine discharged from an adjacent District facility. The facility will house an electrodialysis reversal (EDR) treatment train and a solids precipitation treatment train in a pre-fabricated steel building. Collectively, these two treatment trains is referred to as the AquaSel system. The cost of the AquaSel system has been pre-negotiated with GE Osmonics. The pre-negotiated proposals include scope of supply, costs, vendor provided services, and vendor specific terms and conditions. The Contractor will be required to issue a purchase order for these pre-negotiated proposals within specified timeframes, which will be considered as Contractor provided equipment and services. The selected Contractor will install all equipment and coordinate services and will be responsible for complete, integrated, and fully operational facilities that support the AquaSel Brine Concentration Demonstration project. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish and install a pre-fabricated steel building to house the AquaSel equipment, miscellaneous yard piping, connections to existing utilities, grading, paving, fencing, and other related site preparation work, in accordance with the Contract documents. As noted in the pre-qualification invitation, the contract documents reflect a level of completion of 50% or more. The drawings depict the basic layout of all process units, their relative spacing and elevations, and the intended flow between process units. However, the details for how to interconnect the equipment are not provided. It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to complete the installation given the information provided in the drawings. A 3-D graphic representation of the design will be provided to the selected Contractor to assist with understanding the equipment layout. The Contractor shall provide layout drawings showing the details of how they plan to install all the mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation systems for review and approval. SC-03. Construction Period and Requirements. The contract time is set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids. The following documents shall be accepted by the District prior to any construction: A. Insurance Certificate(s) and all required endorsements B. Injury and Illness Prevention Program C. EN-84: Specific Operating Safety Procedure (see section 01000) D. Best Management Practices (BMP) E. Project Sign F. Preliminary Project Schedule (PPS) (see section 01310)


Before any work of any subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit, at the preconstruction conference, a Subcontractors List and Worker Classification form giving the name, business, license number, email address, and worker classification for each subcontractor who will perform work on the project. Contractor shall update and resubmit the Subcontractors List and Worker Classification as required. (see Section F-General Conditions, F-17, Subcontracts, c. Contract Provisions). Schedule of Values. The Contractor shall be responsible to submit and receive District approval of the Schedule of Values (see Section 01026) by the tenth (10th) of the month for processing of the monthly pay estimate. Pipeline quantities are to be broken down per the pipeline detailed provision. Submittal and approval of the Schedule of Values beyond the 10th of the month will result in the pay estimate processed the following month (pay period ends on the 20th of each month). SC-04. Performance and Payment Bonds. Pursuant to Section 995.660(a) of the Code of Civil Procedure, the Contractor shall submit the following documents with the performance and payment bonds: (1) The original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney,

bylaws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so;

(2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the State of

California’s Insurance Commissioner; and (3) Copies of the insurer's most recent annual and quarterly statements filed with the

Department of Insurance. NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNTIL THE BONDS ARE APPROVED. NO BID BOND REQUIRED. SC-05. Location of Contract Work Site. The contract work site is adjacent to the Menifee/Perris I Desalter located at 29541 Murrieta Road, Sun City, CA 92586. Refer to Pre-Bid Walk-Through Map & Directions. SC-06. Liquidated Damages. The fixed liquidated damages amount for each calendar day of unauthorized delay in completion of the work is hereby established at one thousand dollars ($1,000) per calendar day. Administrative Delay Liquidated Damages. Liquidated damages may also be applied to compensate the District for undue delays in the completion of punch list items, site clean-up, demobilization, and miscellaneous contract obligations after a notice of Substantial Completion has been filed. The cost to the District for administration, inspection, mileage, and other similar items would be extremely difficult to determine.


For that reason, additional liquidated damages, known as Administrative Delay Liquidated Damages shall be imposed in the amount of $500 per day, effective 30 days after the Substantial Completion date is filed or the Revised Completion date is reached, whichever is later. Charges will be assessed until the Final Completion date is issued by the Inspector. SC-07. Construction Water. For work under this specification, the Contractor can obtain water, free of charge, upon proper arrangements for metering it's use from the Districts Resident Inspector at the Menifee/Perris I Desalter. Contractor shall provide all necessary piping and appurtenances, including pumps, to convey water to the work site. Arrangements for water from sources other than EMWD shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and no additional compensation will be allowed. District must certify that all equipment, including but not limited to, water trucks and overhead tanks have been adequately disinfected, prior to release of final retention payment on the project. Arrangements must be made with DISTRICT designated treatment plant a minimum of 48 hours in advance. All equipment must be brought to the designated treatment plant and disinfected under DISTRICT supervision. The Contractor shall identify water trucks, hoses, drop tanks, etc., as containing reclaimed water and not suitable for human consumption. Signs shall be painted or otherwise permanently affixed to equipment. Trucks and other equipment used for reclaimed water shall not be later used for purposes involving human consumption of water. Reclaimed water must not be introduced into any domestic water piping system and no connection shall be made between equipment containing reclaimed water and any part of a domestic water system. Tanks and other equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected after the project is completed. All wastes shall be disposed of in compliance with all applicable Federal, State, District and local regulations. Contractor shall complete disinfection procedures under the supervision of the appropriate EMWD personnel. At a minimum the tank/equipment shall be filled with potable water. Specified quantity of chlorine, as supplied by EMWD shall be added through the fill line. Remaining chlorine shall be added through top opening. Chlorinated water shall stand in tank/equipment for a minimum of ninety (90) minutes. Chlorinated water shall be flushed through all outlets and disposed of as directed by EMWD personnel. EMWD personnel shall record vehicle/equipment identification and notify EMWD Customer Service Department that disinfection has been completed.


SC-08. Insurance. At all times during the life of this contract, Contractor and his subcontractors shall procure and maintain Commercial Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation, Equipment Floater and Installation Floater per Section F – General Conditions, F-04. Contractor’s and Subcontractor's Insurance. Refer to Section F-04 for complete details, including required insurance limits, deductibles, and endorsements. Note: An Aggregate limit (cap) or Professional Employer Organization (PEO) is not acceptable. In addition to the requirements noted above and found in Section F-04, the following shall apply to this project: Additional Insureds. The liability insurance required under Section F-04 under General Conditions shall include EMWD, Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation and all agencies listed in Section H-Permits as additional insured. Refer to Section F-04 for additional requirements pertaining to this section Builders Risk, including Flood Insurance. The Contractor and his subcontractors shall maintain or cause to be maintained at all times during the life of this contract, builders' risk "All Risk" completed value insurance, to include, at the option of the District, loss or damage caused by fire, FLOOD, insuring completed work, work in progress, material, supplies and equipment of the work site, in storage or in transit, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof. Such insurance shall include the interests of the District, Contractor, all tiers of subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen, with deductible amounts, if any, for the sole account of and payable by Contractor. Loss under such insurance shall be adjusted with and payable to the District for the interest of all parties. The amount of property insurance shall be sufficient to protect against such loss or damage in full until the work is accepted by the District. EMWD must be named as “loss payee” on the certificate for Builder’s Risk policy.

Builder’s “All Risk” insurance policy shall contain a deductible not higher than $1,000 unless otherwise approved by the District. Flood Insurance policy shall contain a deductible not higher than $100,000.00 unless otherwise approved by the District. SC-09. Compliance with Storm Water Regulations (NPDES) for Discharge of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activity Order No. 2009-0009 DWQ (NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002). Construction projects under 1 acre do not require coverage under the General Permit or preparation of a Storm Water Pollution Protection Plan (SWPPP), but will require Best Management Practices (BMPs) to control and reduce discharges of pollutants associated with construction into storm drains and receiving waters.


The contractor shall prepare, implement and maintain a BMP Plan showing location and type of BMPs to be implemented for the project. The contractor shall alter the plan, implementation and maintenance as necessary for the duration of the project. SC-10. Percentage of Work by Contractor, per Section F- General Conditions. The first paragraph under F-14. Obligations of Contractor is revised to read as follows: Contractor shall perform, with his own organization, contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the contract except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontractor and the amount of any such “Specialty Items” may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with it’s own organization. Specialty Items are defined as follows: AquaSel System Equipment. When an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the contract unit price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the contract unit price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor and subject to approval by the District. SC-11. Preconstruction Conference. A Pre-job conference shall be scheduled prior to the start of the project. District representatives, Permit agencies, and the Contractor shall be present. SC-12. Preconstruction Audio Video Recording (DVD). The Contractor shall make arrangements with a professional photographer, approved by the District, to prepare a full color pre-construction audio video recording on DVD of the project site with the Inspector present prior to mobilizing (refer to Section 01380 or 01381, whichever is applicable to these specifications) and provide the District with a copy. SC-13. Or Equal Substitutions. Products of manufacturers listed as equals to those specified must be submitted for review and approval by the District not later than the tenth (10th) day preceding the date for receipt of bids.

Specified Equipment with No Equal Substitution. For the purposes of standardization within the DISTRICT, the following table of specification sections lists approved manufacturers and no equals. Manufacturers not named in these listed specifications will not be considered or approved. See Technical Specification Section for additional details.

ITEM MANUFACTURER AquaSel Equipment System GE Osmonics


SC-14. Submission of Documents In Electronic Media Format. Unless otherwise specified by the District, Contractor shall submit all documents (ie: RFIs, Contract Documents, Design Submittals, and Materials and Equipment Submittals) electronically via EMWD’s web-portal, Project Manager Interface (PMI).

The District shall provide the Contractor with one (1) web-service license to access PMI. Additional web-services can be obtained by the Contractor at their own expense. The Contractor shall be prepared to submit the following:

1. Correspondence and Change Order Requests: Electronic submission in WORD and PDF format, plus 1 hard copy.

2. Request for Information (RFI’s): Refer to Section F, F-30 Changes in Work and

Extras.

3. Shop Drawing Submittals: Refer to Section F, F-29 Equipment and Material Items. SC-15. Construction Project Sign. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall place a project sign at a prominent location on the project site, as directed by the District. The Contractor shall submit a prototype of the construction sign to the District for review and approval before posting the sign at the construction site. The sign(s) shall be prepared in a professional manner, be at least four feet tall by eight feet wide, made of 3/4-inch thick exterior grade plywood or other approved material. At a minimum, the following shall be included on the project sign:

Project Title Purpose of Project Estimated Construction Duration Project Cost (if provided) Public Affairs contact: (Contact name & ext to be provided at Prejob) EMWD’s color logo Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation EMWD’s Mission Statement

In addition to the above, the sign shall include other agencies logos, promotional information, disclosure statements, or additional information as requested by the District, so long as the above requirements are equally prominent. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the sign in good condition for the duration of the project.


Sample:

Building For Your Future

Aquasel Brine Concentration Demonstration

PURPOSE: To obtain the needed data to assess if additional investment is warranted.

ESTIMATED PROJECT DURATION: 550 Calendar Days

PROJECT COST/FUNDING: The total project cost is $4.5M with Partial Funding provided by the Bureau of Reclamation

EMWD CONTACT: Amanda Fine X 4206

The Mission of Eastern Municipal Water District is to deliver value to our customers and the communities we serve by providing safe, reliable, economical and environmentally

sustainable water, wastewater and recycled water services.

SC-16. Notification. Public outreach may be required, as determined by EMWD Public & Governmental Affairs staff. That outreach may include attendance at community presentations, distribution of door hangers, distribution of letters or other like forms of community engagement. Any printed materials will be provided by EMWD Public & Governmental Affairs staff. If the District receives complaints from individuals or agency affected by the project; Contractor shall take immediate action to correct the situation as directed by the District. If Contractor receives complaints directly, Contractor shall forward complaint directly to EMWD Public & Governmental Affairs staff at (951) 928-3777 ext. 3430 and immediately notify the District Inspector. Thereafter, Contractor shall take immediate action to correct the situation as directed by the District.

Contractor’s Logo

Bureau of Reclamation

Department of the Interior


SC-17. Markups for Negotiated Change Order Work. NEGOTIATED CHANGE ORDER WORK:

Labor Markup = 20% Material Markup = 15% Equipment Markup = 15% Contractor Markup for Subcontractor Work = 5% or $250 (Whichever is greater) Bonds = Actual premium (Separate Line Item) Contractor shall provide backup

documentation of the actual rate Note: The cost associated with the project superintendent and pricing of the proposal shall be considered part of the Overhead and Profit percentages previously noted. SC-18. Reference to District’s Standard Drawings and Detailed Provisions. Any and all referenced Standard Drawings and Detailed Provisions shall be considered part of the contract drawings and specifications. All referenced Standard Drawings and Detailed Provisions of the District are available from the District upon request. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation due to referenced documents not included in the Specifications and Contract Drawings. SC-19. Coordination of Shutdowns. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a shutdown request for review and approval by the District. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the shutdown operation of existing systems with the District, to include the Inspector and Operations and Maintenance personnel per the Shutdown Coordination table below. No work shall be done without a District representative present.

Shutdown Coordination Table for AquaSel Brine Concentration Demonstration Project

No. Shutdown Item Purpose

Notice Requirement Maximum

Shutdown Duration

Remarks

4-w

k

2-w

k

48-H

r

1 At the Menifee Desalter, Existing Brine Pump Station

Cutover/tie-in of new 8” drain line X X X Less than

4 hours

Tie in of new 8” drain line from the new AquaSel Facility will allow process drainage to be managed properly.

2

At the Menifee Desalter, Existing Reverse Osmosis Process Area, system piping.

Cutover/tie-in of new 4” reverse osmosis concentrate (ROC) line.

X X X Less than 4 hours

Tie in of new 4” ROC line to the existing Menifee Desalter will provide feed water to the new AquaSel Facility.


No. Shutdown Item Purpose

Notice Requirement Maximum

Shutdown Duration

Remarks

4-w

k

2-w

k

48-H

r

3

At the Menifee Desalter, Existing Reverse Osmosis Process Area, finished water (FW) piping system outside.

Cutover/tie-in of new 4” FW line to existing 18” FW line.

X X X Less than 4 hours

Tie in of new 4” FW line to the existing Menifee Desalter will allow product water from the new AquaSel Facility to be blended with existing Menifee Desalter FW.

SC-20. Specific Work Restrictions. The Contractor shall provide a new facility that houses the AquaSel system equipment in a safe and least disruptive manner. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the District for review and approval, a detailed sequence of construction plan prior to commencing construction in compliance with the following specific work restrictions: 1) The Menifee Desalter treats groundwater prior to distribution to the District’s potable

water system. Impairing the operational capabilities of these treatment facilities will result in serious environmental damage and monetary fines. For the Work that the CONTRACTOR shall be performing, the existing reverse osmosis system shall not be impaired, reduced in capacity or function unless there is a shutdown required to facilitate the work. The CONTRACTOR shall refer to SC-19 – Coordination of Shutdowns for any allowed shutdowns.

2) The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate their Work with the Inspector to facilitate proper coordination and planning. The CONTRACTOR shall also perform notifications as required under SC-19 – Coordination of Shutdowns. The CONTRACTOR shall not begin an alteration until specific permission has been granted by the DISTRICT in each case. The Inspector will coordinate the CONTRACTOR's planned procedure with the appropriate DISTRICT staff. The modification of existing systems or the making of connections to the existing systems shall be completed as quickly as possible and with as minimal disruption to operations.

SC-21. Telemetry Cable and Tracer Wire. Telemetry cable will not be installed. Tracer wire is to be placed over all pipelines to be installed on this project as specified in Detail Provision Section 02718 and Standard Drawing B-656. Tracer wire shall be brought to the surface at the edge of the right of way at 660 feet maximum on centers in Brooks No. 1-SP, or equal, valve boxes. After all trench backfill operations are complete, the District shall pay for and conduct the locatability test to confirm that the wire is continuous. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to confirm, locate and repair any breaks in the tracer wire identified in the locatability test.


In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the District for all costs to retest repaired sections of the wire. The Contractor is advised to use care in the installation and backfilling operations to prevent damage to the wire.

Tracer wire shall be a #14 AWG (0.0508” diameter) fully annealed, high carbon 1055 grade steel, high strength solid copper clad steel conductor (HS-CCS), insulated with a 30 mil, high-density, high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE) insulation and rated for direct burial use at 30 volts. HS-CCS conductor must be at 21% conductivity for locate purposes. Break load of 144 pounds. HDPE installation shall be RoHS compliant and utilize virgin grade material. Insulation color shall meet the APWA color code standard for identification of buried utilities.

Manufacturers supplying copper clad steel tracer wire must have available detailed performance data including 5 years of underground testing in terms of durability related to damage of protective insulation and effects of potential corrosion of the specific copper clad steel used. Origin of copper clad steel manufacturer is required and steel core must be manufactured in the United States. If manufacturer has not completed the 5 year corrosion testing, a 5-year warranty must be provided. SC-22. Noise Control Requirements. Noise suppression shall be practiced at all times to minimize disturbance to persons living or working nearby, and to the general public. The measures to be used in effecting noise suppression shall include, but are not limited to, equipping all internal combustion engines with critical residential silencers (mufflers), sound blankets shielding noise-producing equipment from nearest areas of human occupancy by locating in such positions as to direct greatest noise emissions away from such areas, and conducting operations in the most effective manner to minimize noise generation consistent with the execution of the contract in a timely and economic manner.

Noise control barrier walls and equipment shall be installed as needed to achieve a noise level of 65 db or less at the property lines. Noise levels in excess of 65 db shall be allowed only during critical operations for brief periods of time. Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to minimize levels during nighttime operations. Barrier walls installed shall consist of fiberglass-filled curtains and shall have adequate transmission loss and a minimum wall height of 24 feet. The noise control barrier walls shall be designed to preclude structural failure due to such factors as winds, shear, shallow soil failure, earthquakes, and erosion. The length, height, and location of noise control barrier walls shall be adequate to assure proper acoustical performance. SC-23. Coordination. The Contractor should take note that other work may be taking place simultaneously at the jobsite. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate his activities with all the other contractors performing work in the project area and to cooperate with all other contractors within reasonable and professional norms so that all construction may be completed in a timely manner.


In the event a scheduling conflict arises between contractors performing work on the job site and if both parties are unable to reach an agreement, the District shall be the final authority in resolving said scheduling conflict. No additional compensation will be allowed due to conflicts with other construction in the area. SC-24. Specification Section 16480; Main Switchboard and Motor Control Center. Power Monitor shall be installed on all motor control centers unless specifically stated otherwise in the plans or specifications. Refer to 2.04 Miscellaneous Devices, A. Power Monitor, for further details. SC-25. Existing Underground Utilities and Potholing for Existing Utilities. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans or directly by the utility owner, all utilities shall be protected in place and service maintained as described in Section 02201 Part 1.02 of the Specifications. Utilities crossing the proposed water pipeline alignment are plotted on the plan view of the plans. The utilities were plotted based on information provided from the respective utility owners. The accuracy of plotted utilities is not guaranteed as indicted in Section F-25 of the General Conditions. Existing utilities have been identified and located on the plans based on the best information available. The Contractor is responsible for performing exploratory excavations (potholing) along the alignment of the project to confirm location of existing utilities and to establish connection requirements to existing pipelines. All Contractors under contract with EMWD are hereby granted permission to use vacuum excavation on EMWD facilities. Vacuum excavations may not be used on any other facilities unless written permission is obtained from the owner of the facility in accordance with State Law 4216. The Contractor shall field survey the elevation and location of utilities, including tie-in points, and provide the information to the District’s inspector a minimum of two weeks ahead of construction to permit design revisions should a conflict arise. All associated costs with potholing shall be included in the unit bid price per lineal foot of pipe stated in the Schedule of Values and no additional compensation will be allowed. SC-26. Special Notifications of Hazards. This project includes work near existing facilities which can release chlorine gas. The Contractor shall perform the following:

1. Submit a work safety plan identifying hazards as they relate to the Contractor’s means and methods.

2. Work cooperatively with District operations to make sure all facilities and piping are properly decommissioned for modifications or returning to active service. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide nitrogen and equipment for purging.

3. Provide safety tape and barricades around work area.


SC-27. Pavement Removal. Contractor may grind trench pavement in lieu of sawcutting and removing existing pavement. After grinding, Contractor shall remove excess pavement grindings and place temporary asphalt concrete pavement (2-inch minimum thickness) in all trenches. If Contractor sawcuts and removes existing pavement, Contractor shall place temporary asphalt concrete pavement (2-inch minimum thickness) in all trenches. SC-28. Control Density Fill (CDF). The Contractor will be required to use CDF, in accordance with Section 02252 as backfill in areas under and around existing mainline utilities, such as waterlines, sewerlines, low and high pressure gas mains, storm drain, and all utility crossings of the proposed underground piping and appurtenances. CDF shall be placed from the bottom of the excavation to the center grade of the utility, and shall extend five feet each side of the existing utility. All costs associated with furnishing and placing CDF shall be included in the respective bid item. SC-29. Regulatory Requirements. The Contractor shall not complete any Work in a manner, which causes the Menifee Desalter to violate its existing permits or regulatory requirements. Discharge Regulations and South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) permits and requirements are available for inspection by the Contractor at the Menifee Salter. Compliance with Environmental Regulatory Requirements Contractor shall comply with all current federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations including, but not limited to the laws and regulations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and the SCAQMD. SC-30. Excess Soil. Excess soil, if any, from excavation on the jobsite shall be removed and disposed of off-site by the Contractor in accordance with Federal, State, and local requirements at the Contractor’s sole expense. SC-31. Protection of Existing Items. The Contractor shall protect all existing structures, equipment, above and underground utilities piping, and other items on the project site, by substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with the hazard, from injury or destruction by vehicles, equipment, workmen, or other agents. SC-32. Working Hours. Contractor shall perform all work Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Work at other times and work on District observed holidays will be permitted only with the prior approval or direction of the District’s representative.


Contractor may be required to construct connections outside normal work hours, or on weekends or holidays, as directed by the District, all at no additional cost to the District. SC-33. Partial Acceptance of Work. After completion of certain portions of the work, including all testing and other preparations necessary for operation of such portions by the District as herein specified, but prior to final completion of work, provisions may be made for partial acceptance in writing by the District for such portion only. The portions of the work to be included for partial acceptance prior to final project completion will be noted by written notice to the Contractor at the earliest possible time. The guarantee period for such portions of the work shall commence with the date of their acceptance for use by the District. However, full payment for such portions will not be made until final acceptance of the total work. Acceptance of any portion of the work prior to acceptance of the whole shall not be construed as absolving the Contractor of responsibility for any item of construction or incidental work included in the Contract. Prior to such occupancy or use, the District will enter into a written agreement with the Contractor delineating the portions of the work released to the District for occupancy or use and indicating what, if any, work remains to be done within the occupied or released area. Should any portion of the work in use be damaged thereby, the District shall bear the expense for repairing such damage. However, if the portion being so used should reveal deficiencies of materials or workmanship, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to replace the defective construction. SC-34. Site Security. The Contractor shall only perform work during working hours specified in SC-32. The District will retain the services of a Security Service to allow access to the site. Security Protocol. All full or part-time construction personnel under the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be required to undergo background investigations prior to work on the project. All background investigations shall be “nationwide” and include civil litigation. The Contractor shall supply the District with written proof that individuals have passed the background screening process. File documentation shall be kept onsite and available for reviewing upon request. All personnel who submit to the screening shall be provided a project specific card that is to be carried on their persons at all times, and as a form of identification. This card shall be produced by the Contractor and shall be used as identification for entering the facility. Contractor shall procure a device to create said identification cards and turn the equipment over to the District at the time of project completion. Prior to approval and procurement, the Contractor shall provide a submittal on the device.


All part-time personnel, upper management, vendors, and/or suppliers are not required to undergo background investigations, but must be accompanied by a representative of the Contractor as a requirement to enter the project site/treatment plant. The guard at the entrance shall be provided a list of all employees permitted to enter the site. Should a non-card carrying person need to enter the site, the Contractor will be contacted by the guard to escort the person during business. Escorts must be within 15 feet at all times of non-card carrying personnel. Should a card carrying employee be terminated or moved to another project, the Contractor shall immediately relinquish the project identification. SC-35. Site Clean-up. The Contractor is required to maintain the cleanliness of the work area. All construction debris shall be promptly removed and disposed in accordance with the specifications. Any debris left on the work area that poses a safety hazard or hampers access the site shall be removed immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with Site Clean-up. Failure to clean up will result in withholding $100,000 per month from the monthly periodic pay estimate. SC-36. Speed Limit. The speed limit within the facility is 10 miles per hour. Vehicles exceeding this limit whether owned by the Contractor or owned by persons working for the Contractor under this project shall not be allowed on the site for the remainder of the project. SC-37. Use of Controlled Substances and Alcohol. The use of controlled substances and alcohol is prohibited. Any person found using or under the influence of controlled substances or alcohol while on the facility shall not be allowed back into the facility for remainder of the project. SC-38. Lockout/Tagout Procedures. For lockout/tagout, the Contractor shall perform all lockout/tagouts on this project. The Contractor is to install their own locks in accordance with the District’s procedures. The Contractor is to provide a minimum of 48-hour notice for all lockout/tagout events. SC-39. Contractor Locks on Gates. The Contractor shall coordinate with the District regarding any locks that the Contractor supplies during construction. SC-40. Construction Laydown Area. The District provided construction laydown area are generally noted on the project plans. Contractor shall confirm the specific location of the construction laydown area with the Inspector prior to occupying the area. The Contractor may be required to build a temporary access road and gate. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall restore the area to the original condition. The construction laydown area may also be used by other Contractors at the same time. The Contractors shall coordinate with each other.


The Contractor shall include all costs associated to secure, access, and maintain the construction laydown area into their bid. No additional reimbursement will be granted during the construction. SC-41. Indemnification.

A) To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless District, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and Subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relative to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage:

1) Is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting there from; and

2) Is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity.

B) In any and all claims against District or Engineer or any of their respective

consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph “A” shall be not limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.

C) The indemnification obligations of Contractor under paragraph “A” shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of:

1) The preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage.


SC-42. Schedule for Submittals. Refer to Equipment Specifications and F-29 under Section F – General Conditions for additional requirements. The Project Control Schedule shall allow not less than twenty (20) working days for the review of submittals, not including the time necessary for delivery or mail, and shall cause no delay in the Work or the work of any other Contractor. SC-43. Schedule for Request for Information (RFI). Refer to F-30 under Section F – General Conditions for additional requirements. The District shall allow not more than 20 working days for responding to RFIs, not including the time necessary for delivery or mailing. SC-44. Work Allowed Prior to Acceptance of Baseline Schedule. Prior to acceptance of the Baseline Schedule the only physical work activities the Contractor will be allowed to perform at the construction site are potholing, construction of temporary field offices, and other mobilization activities specifically approved, in writing, by the District. SC-45. Early Completion and Overhead. The Contractor shall include in his bid all overhead, both field and home office, for the entire duration from the Contract Time as listed in the Notice Inviting Bids or, if modified by these Special Conditions, the Contract Time listed in the Special Conditions. Submission of an early-completion schedule shall not entitle the Contractor to compensation for delays that do not extend the completion of the project beyond the Contract Completion Date. SC-46. Project Completion Schedule. Any changes to the approved project schedule shall require the approval of the District. No changes in the project schedule shall be recognized unless approved by the District. No additional time extensions shall be granted for work that is not critical path on the approved project schedule. SC-47. Pre-Negotiated AquaSel Equipment Package. The District pre-negotiated a fixed price for an equipment package with GE Osmonics (SUPPLIER). The pre-negotiated price is included in the bidding sheet. Refer to the bidding sheet and applicable pre-negotiated proposal included in Appendix D for more details. SUPPLIER shall maintain firm-fixed pricing for the purchase of AquaSel System Equipment to be made by DISTRICT's CONTRACTOR, in accordance with SUPPLIER's proposal (see Exhibit A, SUPPLIER's Proposal, attached to this agreement.)


Unless expressly stated, the prices specified do not include any taxes or duties. Contractor shall be directly responsible and reimburse SUPPLIER, for the gross amount of any present or future bond, sales, use, excise, value-added, or other similar tax or duty applicable to the price, sale or delivery of Equipment & Services to be furnished by SUPPLIER. Contractor shall furnish SUPPLIER with evidence of tax exemption acceptable to the taxing authorities if applicable. The District pre-negotiated the price for the supply, testing and commissioning of the AquaSel System Equipment with SUPPLIER. Contractor shall issue a purchase order (PO) to SUPPLIER and submit written acceptance of the PO by SUPPLIER to District for the full pre-negotiated scope no later than November 30, 2017 and complete Payment Milestone No. 1 as outlined below within 30 days of issuing the PO. If the Contractor fails to issue the PO and complete the Payment Milestone No. 1, in a timely manner, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for costs incurred resulting from price escalation of the pre-negotiated equipment package. Upon acceptance of purchase order from Contractor, SUPPLIER will provide final shop drawings to Contractor within four weeks as identified within SUPPLIER’s proposal. Contractor shall review final shop drawings for consistency with documents provided in advertised documents. Contractor shall bring any discrepancies or changes to the District’s attention for resolution within four weeks of receiving final shop drawings from SUPPLIER. Once all changes and or discrepancies have been resolved, the Contractor shall issue a Notice to Proceed to SUPPLIER for fabrication by February 21, 2018. In the absence of any identified change or discrepancies in SUPPLIERs final submittal, the Contractor shall issue a Notice to Proceed to SUPPLIER by no later than February 21, 2018. The Contractor’s failure to issue a Notice to Proceed to SUPPLIER for fabrication by February 21, 2018 shall cause the Contractor to be solely responsible for any change in SUPPLIER’s terms and conditions for procurement of equipment. The payment schedule for the pre-negotiated AquaSel equipment is per below, each milestone to have a five percent (5%) retainage applied to each payment

Payment

Milestone

% Payment

Description of Payment Milestone

1 15% Contractor shall pay SUPPLIER 15% of the pre-negotiated price plus applicable sales taxes at issuance of Purchase Order.


Payment

Milestone

% Payment

Description of Payment Milestone

2 45% Progress payments by Contractor to GE shall total 45% of the pre-negotiated price plus applicable sales taxes for receipt of equipment less the Electrodialysis Reversal (EDR) equipment. Contractor and SUPPLIER shall determine schedule of delivery of equipment and progress payment schedule. However, SUPPLIER shall not be paid more than 45% in addition to the Milestone 1 payment upon completing equipment delivery.

3 25% Contractor shall pay SUPPLIER 25% of the pre-negotiated price upon delivery of the EDR equipment plus applicable sales taxes.

4 15% Upon successful completion of commissioning the Contractor shall pay SUPPLIER 15% of the pre-negotiated price plus applicable sales taxes.

Retainage 5% Consistent with the hold back on the Contractor, and upon payment of the Contractor’s hold back by the District, the Contractor shall release to SUPPLIER the applicable 5% retainage.

The Contractor shall minimize the duration of onsite storage of the pre-negotiated equipment prior to mechanical installation. The Contractor shall coordinate equipment delivery with SUPPLIER to limit the duration of on-site storage of pre-negotiated equipment to six months or less based on construction schedule. The Contractor shall include within their schedule a 60-day float period for equipment delivery beyond the SUPPLIERs 30-week lead time that commences after the Contractor issues a Notice to Proceed with fabrication to SUPPLIER. SC-48. Shipping Terms: Project Site / Destination. All SUPPLIERS shall quote prices based on Incoterms 2010 - Carriage & Insurance Paid (CIP) Project Site and shall hold title and risk of loss to the equipment until such time as they are delivered to, and signed for by an authorized DISTRICT and/or Contractor representative. Title and risk of loss to the Equipment shall transfer to Contractor upon delivery and unloading. The SUPPLIER shall deliver all equipment and materials to the Project Site located at 29541 Murrieta Road, Sun City, CA 92586.


The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a listing of the materials or equipment received and sign for the receipt of all items. A detailed packing slip or delivery ticket shall be provided by the SUPPLIER with any equipment to be delivered in conjunction with this contract. The packing slip shall be attached to the shipping carton(s) that contain the items and shall be made available to the DISTRICT’s authorized representative during delivery. The packing slip or delivery ticket shall include, at a minimum, the following information: purchase order number; date of order; a complete listing of items being delivered; and back-order quantities and estimated delivery of back-orders if applicable. The CONTRACTOR shall take immediate custody of all materials and equipment received in good condition and shall thereafter be solely responsible for any damage or theft until final acceptance of the work. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility alone to obtain settlement of damages caused by others. The CONTRACTOR shall replace all materials and equipment that are lost or damaged while in the custody of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for unloading the truck with the AquaSel equipment and for the equipment once truck unloading has commenced at the job site. All equipment required to unload delivery trucks (such as cranes, forklifts, etc.) shall be supplied and operated by the Construction Contractor. The AquaSel System is subject to inspection and acceptance by DISTRICT and its engineering and technical staff. The CONTRACTOR shall open all crates upon receipt for inspection. The CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER’s representative shall inspect for defects, damages and shortages all the equipment upon the CONTRACTOR taking possession, custody or control of the same. Any non-conformance in the equipment shall be immediately reported to the SUPPLIER. Any item rejected by CONTRACTOR for shipping defect or non-compliance with the contract resultant from this solicitation, shall be held, transported, or stored at the sole expense of the SUPPLIER. The SUPPLIER shall replace rejected items within thirty (30) days of written notification. CONTRACTOR shall handle all equipment and materials carefully to prevent damage or loss, shall store them in an orderly manner, shall store them in a manner that will prevent damage (and as recommended by SUPPLIER), shall keep adequate and convenient records of their location, and shall keep a continuously accurate inventory record.

END OF SECTION

Rev 06192017 SSC-1 00110 Supplemental Special Conditions

EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT

SPECIFICATION 1322 Aquasel Brine Concentration Demonstration

SECTION SSC - SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation – OMINIBUS Public Land Management Act of 2009, Public Law 111-11, Section 9509

SSC-01. Funding Requirements. The Contractor, subcontractors and tiered subcontractors are responsible for complying with all applicable federal, rules, guidelines, regulations and requirements of the agreement between the District and the Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation under the Desalination and Water Purification Research and Development Program (DWPR) pursuant to OMNIBUS Public Land Management Act of 2009, Public Law 111-11, Section 9509 stating that the Secretary may enter into contracts, grants and cooperative agreements, for periods not to exceed 5 years, to carry out research within the Bureau of Reclamation. The agreement referenced above is included as Appendix E of the specification. In addition, the Contractor, subcontractors and tiered subcontractors shall be required to comply with any and all other funding requirements whether or not such requirements are expressly delineated in this specification or contract documents. SSC-02. Inspection. The Contractor, subcontractors and tiered subcontractors shall understand and will ensure that the Bureau of Reclamation has the right to inspect, evaluate the work performed and the premises where the work is being performed at all reasonable times and in a manner that will not unduly delay the work.

SSC-03. Debarment and Suspension (2 CFR 1400). The Department of the Interior regulations at 2 CFR 1400- Government wide Debarment and Suspension (No procurement), which adopt the common rule for the government wide system of debarment and suspension for no procurement activities, are hereby incorporated by reference. The Contractor, subcontractor and tired subcontractors agree to comply with 2 CFR 1400, Subpart C, and agrees to include a similar term or condition in all lower-tier covered transactions. In accordance with 2 CFR Subpart C- “Responsibilities of Participants Regarding Transactions Doing Business with Other Persons”; When you enter into a covered transaction with another person at the next lower tier, you must verify that the person with whom you intend to do business is not excluded or disqualified. You do this by:

(a) Checking SAM Exclusions; or

(b) Collecting a certification from that person; or

(c) Adding a clause or condition to the covered transaction with that person.


SSC-04. Drug-Free Workplace (2CFR 182 & 1401). The Department of the Interior regulations at 2 CFR 1401-Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance), which adopt the portion of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (41 U.S.C. 701 et seq, as amended) applicable to grants and cooperative agreements, are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this specification. The Contractor, subcontractors and tiered subcontractors shall comply with this requirement. SSC-05. Central Contractor Registration and Data Universal Identifier Requirements. Bidders must maintain current registrations in the Central Contractor Registration (www.SAM.gov). A DUN and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) is one of the requirements for registration in the Central Contractor Registration. Bidders shall complete the CCR & Duns Number form and provide their CCR Registration Information and DUNS number with their bid. SSC-06. Procurement Records. The Contractor shall maintain records sufficient to detail the significant history of a procurement. These methods will include, but not limited to the following: rationale behind the method of procurement selected, selection of subcontractor and the basis for the contract price. SSC-07. Contract Provisions. In addition to all other provisions required by the Federal Agency or non-Federal entity, all contracts made by the non-Federal entity under the Federal Award must contain provisions covering the following, as applicable (Davis Bacon although listed below, is not a requirement of this project).

(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement.

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”

http://www.sam.gov/


(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). (Not required for this project but listed as a part of the specified Code) by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or sub recipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or sub recipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or sub recipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.


(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and sub grants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.

SSC-08. Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000 (2 CFR 175.15) The Contractor, subcontractor and tiered subcontractors shall not: (i) Engage in severe forms of trafficking in persons during the period of time that the Award is in effect; (ii) Procure a commercial sex act during the period of time that the award is in effect; or (iii) Use forced labor in the performance of the award or sub awards under the award.


SSC-09. Assurances and Certifications Incorporated by Reference The Contractor shall comply with all anti-discrimination and equal opportunity statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders. The Contractor, subcontractors and tiered subcontractors shall comply with Title VI or the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and any program-specific statutes with anti-discrimination requirements. The Recipient shall comply with civil rights laws including, but not limited to, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Equal Educational Opportunities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Uniform Relocation Act. SSC-10. New Restrictions on Lobbying (43 CFR 18) The Recipient and its, contractor, subcontractor and tiered subcontractors shall comply with 43 CFR 18, New Restrictions on Lobbying, including the following certification: (a) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the Recipient, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, and officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of a Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

(b) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying" in accordance with its instructions. (c) The Recipient shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub recipients shall certify accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. The selected bidder shall be required to review, sign and submit the “Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans and Cooperative Agreement” with their bid.



P-1 00200 Section P Contract Drawings



SECTION P - CONTRACT DRAWINGS P-01. General. The location of the work, its general nature and extent, the outline of the land owned or controlled by the District and the form and general dimensions of the facilities (i.e. pipelines, appurtenances, etc.) are as shown on the drawings attached and made a part of this Specification as listed below. P-02. Standard Drawings. Drawing Number Drawing Title A-540 Emergency Shower & Eyewash B-656 Locator Wire Installation P-03. CH2M Standard Details Drawing Number Drawing Title 2240-100 Hub Drain 2240-101 Exterior Cleanout 2240-161 Hose Valve 3123-120 Trench Pipe Crossing 3212-210 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 3212-215 Pavement Connection 3231-410 Chain Link Fence 3231-415 Double Swing Gate 4027-607 Wall Pipe Penetration Seal P-04. Construction Drawings. See Specification Volume 3.

P-2 00200 Section P Contract Drawings


© CH2M HILL

NTS2240-100

HUB DRAIN

1

25

3

5. 2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR

THE DRAW INGS.

4. PIPE SIZE AS SHOW N ON

3. COUPLING

2. FINISH FLOOR

ON PLAN

1. HUB DRAIN AS SHOW N

4

© CH2M HILL

NTS2240-101

EXTERIOR CLEANOUT

3

4

5 2 1

CONCRETE PAD.5. 1'-6" X 1'-6" X6"

REQUIRED.4. BEND OR W YE, AS

3. FINISH GRADE

2. CLEANOUT FITTING

COVER M ARKED "CO".1. CLEANOUT BOX W ITH CI

© CH2M HILL

W ALL BRACKET

SIDE VIEW

W ELDED TO STEEL PIPE

OR THRED-O-LET

SADDLEFOR DI PIPE

USE DOUBLE STRAP

SUPPORT W ITH

M AIN HEADER

SUPPLY LINE

3'-

6"

3/4" OR 1 1/2 "

90° ELBOW

TYP

SHORT NIPPLE,

SLAB OR GRADE

3/4" VXXX

1 1/2" VXXX

ELEVATION

HOSE VALVENTS

2240-161

© CH2M HILL

NTS3123-120

1.

2.

3.

4.

12" TYP

CLSF SUPPORT IS REQUIRED:

12" TYP

NOTES:

PLAN SECTION

CLSF

CLEARANCE IS 3"

MINIM UM ALLOW ABLE

FILL (CLSF)

LOW -STRENGTH

CONTROLLED

TRENCH PIPE CROSSING

REFER TO EM W D SPECIFICATIONS FOR CLSF REQUIREMENTS.

EXISTING PIPELINE.

AT ALL PIPE CROSSINGS W HERE A NEW PIPELINE IS CROSSING UNDER AN

CLEARANCE BETW EEN THEM IS LESS THAN 12".

W HEN A NEW PIPELINE IS CROSSING OVER AN EXISTING PIPELINE AND THE

W HEN BOTH PIPELINES ARE NEW AND CLEARANCE BETW EEN THEM IS LESS THAN 12".

© C

H2

M HIL

L

NTS

3212-2

10

AS

PH

ALT C

ON

CR

ET

E P

AV

EM

EN

T

TA

CK C

OA

T

AS S

HO

WN

FINIS

H G

RA

DE

(AS S

PE

CIFIE

D)

SU

BG

RA

DE

PR

EP

AR

ED

PR

OVID

E A

SP

HA

LT C

ON

CR

ET

E P

AV

EM

EN

T T

YP

E A

S S

HO

WN O

N P

LA

NS.

NO

TE:

SU

RF

AC

E C

OU

RS

E

3" A

SP

HA

LT C

ON

CR

ET

E

BA

SE C

OU

RS

E

4 1/2" A

GG

RE

GA

TE

© C

H2

M HIL

L

NTS

3212-2

15

PA

VE

ME

NT C

ON

NE

CTIO

N

1

1

NE

W P

AV

EM

EN

T

NO

TE:

CO

UR

SE

EXIS

TIN

G B

AS

E

PA

VE

ME

NT

EXIS

TIN

G

SE

E N

OT

E

CR

AC

K S

EA

L, T

YP,

PRIO

R T

O P

AVIN

G

SA

W C

UT 2' M

IN J

US

T

PA

VE

ME

NT

ED

GE O

F E

XIS

TIN

G

CO

UR

SE

NE

W B

AS

E

SU

BG

RA

DE

PR

EP

AR

ED

CR

AC

K S

EA

L J

OIN

T A

FT

ER P

AVIN

G O

PE

RA

TIO

N H

AS B

EE

N C

OM

PLE

TE

D.

PAIN

T E

DG

E O

F E

XIS

TIN

G A

SP

HA

LT W

ITH T

AC

K C

OA

T P

RIO

R T

O P

AVIN

G.

© C

H2

M HIL

L

NTS

3231-4

10

BR

AC

E

2'-10"

MIN

2"

72"

LIN

E P

OS

T

TR

US

S R

OD

2"

MIN

2'-10"

10'-0

"10'-0

" MA

X

2"

LIN

E P

OS

T C

ON

NE

CTIO

NT

OP R

AIL C

ON

NE

CTIO

N

NO

TE

S:

TY

PIC

AL C

OR

NE

R P

OS

T

TY

PIC

AL P

ULL P

OS

T

CO

RN

ER B

AS

E

16" D

IA C

ON

C

BA

R, T

YP

ST

RE

TC

HE

R

PO

ST, T

YP

CO

RN

ER

BA

SE, T

YP

9" D

IA C

ON

C

WIR

E N

O. 7

TE

NSIO

N

BA

SE, T

YP

9" D

IA C

ON

C

TYP

MIN,

TYP

MIN,

BA

ND

S, T

YP

ST

RE

TC

HE

R

SP

ACIN

G

MA

X P

OS

T

IF S

PE

CIFIE

D

BA

RB

ED W

IRE,

3 S

TR

AN

DS

IF S

PE

CIFIE

D

TO

P R

AIL,

IF S

PE

CIFIE

D

TO

P R

AIL,

IF S

PE

CIFIE

D

BA

RB

ED W

IRE,

3 S

TR

AN

DS

SPECIFIED

OR AS

PO

ST

LIN

E

PU

LL P

OS

T

PU

LL B

AS

E

16" D

IA C

ON

C2.

1.

OR A

S S

PE

CIFIE

D

2" C

HAIN LIN

K F

AB

RIC,

TE

NSIO

N W

IRE

RO

D A

SS

EM

BL

Y

3/8 " T

RU

SS

PO

STS.

TO O

UTSID

E O

F

FA

BRIC A

TT

AC

HE

D

PO

STS.

OF A

LL C

OR

NE

R

GA

TE

S A

ND SID

E

RO

D R

EQ

UIR

ED A

T

BR

AC

E A

ND T

RU

SS

SP

AC

E 2

4" M

AX

WIR

E C

LIP

NO. 9 G

AL

V

AB

OV

E G

RO

UN

D

TO B

E 1

0" M

AX

BO

TT

OM TIE

SP

AC

E 1

2" M

AX

WIR

E C

LIP

NO. 9 G

AL

V

OR A

S S

PE

CIFIE

D

2" C

HAIN LIN

K F

AB

RIC,

CH

AIN LIN

K F

EN

CE

© C

H2

M HIL

L

NTS

3231-4

15

DO

UB

LE S

WIN

G G

AT

E

CLEAR

3 1/2"

2"

MIN

RO

AD M

AT

ERIA

L

72"

WID

TH

2'-10"

TE

NSIO

N W

IRE

2"

WID

TH/2, T

YP

SE

E P

LA

NS

FINIS

H G

RA

DE

BA

R B

AN

DS

ST

RE

TC

HE

R

TY

P

AS

SE

MB

LY,

TR

US

S R

OD

3/8"

ST

RE

TC

HE

R B

AR

PL

UN

GE

R B

AR

WIT

H H

OLE F

OR

CO

NC

RE

TE S

TO

P

12"x

12" S

Qx18" D

EE

PTYP

MIN,

BR

AC

E, T

YP

OR A

S S

PE

CIFIE

D

LIN

K F

AB

RIC,

2" C

HAIN

W/ C

EN

TE

R S

TO

P S

ET IN C

ON

CR

ET

E

PL

UN

GE

R B

AR T

YP

E L

OC

KA

BLE L

AT

CH

CO

NC

RE

TE, T

YP

16" D

IA

PO

ST, T

YP

GA

TE

IF S

PE

CIFIE

D

BA

RB

ED W

IRE,

3 S

TR

AN

DS

© CH2M HILL

NTS

PASSING PIPE

AS SPECIFIED

SST BOLTS AND NUTS,

SEAL ASSEMBLY W ITH

M ODULAR MECHANICALD

NO

TE

2

4027-605

PIPE SLEEVE, NOTE 1

SIM

FOR PASSING PIPE AND SEAL ASSEMBLY.

2. PIPE SLEEVE DIAMETER AS REQUIRED BY SEAL M ANUFACTURER

TO DIAMETER AS RECOM MENDED BY SEAL M ANUFACTURER.

1. OMIT SLEEVE FOR EXISTING W ALLS AND SLABS. CORE DRILL

NOTES:

W ALL PIPE PENETRATION SEAL4027-607

SPECIAL SERVICES 01 43 34 ‐ 6


HuangW

Rectangle

Rev:10/08/13

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 01000 - General Safety Requirements

C O N T E N T S

1.01 RESPONSIBILITY ......................................................................................................................... 1 1.01A SAFETY AND HEALTH ................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 OTHER CODES AND STATUTES .................................................................................................. 2 1.03 SUBCONTRACTS ........................................................................................................................ 2 1.04 DIFFERING OPINIONS ................................................................................................................ 3 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION SAFETY MEETING ..................................................................................... 3 1.06 SAFETY PROGRAMS ................................................................................................................... 4 1.07 SAFETY PROGRAM REVIEW ....................................................................................................... 4 1.08 JOINT SAFETY POLICY MEETING ................................................................................................ 4 1.09 SAFETY PERSONNEL .................................................................................................................. 4 1.10 SAFETY INSPECTION .................................................................................................................. 5 1.11 ACCIDENT/INJURY/ILLNESS INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING ................................................ 5 1.12 INVESTIGATION/REPORTING .................................................................................................... 6 1.13 MONTHLY ACCIDENT STATISTICAL REPORT .............................................................................. 6 1.14 HOUSEKEEPING ......................................................................................................................... 7 1.15 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE ................................................................ 7 1.16 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 7 1.17 CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 7 1.18 EMWD LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURE .................................................................................. 7 1.19 EXPERIENCE MODIFICATION RATING ....................................................................................... 7 1.20 WORKERS COMPENSATION RECORDS ...................................................................................... 8 1.21 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 8 ATTACHMENTS ..................................................................................................................................... 8 • EXHIBIT “A” – (EN-87) NOTICE OF UNSAFE CONDITION • EXHIBIT “B” – (EN-84) SPECIFIC OPERATING SAFETY PROCEDURE • EXHIBIT “C” – (EN-85) REPORT OF INJURY • EXHIBIT “D” – (EN-89) CONTRACTOR MONTHLY SUMMARY OF OCCUPATIONAL

INJURIES/ILLNESSES EXPENSE • EXHIBIT “E” - EMWD CONFINED SPACE ENTRY POLICY


General Safety Requirements Section 01000 – 1

SECTION 01000 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

1.01 RESPONSIBILITY

The contractor is responsible for ensuring that all activities in connection with the work including, but not limited to, labor, materials, and equipment, conform fully with the standards referenced herein. This requirement applies to all activities performed, operated, maintained or constructed by the contractor, sub-contractor, supplier, or any other agent of the contractor performing work. Further, the contractor, his subcontractor, suppliers, and any other agents shall not require any employee, or other worker in connection with the performance of the contract, to engage in work under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, dangerous to an employee’s health or safety or otherwise in violation of any applicable federal, state, or local law or regulation in regard to occupational safety.

1.01A SAFETY AND HEALTH

The Contractor shall conform to all applicable occupational safety and health standards, rules, regulations and orders established by local agencies, State of California, and California Division of Occupational Safety and Health Construction Safety Regulations (Cal OSHA), including obtaining permits required by California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 341 and 341 (a). §1527. Washing Facilities, Food Handling, and Temporary Sleeping Quarters. WASHING FACILITIES

A. GENERAL. Washing facilities shall be provided as follows: A minimum of one washing station shall be provided for each twenty employees or fraction thereof. Washing stations provided to comply with this requirement shall at all times: 1. Be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition;

2. Have an adequate supply of water for effective washing;

3. Have a readily available supply of soap or other suitable cleansing agent;

4. Have a readily available supply of single-use towels or a warm-air blower;

5. Be located and arranged so that any time a toilet is used, the user can readily

wash; 6. When provided in association with a nonwater carriage toilet facility in

accordance with Section 1526(c),


7. Provide a sign or equivalent method of notice indicating that the water is intended for washing; and

8. Be located outside of the toilet facility and not attached to it.

B. EXCEPTION to subsection (a)(1)(F)(2.): Where there are less than 5 employees, and only one toilet facility is provided, the required washing facility may be located inside of the toilet facility.

C. EXCEPTION to subsection (a)(1): Mobile crews having readily available transportation to a nearby toilet and washing facility.

D. WASHING FACILITIES FOR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Where employees are engaging in the application of paints, or coatings, or in other operations involving substances which may be harmful to the employees, washing facilities shall be provided in near proximity to the worksite and shall be so equipped as to enable employees to remove such substances. Facilities provided to comply with this requirement shall at all times: 1. Be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition;

2. Have an adequate supply of water sufficient for effective removal of the

hazardous substance from skin surfaces; and

3. Have a readily available supply of soap, and where necessary to effect removal, special cleansing compounds designed specifically for removal of the hazardous substance from skin surfaces; and

4. Have a readily available supply of single use towels or a warm-air blower.

1.02 OTHER CODES AND STATUTES

In addition to the standards and requirements detailed herein, contractors and subcontractors shall comply with applicable provisions of Federal, State, and municipal safety, health, and sanitation statutes and codes. In the event there is a conflict between the provisions of the Safety and Health Regulations for Construction promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor in Title 29 CFR Part 1926, Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), or the California Occupational Safety and Health Act regulations in the California Labor Code Section 6300 et seq. (Cal. OSHA), the more stringent provision shall prevail.

1.03 SUBCONTRACTS

Contractors shall include provisions for compliance with the health and safety requirements, as referenced in this Section 01000, in the terms and conditions of all contracts, subcontracts, supply contracts, and all other contractor arrangements for performance of the work.


1.04 DIFFERING OPINIONS

Differing opinions between the contractor and District on adequacy of existing or proposed protective measures, equipment, procedures, or devices shall be resolved as follows:

A. Upon receipt of a written notice from the District regarding an issue in question, (see

Standard Form Exhibit “A”), the contractor shall not start or continue the measure, procedure, equipment, or devices, or expose employees to associated hazards until the differences have been resolved.

B. Upon resolution of the differing opinions, either with or without input from an independent professional safety engineer, Certified Safety Professional (CSP), or other safety expert, the questionable measure, procedure, equipment, or device shall be brought into conformance with the written agreed-upon solution. Only personnel required to complete remedial work shall be exposed to the associated hazard, and then only in a manner conforming to all safety requirements.

C. Obtaining engineering data or retaining the services of an independent professional engineer to assist in resolving the issue(s) remains a contractor responsibility.

1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION SAFETY MEETING

Representatives of the contractor shall meet with the District prior to the start of construction to review the respective safety requirements and to discuss implementation of all health and safety provisions pertinent to the work under contract, including safety training status of equipment operators, etc. The contractor shall be prepared to discuss, in detail, the measures he intends to take to control the possible hazards incident to the major phases of the work under contract and to comply with contractual obligations. This meeting will be devoted to discussing the manner in which the contractor intends to administer his health and safety program and delegate the responsibilities for implementing the program. A Specific Operating Safety Procedure (EN-84) and an Injury & Illness Prevention Program must be submitted to the District at the Pre-Construction conference for acceptance by the District prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall identify any safety organization, safety team, or safety person within the Contractor’s organization, complete with contact name and telephone number. For assistance in preparing your Injury and Illness Prevention Program, go to http://www.dir.ca.gov/dosh/etools/09-031/index.htm The Injury & Illness Prevention Program shall be submitted in Electronic Format as follows: Provide all information on a CD in searchable PDF format; PC compatible using Windows XP operating system. All information provided shall be consolidated to one portable document file (PDF) in the latest version of Adobe Acrobat, with a Table of Contents and Bookmarks for each major section.

http://www.dir.ca.gov/dosh/etools/09-031/index.htm


1.06 SAFETY PROGRAMS The prime contractor shall prepare a comprehensive written safety program covering all aspects of onsite construction operations and activities associated with each respective contract. Further, unless adequately covered in the original plan, a supplementary detailed plan will be submitted prior to start of each major phase of work or when requested by the District. In no case will onsite work commence until the program or appropriate supplementary submittals have been approved by the District. Initial and supplementary submittals shall include a timetable for completing the required, detailed, and specific operating procedures with hazard analysis. Approval by the District of initial and supplementary programs submitted by contractor only signifies that the submittals generally conform to the requirements contained and referenced herein, and shall not constitute any acceptance or other obligation of the District for the contractor’s responsibilities for said programs. Said approval does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of providing employees with a safe and healthful work environment, or complying fully with all the above requirements. For a project- specific safety plan outline for Contractor’s use, see Exhibit “B” (Specific Operating Procedure - including Hazard Analysis).

1.07 SAFETY PROGRAM REVIEW

Following the above preconstruction safety meeting and development of the Safety Program, a second meeting shall be held to review the contractor’s written safety program. The contractor’s principal onsite representative, the general superintendent, and his safety representative shall attend this meeting.

1.08 JOINT SAFETY POLICY MEETING

The District, the contractor’s principal onsite representative, and designated staff members shall participate in scheduled monthly safety meetings. These meetings shall be used to review the effectiveness of the contractor’s safety effort, to resolve health and safety problems relating to current operations, and to provide a forum for planning safe future construction activities. Meeting minutes shall be prepared by the Contractor and maintained in a manner prescribed by the District.

1.09 SAFETY PERSONNEL

When the contract does not require the services of a full-time safety engineer, the contractor shall designate a competent and dependable supervisory employee, acceptable to the District, to administer this safety program. However, should the contractor’s safety effort be considered inadequate, the District has the option to require the contractor to employ a full-time qualified safety engineer in lieu of a safety representative. The hiring of a full-time safety engineer shall be at the sole cost and expense of contractor and said hiring shall not entitle contractor to additional compensation.


1.10 SAFETY INSPECTION

The contractor shall provide for weekly safety inspections of the worksites, materials, and equipment by competent employees. Detailed written inspection records shall be maintained and available for review by the District. Prior to the use of any gauges which monitor atmospheric hazards, the contractor’s competent person will verify that the gauge is in current calibration. This will be documented on the District’s resident inspector’s daily report form.

1.11 ACCIDENT/INJURY/ILLNESS INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING

DEFINITIONS:

A. Serious Accidents/Incidents Any occurrence of a job-related nature including, but not limited to, suicide or homicide attempts, heart attacks, and occupational injuries or diseases which result in: 1. An employee or agent of District, contractor, subcontractor, or supplier suffering

death, permanent total disability, complete and/or permanent loss of an eye, hand, foot, or major organ.

2. Hospitalization for five or more days of an employee or agent of District and/or contractor, subcontractor, or supplier, or one or more employees in critical condition.

3. Fires or property damage resulting in a loss of $25,000 or more.

4. Third party injuries, death, or substantial property losses that result or could result in claims against the District.

B. Nonserious Accidents/Incidents All other personal and/or property damage accidents/incidents except first aid cases and property damage losses below $2,500.

C. Potential Serious Accidents/Incidents Accidental occurrences or near misses with the potential to be a serious accident/incident such as major equipment failures, contact with high voltage lines, spills of or personal contacts with excessive amounts of toxic or hazardous materials, slides, cave-ins, etc.


1.12 INVESTIGATION/REPORTING

A. Serious accident/incidents shall be reported immediately to the District and appropriate contractor field supervisor. Providing or obtaining appropriate medical and emergency assistance and notification of coroner, safety, and law enforcement agencies, and family members remain a contractor responsibility. Except for rescue and emergency measures, the scene of the accident/incident shall not be disturbed or the operation resumed until authorized by District. The contractor shall assist and cooperate fully with the District in conducting the investigations of the accident/incident and assure availability of all information, personnel, and data pertinent to the investigation. The contractor shall, when ordered by the District, conduct or have conducted a separate and complete independent investigation of the accident/incident, and submit a comprehensive report of findings and recommendations to the District. The contractor shall arrange and be financially responsible for the independent investigation and any equipment or material inspections or tests, or diagnostic studies required by the District or contractor investigators. Further, Contractor’s Report of Recordable Injury/Illness (See Exhibit “C”) shall be completed and submitted to the District for each injured person.

B. Nonserious accident/incidents will be reported immediately to the contractor’s supervisor delegated authority to arrange for medical assistance and/or investigate the accident/incidents. Immediately following arrangements for required medical assistance, the responsible supervisor will investigate the accident/incident. Within three working days following the accident/incident, the contractor will submit to the District, a completed Contractor’s Report of Recordable Injury/Illness (see Exhibit “C”) for all personal injuries, and a comprehensive narrative report for property damage accidents.

C. Potentially serious accident/incidents shall be reported immediately to the District. The contractor’s involved equipment and/or worksite shall remain secured until the contractor has completed an acceptable comprehensive investigation. Within five days following the investigation, a detailed written investigation report will be submitted to the District.

1.13 MONTHLY ACCIDENT STATISTICAL REPORT

The contractor shall submit by the first day of each month a completed standard form entitled Contractor Monthly Summary of Occupational Injuries/Illnesses Experience (See Exhibit “D”) or equivalent form acceptable to the District. Statistical cutoff dates can coincide with pay periods as long as the ending date of the current report is the beginning date of the following report.


1.14 HOUSEKEEPING

Good housekeeping, including provision and facilities for routine scrap removal, shall be maintained in all areas within the contractor’s scope of operation.

1.15 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

The Contractor shall supply a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for each chemical to be used in or during construction. Handling, storage, use, and disposal of toxic materials of any nature shall be carried out in a manner so as not to contaminate or pollute water supplies, rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, or the atmosphere. Handling, storage, use and disposal of all such materials, including waste, garbage, and sewage, shall comply with Federal, State, and local regulations.

1.16 GENERAL

Intoxicating beverages and narcotics shall not be permitted or used on construction sites. Persons under the influence of alcohol of narcotics shall not be permitted on the site. Firearms shall not be permitted on the construction site without prior approval of the District.

1.17 CERTIFICATION

Design of major critical facilities, equipment, support structures, or systems, embankments, shoring systems, formwork (falsework) built or provided by the contractor for his use shall be certified as structurally suitable for the use intended under the specifications. This certification shall be made in writing by the manufacturer or a registered professional engineer competent in these fields and shall be submitted to the District prior to erection or use of such facilities, equipment or support systems.

1.18 EMWD LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURE

The Contractor shall make himself familiar with the District’s lockout/tagout procedure to isolate energy sources (mechanical, pneumatic, electrical, hydraulic, physical or chemical). The Contractor MUST coordinate through a qualified District representative (Inspector) a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to requiring a lockout/tagout. The District Representative (Inspector) will arrange to have any energy source as described above locked out by an authorized employee in accordance with the District’s procedure. In case there is any violation of the District’s lockout/tagout procedure the Contractor will be directed to cease operations related to the unsafe condition, measure, procedure, equipment or device and will be issued a Notice of Unsafe Condition.

1.19 EXPERIENCE MODIFICATION RATING

The Contractor shall, prior to the Pre-Construction Safety Meeting, submit a current copy of the Experience Modification Rating for himself and any listed sub-contractor. This information will be reviewed at the Pre-Construction Safety Meeting.


1.20 WORKERS COMPENSATION RECORDS

The Contractor shall submit Workers Compensation Records for the past 2 years (Log and Summary of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses). This information will be reviewed at the Pre-Construction Safety Meeting.

1.21 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

When working in, or connecting to existing systems in operation, the required safety provisions for work in an operating system will be enforced, including provisions for working in confined air spaces. Contractor shall comply with EMWD’s Confined space Entry Policy attached hereto (see Exhibit E).

END OF SECTION 01000

ATTACHMENTS

• EXHIBIT “A” – (EN-87) NOTICE OF UNSAFE CONDITION

• EXHIBIT “B” – (EN-84) SPECIFIC OPERATING SAFETY PROCEDURE

• EXHIBIT “C” – (EN-85) REPORT OF INJURY

• EXHIBIT “D” – (EN-89) CONTRACTOR MONTHLY SUMMARY OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES/ILLNESSES EXPENSE

• EXHIBIT “E” – EMWD CONFINED SPACE ENTRY POLICY

EN-87

Exhibit “A”

NOTICE OF UNSAFE CONDITION

TO CONTRACTOR OF EMWD PROJECT: Spec. Number C.O. Number As set forth in Section 01000 - General Safety Requirements, Eastern Municipal Water District standards require compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations, including orders pertaining to safety. Your attention is directed to the unsafe condition prevailing at the following described site and your responsibility to utilize procedures in accordance with the applicable federal and state Construction Safety Orders, laws, and regulations. Site and/or condition:

You are again directed to comply with all safety orders by making an immediate and proper response or correction.

You are directed to immediately cease operations related to the unsafe condition, measure, procedure, equipment or device(s). Furthermore, you shall not expose employees to associated hazards until a solution to these safety issues has been agreed upon (see Section 01000-1.04).

Issued by: Date: Name and Title Time: cc: Construction Administrator Project File


EN-8

4

Ex

hibi

t “B”

SPEC

IFIC

OPE

RATI

NG

SAF

ETY

PRO

CEDU

RE

(INCL

UDI

NG

HAZA

RD A

NAL

YSIS

)

PRO

JECT

:

SPEC

. NO

.

SPEC

IFIC

OPE

RATI

NG

PRO

CEDU

RE N

O.

OPE

RATI

ON

:

PAGE

OF

GEN

ERAL

INST

RUCT

ION

S:

DATE

:

PERS

ON

NEL

REQ

UIR

ED:

NO

TE: S

EE R

EVER

SE S

IDE

FOR

ADDI

TIO

NAL

INFO

RMAT

ION

SAFE

TY E

QU

IPM

ENT

AND

APPA

REL:

PRO

CEDU

RE D

EVEL

OPE

D BY

:

APPO

VED

BY:

OPE

RATI

ON

SEQ

UEN

CE

ASSO

CIAT

ED

HAZA

RD

EQU

IPM

ENT,

TO

OLS

O

R FA

CILI

TIES

SP

ECIA

L IN

STRU

CTIO

NS

OR

LIM

ITAT

ION

S RE

FERE

NCE

EN-84

1. GENERAL: Specific operating procedures (SOP) are designed as a planning tool. They are most

effective when developed jointly by the supervisor and employees engaged in the specific activity and/or operation. They provide excellent reference material for toolbox meetings and for instructing new employees on respective assignments and responsibility.

Their effectiveness in reducing accidents and improving job performance is directly related to the efforts expended in their development and timely revision.

2. ASSOCIATED HAZARDS: For each job step, ask yourself what accidents could happen to the

person doing the job step. You can get the answer by (1) observing the job, (2) discussing it with the operator, (3) recalling past accidents, or (4) a combination of the three. Ask yourself: can he be struck by or contacted by anything? can he strike against or come in contact with anything? can he be caught in, on, or between anything? can he fall? can he overexert? is he exposed to anything injurious, such as gas, radiation, welding rays, etc? (for example, acid, burns, fumes, dust).

3. EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, AIDS, OR FACILITIES: List type and number of tools and materials to be

used, i.e., two jack hammers, one compressor, two 2" diameter hoses, 100 feet in length, etc. 4. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS OR LIMITATIONS: For each potential accident or hazard, ask yourself

how should the worker do the job step to avoid the potential accident, or what should he do or not do to avoid the accident. You can get your answers by (1) observing the job for leads, (2) discussing precautions with experienced job operators, (3) drawing on your experience, or (4) a combination of the three. Be sure to describe specifically the precautions a man must take. Don’t leave out important details. Number each separate recommended precaution with the same number you gave the potential accident (see appropriate column) that the precaution seeks to avoid. Use simple do or don’t statements to explain recommended precautions as if you were talking to the person.

For example: Only wirecore lifelines shall be used in highscaling operations. Block cable supported crane booms before removing section pins. Avoid such generalities as “Be careful,” “Be alert,” “Take caution,” etc.

5. REFERENCES: Reference specific material i.e., a SOP on highscaling should reference “Safety

Belts and Hardware,” and “Lifelines,” describe how to use a “Scaler’s Hitch,” etc.

6. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND APPAREL: Specifically required safety equipment, devices, and apparel need to be listed, i.e., hard hat, eye and face protection, respirator protection, safety shoes, wearing apparel, hoist safety devices, air hose safety devices, etc.


EN-8

4

SAM

PLE

OF

PIPE

LIN

E SP

ECIF

IC O

PERA

TIN

G SA

FETY

PRO

CEDU

RE

SPEC

IFIC

OPE

RATI

NG

SAF

ETY

PRO

CEDU

RE

(INCL

UDI

NG

HAZA

RD A

NAL

YSIS

)

PRO

JECT

: (P

roje

ct T

itle)

SP

EC. N

O.

XXX

SPEC

IFIC

OPE

RATI

NG

PRO

CEDU

RE N

O.

(Spe

cify

)

OPE

RATI

ON

: (S

peci

fy)

PAGE

OF

GEN

ERAL

INST

RUCT

ION

S:

(Con

trac

tor’s

Nam

e) w

ill su

perv

ise

and

be re

spon

sibl

e fo

r pre

vent

ing

cont

act w

ith ra

w

Sew

er o

r any

oth

er h

azar

dous

mat

eria

l and

will

als

o m

onito

r and

con

firm

min

imum

requ

ired

tren

ch sl

opes

per

OSH

A

Requ

irem

ents

. Al

l soi

l typ

es a

nd tr

ench

slop

es w

ill b

e de

cide

d by

our

fiel

d fo

rem

an w

ho is

ons

ite c

ompe

tent

per

son.

DATE

: (T

oday

’s D

ate)

PE

RSO

NN

EL R

EQU

IRED

: (S

peci

fy H

ere)

NO

TE: S

EE R

EVER

SE S

IDE

FOR

ADDI

TIO

NAL

INFO

RMAT

ION

SAFE

TY E

QU

IPM

ENT

AND

APPA

REL:

(Sp

ecify

)

PRO

CEDU

RE D

EVEL

OPE

D BY

: (S

igna

ture

) AR

RPO

VED

BY:

(Sig

natu

re)

SAM

PLE

OF

PIPE

LIN

E SP

ECIF

IC O

PERA

TIN

G SA

FETY

PRO

CEDU

RE

OPE

RATI

ON

SEQ

UEN

CE

ASSO

CIAT

ED

HAZA

RD

EQU

IPM

ENT,

TO

OLS

O

R FA

CILI

TIES

SP

ECIA

L IN

STRU

CTIO

NS

OR

LIM

ITAT

ION

S RE

FERE

NCE

1.Ex

cava

tion,

Pipe

Inst

alla

tion,

ba

ckfil

l & c

ompa

ct

Pote

ntia

l uns

tabl

e ex

istin

g so

il co

nditi

ons

Tren

ches

will

be

slope

d or

sh

ored

per

OSH

A re

quire

men

ts

Hard

hat

s mus

t be

utili

zed

by

all f

ield

per

sonn

el.

Acce

ss

ladd

ers p

lace

d pe

r OSH

A re

quire

men

ts fo

r acc

ess i

n an

d ou

t of t

renc

hes.

Tre

nche

s bl

ocke

d an

d/or

bar

ricad

es a

s ne

eded

for p

ublic

safe

ty.

2. M

orta

ring

& B

itchm

astic

Co

atin

gs

Poss

ible

skin

con

tact

Sa

fety

Equ

ipm

ent t

o be

ut

ilize

d pe

r req

uire

men

ts

to m

eet f

ield

con

ditio

ns.

SDS

will

be

avai

labl

e on

site

to

revi

ew e

xpos

ure

effe

cts a

nd

follo

w fi

rst a

id in

stru

ctio

n.

3. T

raffi

c Co

ntro

l and

lane

cl

osur

es

Publ

ic &

Em

ploy

ee

Safe

ty

Arro

w b

oard

s, F

enci

ng,

Traf

fic p

late

s, p

rope

r co

nstr

uctio

n sig

nage

.

Per r

equi

rem

ents

of O

SHA

and

Cal-T

rans

traf

fic m

anua

l.

Safe

ty v

ests

/ora

nge

shirt

s to

be w

orn

in a

ll tr

affic

are

as.

4. R

emov

e Co

ncre

te

Flyi

ng c

oncr

ete

debr

is du

ring

dem

oliti

on

Hard

Hat

s, sa

fety

gog

gles

an

d du

st m

ask.

Pr

oper

ven

tilat

ion

mus

t be

mai

ntai

ned

durin

g sa

w c

uttin

g ex

istin

g co

ncre

te.

5. H

ydro

stat

ic P

ress

ure

Test

ing

High

pre

ssur

e te

stin

g eq

uipm

ent

Safe

ty e

quip

men

t to

be

utili

zed

per r

equi

rem

ents

to

mee

t fie

ld c

ondi

tions

.

SDS

will

be

avai

labl

e on

site

to

revi

ew e

xpos

ure

effe

cts a

nd

follo

w fi

rst a

id in

stru

ctio

n.

EN-8

4

OPE

RATI

ON

SEQ

UEN

CE

ASSO

CIAT

ED

HAZA

RD

EQU

IPM

ENT,

TO

OLS

O

R FA

CILI

TIES

SP

ECIA

L IN

STRU

CTIO

NS

OR

LIM

ITAT

ION

S RE

FERE

NCE

6. C

hlor

inat

ion

Poss

ible

skin

con

tact

Sa

fety

equ

ipm

ent t

o be

ut

ilize

d pe

r req

uire

men

ts

to m

eet f

ield

con

ditio

ns.

SDS

will

be

avai

labl

e on

site

to

revi

ew e

xpos

ure

effe

cts a

nd

follo

w fi

rst a

id in

stru

ctio

n.

Mai

ntai

n ad

equa

te v

entil

atio

n.

7. A

spha

lt Pa

ving

Bu

rns

Safe

ty e

quip

men

t to

be

utili

zed

per r

equi

rem

ents

to

mee

t fie

ld c

ondi

tions

.

SDS

will

be

avai

labl

e on

site

to

revi

ew e

xpos

ure

effe

cts a

nd

follo

w fi

rst a

id in

stru

ctio

n.

Mon

itor a

ll pa

ving

act

iviti

es

and

impl

emen

t saf

ety

requ

irem

ent p

er fi

eld

cond

ition

s for

bot

h em

ploy

ees

and

publ

ic sa

fety

.

8. C

oncr

ete

repa

ir Po

ssib

le sk

in c

onta

ct

& a

ir bo

rne

conc

rete

w

hile

chi

ppin

g

Safe

ty e

quip

men

t to

be

utili

zed

per r

equi

rem

ents

to

mee

t fie

ld c

ondi

tions

.

SDS

will

be

on si

te to

revi

ew

expo

sure

effe

cts a

nd fo

llow

fir

st a

id in

stru

ctio

n. M

aint

ain

adeq

uate

ven

tilat

ion.

9. D

ust c

ontr

ol &

saw

cut

ting

Visio

n Im

paire

d Ho

ses &

cor

ds k

ept t

o a

min

imum

leng

th.

Wea

r du

st m

asks

and

safe

ty

glas

ses.

SDS

will

be

avai

labl

e on

site

to

revi

ew e

xpos

ure

effe

cts a

nd

follo

w fi

rst a

id in

stru

ctio

n.

Mai

ntai

n ad

equa

te v

entil

atio

n.

10.

Cutt

ing

torc

hes

Expl

osiv

e/Ga

ses/

Fire

Fi

re E

xtin

guish

er

Fire

wat

ch/L

abor

er

OPE

RATI

ON

SEQ

UEN

CE

ASSO

CIAT

ED

HAZA

RD

EQU

IPM

ENT,

TO

OLS

O

R FA

CILI

TIES

SP

ECIA

L IN

STRU

CTIO

NS

OR

LIM

ITAT

ION

S RE

FERE

NCE

11.

Site

Cle

anne

ss

Trip

ping

Ke

ep to

ols o

rgan

ized

and

conc

entr

ated

En

d of

wor

k da

y pi

ck u

p ev

eryt

hing

12.

Emer

genc

y Ve

hicl

es

Gett

ing

to lo

catio

ns

Not

ify e

mer

genc

y se

rvic

es p

rior t

o co

nstr

uctio

n

Inst

ruct

all

empl

oyee

s on

proc

edur

es fo

r em

erge

ncy

traf

fic.

EN-85

Exhibit “C”

REPORT OF INJURY CONTRACTOR’S REPORT OF RECORDABLE INJURY/ILLNESS

Each work related fatality, injury/illness, first aid cases accepted, shall be reported on this form. The completed form will be submitted to the District within 3 working days from the date of the incident or onset of illness. Responsibility for completion and submission of this form for all onsite injury/illness to contractor, subcontractor, or supplier forces rests with the general contractor. All form terms are as defined on the reverse side.

CONTRACT SPECIFICATION (Number and Title) DATE OF THIS REPORT

EMPLOYER

EMWD Resident Inspector

INJURED EMPLOYEE’S NAME OCCUPATION

AGE DATE EMPLOYED DATES OF PREVIOUS INJURIES

DESCRIBE INJURY/ILLNESS

DATE OF INJURY TIME ATTENDING PHYSICIAN INJURY CLASSIFICATION

STARTED LOSING TIME (Never Date of Injury)

DID INJURY RESULT IN DEATH OR PROBABLY PERMANENT DISABILITY?

RETURN TO WORK (Date)* DATE OF DEATH

WORKDAYS LOST TIME* DAYS OF RESTRICTED WORK OR TRANSFER TO OTHER JOB

* Estimate date of return to full duty to avoid delay in submitting report (See reverse side for estimating instructions).

DESCRIBE ACCIDENT (Include Who, What, Where, & How)

EN-85

SUPERVISORY

OPINION

HOW COULD ACCIDENT HAVE BEEN PREVENTED?

(Signature) FOREMAN OR IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR

NOTE: Information in this report is to be used for the prevention of accidents and is not intended as a basis for injury claims. Recordable injuries/illnesses and workdays lost and injury classification shall be as defined on reverse side of this form. Information in this report shall also be recorded on CAL-OSHA form 200.

EN-85

Work-related Injury/Illness: All injuries/illnesses to contractor, subcontractor, or supplier employees that result from an event or exposure on any contractor controlled worksite associated with the respective contract. Medical Cases: Injuries/illnesses are defined as medical cases if: (1) they can be treated only by a physician or licensed medical personnel, (2) they result in damage or harm to physical structure of a nonsuperficial nature (e.g., hairline fractures), (3) they impair bodily functions (i.e., normal use of senses, limbs, etc.), (4) they involve complications requiring follow-up medical treatment. The following are generally considered medical treatment: • Treatment of INFECTION • Application of ANTISEPTICS during second

or subsequent visits to medical personnel • Treatment of SECOND OR THIRD DEGREE

BURN(S) • Application of BUTTERFLY ADHESIVE

DRESSING(S) or STERISTRIPS in lieu of sutures

• Application of SUTURES (stitches) • Removal of FOREIGN BODIES EMBEDDED

IN EYE • Removal of FOREIGN BODIES from wound;

if procedure is COMPLICATED because of depth of embedment, size, or location

• Use of PRESCRIPTION MEDICATIONS (except a single dose administered on first visit for minor injury or discomfort)

• Use of hot or cold SOAKING THERAPY during second or subsequent visit to medical personnel

• Application of hot or cold COMPRESS(ES) during second or subsequent visit to medical personnel

• CUTTING AWAY DEAD SKIN (surgical debridement)

• Application of HEAT THERAPY during second or subsequent visit of medical personnel

• Use of WHIRLPOOL BATH THERAPY during second or subsequent visit of medical personnel

• POSITIVE X-RAY DIAGNOSIS (fractures, broken bones, etc.)

ADMISSION TO A HOSPITAL or equivalent medical facility for treatment or prolonged observation First Aid Cases: Cases (1) limited to one-time treatment and subsequent observation and (2) involve treatment of only minor injuries, not emergency treatment of serious injuries. Further, any one-time treatment and follow up visit for the sole purpose of observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters and so forth which do not ordinarily require medical care are classified as first aid treatment. Such one-time treatment and follow up visit for the purpose of observation is considered first aid even though provided by a physician or registered professional personnel. Visits to a doctor for an examination or other diagnostic procedure to determine whether the employee has an injury is classified as a first aid case if no injury is discovered or medical treatment is rendered. Conversely, if treatment is described and medical care is provided even by someone other than a physician or registered medical personnel, injury is classified as medical.

DEFINITION OF TERMS

EN-85

Other examples of first aid cases not requiring reporting unless they result in loss of consciousness, restriction of work, or motion, or transfer to another job are: • Application of ANTISEPTICS during first visit

to medical personnel • Treatment of FIRST DEGREE BURN(S) • Application of BANDAGE(S) during first visit

to medical personnel • Use of ELASTIC BANDAGES during first visit

to medical personnel • Removal of FOREIGN BODIES NOT

EMBEDDED IN EYE if only irrigation is required

• Removal of FOREIGN BODIES from wound, if procedure is UNCOMPLICATED, and is, for example, by tweezers or other simple technique

• Use of NONPRESCRIPTION MEDICATIONS AND administration of single dose of PRESCRIPTION MEDICATION on first visit for minor injury or discomfort

• SOAKING THERAPY ON INITIAL VISIT to medical personnel or removal of bandages by SOAKING

• Application of hot or cold COMPRESS(ES) during first visit to medical personnel

• Application of OINTMENTS to abrasions to prevent drying or cracking

• Application of HEAT THERAPY during first visit to medical personnel

• Use of WHIRLPOOL BATH THERAPY during first visit to medical personnel

• NEGATIVE X-RAY DIAGNOSIS • BRIEF OBSERVATION of injury during visit

to medical personnel Note: The administration of a TETANUS SHOT or BOOSTER, by itself, is not considered medical treatment. However, these shot are often given in conjunction with the more serious injuries. Therefore, injuries requiring

tetanus shots may be reportable for other reasons. Illness Cases: Occupational illness of an employee is any abnormal condition or disorder, other than one resulting from an occupational injury caused by exposure to environmental factors associated with employment. It includes acute and chronic illnesses or diseases which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion, or direct contact. Some conditions may be classified as either an injury or illness (but not both), depending upon the nature of the event that produced the condition. For example, a loss of hearing resulting from an explosion (an instantaneous event) is classified as an injury; the same condition arising from exposure to industrial noise over a period of time would be classified as an occupational illness. Similarly, irritation of the throat from exposure to chlorine fumes would be classified as an injury if it resulted from a ruptured tank and an illness if the exposure occurred over a period of time. The determination of illness or injury is based on the original event. Adverse reaction to a tetanus shot given for a laceration would be classified as an injury. Back cases should always be recorded as an injury. It should be noted that all occupational illnesses are reportable and recordable incidents regardless of the type of treatment provided. Fatalities: Work-related fatalities are reportable and recordable regardless of the time between the injury and the death or the length of the illness. Lost workdays attributable to the incident are not counted and any charged should be removed from the record.

EN-85

Lost Workdays: Lost workdays are defined as the number of workdays (consecutive or not), beyond the day of injury or onset of illness, the employee was away from work or limited to restricted work activity. The number of days away from work or days of restricted work activity does not include the day of injury or onset of illness or any days on which the employee would not have worked even though able to work, e.g., vacation days, days off, or holidays are not counted. Termination of employment may stop the count of lost workdays if unrelated to the employee’s injury or illness. If termination is related to injury/illness, an estimate of actual workdays lost shall be made. Retirements unrelated to injury or illness stop the count of lost workdays. Otherwise days lost are estimated. Lost workday counts cease when injury or illness is determined as totally disabling. Lost workday count stops when position employee was in when injured is abolished due to work completion, e.g., a dozer operator lost workdays count would not continue beyond last day of dozer operations on the project even if the operator still could not perform the operator functions. Restricted work: The number of workdays on which because of injury or illness: (1) the employee was assigned to another job on a temporary basis; or (2) the employee worked at a permanent job less than full time; Or (3) the employee worked at a permanently assigned job but could not perform all duties normally connected with it. Lost workday count stops when employee is permanently transferred to another permanently established position.

Contractor Controlled Worksite Associated with the Contract. The following and similar locations are considered contractor controlled worksites: All areas within the boundaries of the construction site including shops, plants, storage areas, haul roads, borrow and fill areas. All offsite locations (plants, shops, rock quarries, borrow areas, erection sites, etc.) used exclusively for supporting construction activities. All roads where traffic control is a contractor responsibility.

EN-8

9

Exhi

bit “

D”

CON

TRAC

TOR

MO

NTH

LY S

UM

MAR

Y O

F O

CCU

PATI

ON

AL IN

JURI

ES/I

LLN

ESSE

S EX

PEN

SE

The

cont

ract

or w

ill s

ubm

it th

is co

mpl

eted

form

to th

e Di

stric

t by

the

first

day

of e

ach

mon

th.

Incl

uded

on

the

form

will

be

the

cont

ract

ors,

subc

ontr

acto

rs, a

nd su

pplie

rs o

nsite

inju

ry/il

lnes

s exp

erie

nce

for t

he p

revi

ous r

epor

ting

perio

d. R

epor

ting

perio

d cu

t off

date

s can

coi

ncid

e w

ith a

ppro

pria

te p

ay p

erio

ds a

s lo

ng a

s th

e en

ding

dat

e of

this

curr

ent r

epor

t is

the

begi

nnin

g da

te o

f the

nex

t rep

ort.

All

form

term

s ar

e de

fined

on

the

back

of t

his f

orm

.

REPO

RTIN

G PE

RIO

D ST

ARTI

NG

ENDI

NG

CON

TRAC

TOR

SUBC

ON

TRAC

TOR

SUPP

LIER

– S

PEC.

NO

TY

PE O

F CO

NST

RUCT

ION

N

O.

EMPL

OYE

ES

MAN

-HO

URS

EX

POSU

RE

LOST

W

ORK

DAYS

RE

CORD

ABLE

CA

SES

INCI

DEN

T RA

TES

TOTA

L DE

ATHS

LOST

W

ORK

DAY

CASE

S TO

TAL

CASE

S

DEAT

H AN

D LO

ST

WO

RKDA

Y CA

SES

LOST

W

ORK

DAY

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11

GEN

ERAL

CO

NTR

ACTO

R

NAM

E

SPEC

. NO

.

SUBC

ON

TRAC

TORS

SUPP

LIER

S

TOTA

L

CUM

MU

LATI

VE T

OTA

L

EN-8

9

[PAG

E LE

FT IN

TEN

TIO

NAL

LY B

LAN

K]

Column 1. Name of General Contractor and General Specification No. only. Combine all

subcontractor and/or supplier data under respective headings. Cumulative totals start from first day of onsite work under the specification.

Column 2. Major classification or type of work for contractor (Water pipeline, sewer pipeline, pump station, treatment plant, lift station, etc.). Minor classification for supplier or subcontractor (concrete work, earthwork, repair work, etc.).

Column 3. Average number of employees during reporting period. Include only onsite personnel. Number of subcontractor or supplier employees can be estimated by dividing number of estimated man-hours by 8 x number days of reporting period.

(Number of man-hours) (8 x number days of reporting period)

Column 4. Actual man-hours of onsite exposure. Do not include vacation time, holidays, down periods, etc.

Column 5. Lost workdays include actual days from work, restricted work days and days worked in another assigned position. (For detailed explanation of lost workdays and restricted work, see back of Exhibit “C”).

Column 6. Total of fatalities, lost workday cases, restricted work cases or transfer to other job cases, and medical cases reported on all forms “Contractor’s Report of Recordable Injury/Illness,” submitted during the reporting period covered by this form.

Column 7. Fatalities are charged to date of injury or onset of illness regardless of date of death.

Column 8. Includes all cases submitted during this reporting period of form “Contractors Report of Recordable Injury/Illness,” that show figures under headings entitled, “lost time, or restricted work or transfer to other job.” (see back of Exhibit “C”).

Columns 9, 10, 11

Incident rates are define as the number of injuries/illnesses or lost workdays related to a common exposure base-100 full-time workers or 200,000 man-hours (100 workmen x 40 hrs/week x 50 weeks/year = 200,000). These rates are calculated as follows:

Total Cases (column 9) = Total cases (column 6) x 200,000

Man-hours of Exposure (column 4)

Death and lost workday cases (column 10) =

Deaths (column 7) and lost workday cases (column 8) x 200,000

Man-hours of Exposure (column 4)

Lost workdays = Lost workdays (column 5) x 200,000

Man workdays of exposure (column 4)

EN-89


EASTERN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT SAFETY, RISK AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES SECTION: CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE

REVIEW DATE: 5/1/2014

PREPARED BY: Chris Pendergrass, Safety Officer

PAGE: 1 of 33 REVISION DATE: 5/1/2014

APPROVED BY: Doug Hefley, Risk Mgr.

Table of Contents

CONFINED SPACE OVERVIEW PROCEDURE 1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................. 3

2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION ...................................................................................................... 3

3.0 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................. 3

4.0 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 9

4.1 PRE-ENTRY EVALUATION TO DETERMINE CONFINED SPACE STATUS ........................ 9

4.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND BASIC REQUIREMENTS .................................................. 9

4.3 PERMIT SYSTEM ................................................................................................................... 9

4.4 DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10

4.5 ENTERING AND INSPECTION OF CONFINED SPACES .................................................... 10

4.6 CONTRACTORS ENTRY INTO CONFINED SPACES ......................................................... 11

4.7 RECORDKEEPING ............................................................................................................... 11

4.8 TRAINING ............................................................................................................................. 11 4.9 JOINT USE FACILITIES ....................................................................................................... 12

CONFINED SPACE PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURE

1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................................ 13

2.0 PRE-ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................. 13

2.1 SUPERVISOR REVIEW ........................................................................................................ 13

2.2 EMPLOYEE REVIEW ........................................................................................................... 13

2.3 ATMOSPHERIC TESTING .................................................................................................... 14

2.4 GUARDING THE OPENING. ................................................................................................ 14

2.5 SAMPLING ........................................................................................................................... 15

2.6 ACCEPTABLE ATMOSPHERE .......................................................................................... 15

2.7 UNACCEPTABLE ATMOSPHERE ....................................................................................... 15

2.8 SAFE ENTRY INTO A CONFINED SPACE .......................................................................... 15

2.9 SAFE WORK IN THE CONFINED SPACE ........................................................................... 15

SECTION: EMWD CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE

DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 2 of 33

PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE

1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................................ 17

2.0 ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................... 17

3.0 SAFE ENTRY INTO THE PERMIT SPACE .............................................................................. 18

4.0 REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANTS ......................................................................... 19

5.0 DUTIES ..................................................................................................................................... 20

5.1 DUTIES OF THE AUTHORIZED ENTRANTS ....................................................................... 20

5.2 DUTIES OF ATTENDANTS .................................................................................................. 20

5.3 DUTIES OF ENTRY SUPERVISORS .................................................................................... 21

5.4 RESCUE DUTIES ................................................................................................................. 21

6.0 ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING EQUIPMENT .......................................................................... 22 6.1 ATMOSPHERIC TESTING PROTOCOL ............................................................................... 20

6.2 CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 23

7.0 VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 23

7.1 PRE-ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 23

7.2 WORK IN PROGRESS ......................................................................................................... 25

7.3 RECORDKEEPING ............................................................................................................... 25

8.0 SAFETY EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................................. 25

8.1 FALL / RETRIEVAL DEVICE AND APPROVED SUPPORT DEVICE .................................. 25

8.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ............................................................................. 25

8.3 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION .................................................................................................. 26

9.0 PERMIT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ...................................................................................... 26

9.1 PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ............................................................................ 26

9.2 NON-PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ................................................................... 27

9.3 SPECIAL CONSIDERATION SPACES ................................................................................. 27

APPENDIX ‘A’ - CHECKLIST OF REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRY, WORKING IN AND EXITING CONFINED SPACES ............................................................................................................ 28

APPENDIX ‘B’ - CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT DECISION DIAGRAM AND CONFINED SPACE EVALUATION FORM .............................................................................................. 29

APPENDIX ‘C’ - CONFINED SPACE PERMIT ....................................... Error! Bookmark not defined. APPENDIX ‘D’ - RECORD OF GAS ANALYSIS.............................................................................. 32

APPENDIX ‘E’ - Riverside County Fire Department Facilities with Confined Space Rescue Equipment and Training: .................................................................................................... 33


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 3 of 33

CONFINED SPACE OVERVIEW PROCEDURE

1.0 PURPOSE

To establish a safe working procedure for District employees that meets or exceeds federal, state, or local rules and regulations. This program was developed in accordance with Cal/OSHA VPP Best Practices philosophy. This Program is based on the regulatory requirements of the California Occupational Safety and Health Administration Title 8 California Code of Regulations (CCR) Article 108, Confined Space. The focus is to protect workers from exposure to hazards in confined spaces. This procedure shall be reviewed annually by EMWD Safety and Risk Management. NOTE: This EMWD procedure meets and exceeds the requirements of Title 8 General

Industry Safety Orders (GISO) and those of Title 8 Construction Safety Orders regarding Confined Spaces.

2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

2.1 This procedure contains specific requirements for work practices to protect employees from those hazards of entry into and work within a confined space. This procedure establishes that all confined spaces must be evaluated to determine whether it is permit or non-permit required prior to every entry.

3.0 DEFINITIONS

ATTENDANT An individual stationed outside the confined space who is trained as required by this procedure and who monitors the authorized entrants inside the permit required confined space. An attendant may not monitor more entrants or more permit spaces than the entry permit specifically authorizes.

AUTHORIZED ENTRANT An employee who is authorized by the District to enter a

confined space to perform an assigned task. Authorized entrants may rotate duties, serving as attendants. Only trained persons may enter the confined space during the term of the permit.

BLANKING or BLINDING The absolute closure of a pipe, line or duct, by fastening across

its bore a solid plate or “cap” which completely covers the bore; which extends to at least the outer edge of the flange at which it is attached; and which is capable of withstanding the maximum upstream pressure.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 4 of 33

BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS Microbial agents presenting a risk or potential risk to the well-

being of humans through inhalation, ingestion, skin absorption, or injection.

BUMP TEST Testing an atmospheric monitoring device with a known

concentration of gases that the monitor is intended to test. The test is used to verify that the monitor is within calibration parameters.

CALIBRATION A manual or electronic adjustment of an atmospheric

monitoring device to ensure testing parameter requirements of the manufacturer are met or exceeded.

CONFINED SPACE A location must have all three of the following definitions to be

a “Confined Space.” 1. Is large enough and so configured that an employee can

bodily enter and perform assigned work; and 2. Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for

example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, pits, and ladder entry into pumping plants or sub-grade facilities are spaces that may have limited means of entry); and

3. Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy. (Its primary function is other than human occupancy.)

DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED

A method used to isolate a confined space from a line, duct or pipe by physically closing two main valves on a piping system, and opening a “vented to atmosphere” valve between them.

EMERGENCY Any occurrence, including a failure of monitoring device or

hazard control, internal or external to the confined space, which could endanger the entrant or other employees.

ENGULFMENT The surrounding and effective capture of a person by a liquid or

solid substance. ENTRY An act by which a person intentionally passes through an

opening into a confined space. The entrant is considered to have entered as soon as any part of the entrant’s body breaks the plane of an opening into the space.

ENTRY PERMIT A document established by the District, the content of which is

based on the District’s hazard identification and evaluation for a confined space and is the instrument by which the District can verify that all precautions have been met prior to entry.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 5 of 33

ENTRY PERMIT SYSTEM The written or printed document established by EMWD. The

permit will be signed by the Entry Supervisor and posted at the entrance to the confined space. The entry permit will include the name of the Attendant(s), the authorized Entrant(s), the work to be performed, the tools and equipment being taken into the confined space, the specific types of personal protective equipment to be used by the Entrants, air monitoring readings, the date of entry, time of entry, time the permit is issued and time the permit is scheduled to be cancelled. Other information that the Attendant and/or Entry Supervisor deems to be necessary will be written on the permit.

ENTRY SUPERVISOR An appropriately trained employee who has been assigned the

responsibility of ensuring a safe confined space entry. (An entry supervisor shall not enter the confined space as an entrant to perform work.)

EVACUATION An unaided emergency exit out of a confined space. This action

may result from the entrant’s own decision or by a command from outside the space by the Attendant.

FALL ARREST/RESCUE DEVICE

A winch-type device that will quickly arrest an employee’s fall and absorb much of the free fall energy. The fallen employee may then be winched to safety using the hand crank system of the device. The cable from this device will attach to the safety harness. The type(s) of fall protection equipment, including personnel winches, will be determined by the Attendant and Entry Supervisor. The entrants will use the fall protection equipment when there is an exposure of a worker falling during entry or while exiting the confined space.

GAS DETECTOR Direct read, four gas monitor which measures oxygen content,

LEL, carbon monoxide, and hydrogen sulfide. This also includes specialty monitors used to measure specific hazards (photo ionization detectors, metal oxide probes, radiation detectors, etc.).

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE

An atmosphere which exposes employees to a risk of death, incapacitation, injury or acute illness from one or more of the following causes:

• A flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10% of its lower explosive limit (LEL);

• An airborne combustible dust at a concentration that obscures vision at a distance of 5 feet (1.52m) or less;

• An atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5%;


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 6 of 33

• Carbon Monoxide in excess of 25 PPM; • An atmospheric concentration of any substance for

which a permissible exposure limit is published in subpart Z of 29 CFR Part 1910 or Title 8, Section 5155 and could result in employee exposure in excess of its permissible limit(s). When an air contaminant for which OSHA or Cal/OSHA has not determined a permissible exposure limit which may be present in the permit space atmosphere, the District shall consult other sources of information, such as Safety Data Sheets which comply with the Hazard Communication Standard Title 8, Section 5192 for guidance in establishing the acceptable environmental conditions for entry by their employees; and

• Any atmospheric condition recognized as immediately dangerous to life or health.

HOT WORK PERMIT The District’s written authorization to perform operations which

could provide a source of ignition, such as riveting, welding, cutting, burning, or heating.

IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH (IDLH)

Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLM) means any condition which poses an immediate threat of loss of life; may result in irreversible injury and/or immediate-severe health effects; may result in eye damage; irritation or other conditions which could impair escape from the permit space.

IMMEDIATE-SEVERE HEALTH EFFECTS

Any acute clinical sign(s) of a serious, exposure-related reaction manifested within 72 hours after exposure.

LARGE ENOUGH AND SO CONFIGURED THAT AN EMPLOYEE CAN BODILY ENTER:

The entryway and space is large enough for the entire body of an employee to enter.

LEL - UEL LEL: Lower Explosive Limit. Minimum concentration of a

particular combustible gas or vapor necessary to support its combustion in air. UEL: Upper Explosive Limit. Maximum concentration of a particular combustible gas or vapor necessary to support its combustion in air.

NON-ENTRY CONDITION Any condition or set of conditions whose hazard potential

exceeds the limits stated in the entry permit. NON-ENTRY RESCUE TEAM

A group of two or more employees designated and trained to perform non-entry rescues at confined spaces within the District.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 7 of 33

NON-PERMIT CONFINED SPACE (NPCS)

A confined space that does not contain or, with respect to atmospheric hazards, would not normally contain any hazard capable of causing death or physical harm, and where all other serious hazards have been controlled. Before declaring a confined space a NPCS, the confined space is to be treated as a Permit Required Confined Space, including testing of the atmosphere in the confined space.

OXYGEN DEFICIENT ATMOSPHERE

An atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen by volume.

OXYGEN ENRICHED ATMOSPHERE

An atmosphere containing more than 23.5% oxygen by volume.

PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL)

PELs are the allowable air contaminant level established by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and Cal/OSHA regulations.

PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACES (PRCS)

A confined space which must include one or more of the following conditions:

• Contains or has a known potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere;

• Contains a material with the potential for engulfment of an entrant;

• Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls, or a floor, which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section; and/or

• Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

RESCUE SERVICE Personnel designated to rescue employees from permit

spaces. RETRIEVAL Aided assistance in exiting the confined space not requiring

entry. RETRIEVAL LINE An approved line or rope secured at one end of the worker by a

full-body harness, and with its other end secured to either a lifting (or other retrieval) device, or to an anchor point located outside the entry portal.

SAFETY LINE A line secured at one end of the worker by a full-body harness

with the other end secured to a “fall arrest” device. The main function is to prevent injury in the event of a fall.

SHALL Denotes a mandatory requirement.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 8 of 33

SHOULD A recommendation that is a sound safety and health practice; it

does not denote a mandatory requirement. SUPERVISOR An individual who has the job title as an EMWD Manager or

Supervisor. Or, an individual who is assigned to work with the Attendant during a confined space entry and has the authority to authorize a confined space entry or terminate a confined space entry.

THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES (TLV)

TLVs are the recommended worker exposure levels of chemical and physical agents that are recommended by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). The TLVs are based on an 8-hour Time Weight Average (TWA).

TOXIC ATMOSPHERE An atmosphere containing a concentration of a substance

above the published or otherwise known safe levels. VERTICAL RESCUE Methodology to move the entrant to safety while all or a portion

of the entrant’s weight is supported by life-safety rope or wire. This methodology would include Diagonal Rescue where a portion of the entrant’s weight is supported by a surface within the space.

WARNING BARRIERS A physical system that prevents or provides adequate notice

that entry into area is prohibited by non-authorized employees or members of the public. Acceptable barriers include cones, saw horses, delineators, temporary fencing, etc.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 9 of 33

4.0 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

4.1 PRE-ENTRY EVALUATION TO DETERMINE CONFINED SPACE STATUS The Entry Supervisor shall evaluate all structures and openings that meet confined space criteria, and identify and record the potential hazards associated with each one prior to all entry operations. This information will be made available to affected employees, their representatives and supervisors. Please see Appendix B for the Confined Space Evaluation Form.

4.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND BASIC REQUIREMENTS The District has established an entry permit program to ensure that entrants are protected from confined space hazards. Under the entry permit program, each department that issues entry permit shall: 4.2.1 Hazard Identification

Identify and evaluate each hazard of the permit space(s), including determination of severity.

4.2.2 Hazard Control Implement the means, procedures and practices by which the confined spaces can be entered safely according to this procedure.

4.2.3 Employee Training Ensure that employees attend required training prior to performing confined space entries.

4.2.4 Equipment Provide, maintain, and ensure the proper use of the equipment necessary for safe entry, including testing, monitoring, communication and personnel protective equipment.

4.2.5 Non-Entry Rescue Ensure that the procedures and equipment necessary to perform non-entry rescues from confined spaces are implemented and provided.

4.2.6 Protection From External Hazards Ensure that all pedestrians, vehicles or other barriers necessary to protect entrants from external hazards are provided.

4.3 PERMIT SYSTEM The District shall prepare a permit(s) in a standardized form through which the issuing department identifies all conditions that must be evaluated to ensure safe entry into any confined space. Departments who authorize entry into a permit space shall include the following information on the checklist portion of the permit: 4.3.1 Hazards of permit space; 4.3.2 Measures for isolation, lock-out/block-out, purging, blocking or blinding, inerting,

ventilating and flushing to remove or control hazards; 4.3.3 Maintenance of acceptable environmental conditions by the entry supervisor

through verifying testing and monitoring equipment and procedures;


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 10 of 33

4.3.4 Non-Entry Rescue equipment to be provided on-site which includes:

communication procedures, equipment, and personal protective equipment such as harnesses, safety lines, and retrieval line.

4.3.5 The identity of permit space, location, purpose, date of entry, and duration. 4.3.6 A list of authorized entrants, eligible attendants, and individuals eligible to be in

charge of entry along with an entry supervisor’s signature, verifying that all actions or conditions for safe entry have been met.

4.3.7 Upon completion of the entry covered by the permit, and after all entrants have exited, the permit space and all work has been performed, the permit shall be cancelled.

4.3.8 All hot work will require a pre-job with Safety and Risk Management before an entry permit is issued.

4.4 DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS Each affected Department shall be required to become familiar with this procedure and ensure all aspects of the procedure are implemented and followed by their employees. The following items are found in the District’s procedure and should be implemented by the individual departments to fit each specific application: 4.4.1 Evaluation of each facility within the department’s jurisdiction for the purpose of

establishing its confined space designation prior to every entry. 4.4.2 Document each pre-entry evaluation. Documentation should include a site

description, location, configuration, initial gas detector readings, and initial classification (i.e., permit required or non-permit required confined space). Please see Appendix B for the Confined Space Evaluation Form;

4.4.3 Prepare site/type specific confined space entry and rescue procedures for each type of confined space without regard to confined space classification; and

4.4.4 Ensure that each employee required to work within the procedure is thoroughly trained as required.

4.5 ENTERING AND INSPECTION OF CONFINED SPACES These precautions must be reviewed by employees working in confined spaces to ensure safe entry: 4.5.1 Always test atmosphere with gas detector prior to opening or removing access

cover. Refer to CONFINED SPACE PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURE (Section 2.2) for instructions.

4.5.2 Use appropriate tools or hoist when removing access covers to confined spaces. 4.5.3 Access covers are heavy, awkward, and of different shapes. 4.5.4 Prevent injuries by following written procedures. 4.5.5 Ensure proper PPE is identified and available for personnel working in confined

space. 4.5.6 Always clean sand and dirt from the edge of access cover rim. 4.5.7 Before entering a confined space, always visually inspect the condition of the

steps or rungs. 4.5.8 Set up tripod/fall retrieval device. 4.5.9 Enter the confined space slowly and cautiously.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 11 of 33

4.5.10 Test each step or rung with a gradual application of weight. 4.5.11 Do not carry tools or other objects when entering or exiting a confined space. 4.5.12 Always be careful not to look up. 4.5.13 Never drop tools or supplies into a confined space. Pass by hand if possible, or

tie object to a hand line, or place in a bucket. Use half hitches to prevent objects from falling from bucket.

4.5.14 Never clutter access area to prevent objects from falling, bouncing, being pushed, or dragged into opening.

4.6 CONTRACTORS ENTRY INTO CONFINED SPACES When contractor employees (not under the District’s direct supervision) enter PRCS, ensure the following: 4.6.1 Inform the contractor that the workplace contains confined spaces and that

confined space entry must be in compliance with EMWD Confined Space Entry Procedure;

4.6.2 Apprise the contractor of the elements of the confined space, including the known hazards and any experiences with the space;

4.6.3 Coordinate entry operations with the contractor, when both District personnel and contractor personnel will be working in or near a confined space (the contractor shall have procedures for coordinating such entry operations, to prevent endangerment of the employees of any other employer); and

4.6.4 Debrief the contractor at the conclusion of the entry operations regarding any hazards confronted or created in the confined space during entry operations.

4.7 RECORDKEEPING 4.7.1 A written record must be made of the results of each atmospheric test performed.

Utilize Appendix D. 4.7.2 Confined Space Evaluation form shall be kept at the site for the duration of the

work, and made accessible to affected employees and their representatives. 4.7.3 A copy of the Confined Space Entry Permit must be posted on the job during

confined space operations. 4.7.4 The above documentation must be kept on file by respective departments for a

minimum of three years.

4.8 TRAINING 4.8.1 Employees who enter into or work inside a confined space (including both the

initial entrants and standby employees) must receive training in the appropriate procedures and requirements described in this program. No person shall enter a confined space unless trained and qualified to do so.

4.8.2 Supervisors shall also be trained in the following: 4.8.2.1 The possible toxics, flammable conditions, and oxygen deficiencies in

potential confined spaces into which personnel must enter;


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 12 of 33

4.8.2.2 Be knowledgeable of the type of operations employees will be

performing in a confined space and of their impact on air quality, flammability, and/or availability of oxygen, and ensure that employees take appropriate precautions;

4.8.2.3 Provide appropriate approved equipment; and 4.8.2.4 Ensure necessary forms are available to record the confined space

activities; review completed records; ensure the records are filed; and provide affected employees and/or their representatives access to review them and record testing results.

4.9 JOINT USE FACILITIES Prior to entry by District personnel into confined spaces, such as manholes which may be jointly owned or shared with another entity, the entry supervisor shall coordinate entry operations with other affected users or owners so that employees or operations of one employer do not endanger another employer’s personnel.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 13 of 33

CONFINED SPACE PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURE

1.0 PURPOSE

This Procedure establishes steps to identify and evaluate potential hazards prior to entry into any of the categories of confined spaces. NOTE: Additional guidelines regarding PRCS entry are contained in the section titled “Permit-

Required Confined Space Entry Procedure.”

2.0 PRE-ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS

When operations are to be conducted in a PRCS, or when operations that may impact air quality (such as welding, spray coating, abrasive blasting or use of solvents) are to be conducted, safe entry conditions, hazard control, and personal protective equipment must be considered during the planning phase of such operations. NOTE: Supervisors may contact Safety and Risk Management during the planning phase of

such operations to provide guidance on safe entry conditions, hazard control, and personal protective equipment.

2.1 SUPERVISOR REVIEW

Before the start of work, the supervisor must: 2.1.1 Review the work assignment with employees, indicating any potential hazards

involving the confined space(s); 2.1.2 Describe the scope of work, equipment and materials needed, and any operating

instructions required to complete the job. 2.1.3 Identify any potential health risks and/or physical hazards or conditions, such as

the history of spills, fall hazard, the use of solvents, welding operations or flooding within the work area, and methods to control those hazards;

2.1.4 Coordinate confined space entry activities with other employers, such as contractors or sub-contractors so that no employees of any employer will be endangered during confined space operations. NOTE: Examples of methods to control hazards are lockout and blockout

points, clearance points, fall protection or ventilation.

2.2 EMPLOYEE REVIEW The employee is responsible for: 2.2.1 Understanding the nature of all potential hazards thatmay be encountered during

entry into a confined space. If anything is not clearly understood, the employee shall ask questions;

2.2.2 Inspecting the safety equipment for confined space entry to ensure that it is in operational condition;


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 14 of 33

2.2.3 Ensure that the atmospheric monitoring instruments (e.g., oxygen, LEL, carbon

monoxide detector, hydrogen sulfide) are maintained in an operational status. Instruments shall be tested / calibrated according to the manufacturer’s specifications.

2.2.4 When the space is located such that work may encroach upon a public street or highway, establish a safe work area by erecting barricades, cones, warning signs and wearing appropriate reflective clothing;

2.2.5 The communication system between the Attendant and the facility, and between the Attendant and the authorized Entrants must be checked prior to entry;

2.2.6 Energy sources (except for those necessary to perform the work at hand) that could present a hazard to those in a confined space shall be locked out and blocked out in accordance with the EMWD Lockout/Blockout Procedure.

2.2.7 The space shall be isolated to prevent dangerous gases or chemical substances from entering the confined space; and

2.2.8 All non-permit required, and permit-required confined spaces shall be considered unsuitable to support life until proven safe by atmospheric testing.

2.3 ATMOSPHERIC TESTING 2.3.1 Prior to any confined space entry, the atmosphere shall be tested with an

appropriate, tested / calibrated direct reading instrument, for the following conditions in the order given: 2.3.1.1 Oxygen content; 2.3.1.2 Flammable gases & vapors; and 2.3.1.3 Potential toxic air contaminants.

2.3.2 Test Atmosphere from Top to Bottom of Space:

2.3.2.1 Testing of the confirmed or potential confined spaces shall be conducted throughout the entire portion of the space to be occupied.

2.3.3 Testing of Manholes 2.3.3.1 Prior to opening the manhole cover, insert the probe into the hole (if

available) in the cover, and draw a sample of the atmosphere into the meter, allowing sufficient time to obtain a representative sample.

2.3.3.2 If the cover has no hole, crack open the cover only enough to insert a non-sparking item, such as a piece of wood or brass, then insert the probe.

2.3.3.3 If atmospheric conditions are acceptable, then remove the cover.

2.4 GUARDING THE OPENING When covers are removed, a railing, temporary cover, or temporary barrier that will prevent an accidental fall through the opening and protect each employee working in the space from foreign objects entering the space shall guard the opening.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 15 of 33

2.5 SAMPLING

2.5.1 For testing, insert the probe into the top of the confirmed, potential, or non-permit

confined space, and draw a sample of the atmosphere into the meter allowing sufficient time to obtain a representative sample. Sample collection procedures shall follow the manufacturer’s recommended procedure (generally 5 to 7 seconds per foot of sample hose length).

2.5.2 When monitoring for entries involving a descent into atmospheres which may be stratified, the atmospheric envelope should be tested a distance of approximately four (4) feet in the direction of travel and to each side.

2.5.3 If a sampling probe is used, the entrant’s rate of progress should be slowed to accommodate the sampling speed and detector response.

2.6 ACCEPTABLE ATMOSPHERE If testing indicates an acceptable atmosphere, continuous ventilation is required prior to and during any entry. Be sure to place the blower where fresh uncontaminated air is drawn into the structure. The ventilation shall remain in operation during the complete entry.

2.7 UNACCEPTABLE ATMOSPHERE If after any needed ventilation, testing continues to indicate atmospheric contaminants outside of acceptable entry levels, the space shall not be entered. Refer to Permit Required Confined Space Entry Procedure section for additional information.

2.8 SAFE ENTRY INTO A CONFINED SPACE If test results do not indicate an atmospheric hazard, the space can be entered, provided the following instructions are followed: 2.8.1 Monitor the atmosphere periodically at fifteen minute intervals to ensure that no

hazardous atmosphere exists and record the results; see Appendix D; 2.8.2 Continuously ventilate; and 2.8.3 Lockout and isolate any equipment, pipes or lines located within the space

(except for those necessary to perform the work at hand) which are not accessible before entry.

2.9 SAFE WORK IN THE CONFINED SPACE The Attendant will notify the entrant to exit the space when: 2.9.1 The Attendant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a

dangerous situation; 2.9.2 The Attendant detects a prohibited condition; 2.9.3 An order to evacuate is given by the Attendant or the Entry Supervisor; 2.9.4 An evacuation alarm is activated; 2.9.5 The Entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a

dangerous situation; 2.9.6 The Entrant detects a prohibited condition; or


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 16 of 33

2.9.7 The Attendant detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the

authorized Entrants.

All entrants will exit from the permit space as quickly as possible whenever ordered to do so. Entry into a non-permit required confined space without the use of an attendant shall require supervisor/manager approval of the Confined Space Evaluation Form to review all hazardous conditions which could arise and endanger authorized entrants.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 17 of 33

PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE

1.0 PURPOSE

This Procedure establishes steps to evaluate, identify and control potential hazards before and during an entry into a Permit Required Confined Space (PRCS). All requirements of this procedure must be complied with to ensure a safe confined space operation. This procedure complies with the requirements of Title 8, Article 108, Confined Space. NOTE: This EMWD procedure meets and exceeds the requirements of Title 8 General

Industry Safety Orders (GISO) and those of Title 8 Construction Safety Orders regarding Confined Spaces.

2.0 ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS

2.1 When operations are to be conducted which may impact air quality (such as welding, spray coating, abrasive blasting or use of solvents), additional precautions are to be taken. Consideration should be given to safe entry conditions, hazard control and personal protective equipment during the planning phase of such operations.

2.2 Prior to any entry into a PRCS, the Entry Supervisor shall assure that all provisions of a Confined Space Permit (Appendix C) have been completed and the following specific provisions have been met: 2.2.1 Supervisor Review of Hazards 2.2.2 Equipment Inspection 2.2.3 Instrument Calibration 2.2.4 Work Area Preparation 2.2.5 Lockout and Isolation 2.2.6 Atmospheric Testing 2.2.7 Ventilation 2.2.8 Check “List of Requirements for Entry, Working In, and Exiting Confined Space”

(Appendix A)

NOTE: The supervisor of the employees may be the Entry Supervisor, or the responsibility of the Entry Supervisor may be delegated.

2.2.9 Assemble and test the retrieval equipment before entry into a PRCS. 2.2.10 The Entry Supervisor is to check that the appropriate entries have been made on

the Permit, that the Permit specified tests have been conducted, and that the specified procedures and equipment are in place before endorsing the Permit and allowing entry to begin.

2.2.11 When the Permit is signed, the authorized entrant(s) may enter the PRCS.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 18 of 33

NOTE: Following the information specified in the Entry Permit, the Attendant

continuously maintains an accurate count of authorized entrants in the confined space.

2.2.12 If the PRCS poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards, and if all serious safety and health hazards within the space are eliminated without entry into the space, the Permit Required Confined Space (PRCS) may be re-classified as a Non-Permit Confined Space (NPCS) for as long as the hazards remain eliminated.

NOTE: Control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not constitute elimination of the hazards. For example, carbon monoxide may still be generated in a space while being controlled by ventilation.

2.2.13 The Entry Supervisor shall document the basis for determining that all hazards in a permit space have been eliminated, through a certification on the permit that contains the date, the location of the space, and the signature of the person making the determination. The permit will then remain posted for the duration of the entry.

2.2.14 If hazards arise within a PRCS that has been reclassified as an NPCS, each employee in the space shall exit the space. The Entry Supervisor shall then reclassify the entry as a PRCS and a new permit will be required.

3.0 SAFE ENTRY INTO THE PERMIT SPACE

The types of permit spaces generally encountered in the District, include but are not limited to, sewer manholes, sewer lines, stilling wells, junction structures, valve vaults, meter vaults, pumping plant wet wells, vats, pits, and various types of storage tanks. 3.1 If test results do not indicate an atmospheric hazard, the space can be entered, provided

the following instructions are followed 3.1.1 Continuously ventilate; see SECTION 7.0, VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS. 3.1.2 Lockout and isolate any equipment, pipes, or lines located within the space

(except for that necessary to perform the work at hand) which are not accessible before entry.

3.2 The Attendant communicates with authorized Entrants as necessary to monitor Entrant status, and to alert Entrants of the need to evacuate the space.

3.3 The Attendant monitors activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for Entrants to remain in the space.

3.4 The Attendant orders the authorized Entrants to evacuate the permit space immediately upon any of the following conditions: 3.4.1 If the Attendant detects a prohibited condition; 3.4.2 If the Attendant detects the behavioral effects of hazard exposure in an

authorized Entrant;


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 19 of 33

3.4.3 If the Attendant detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the

authorized Entrants; and 3.4.4 If the Attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the duties required

under SECTION 5.0, DUTIES.

3.5 The Entrant will alert the Attendant whenever: 3.5.1 The Entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a

dangerous situation; or 3.5.2 The Entrant detects a prohibited condition.

3.6 All Entrants will exit from the permit space as quickly as possible whenever:

3.6.1 An order to evacuate is given by the Attendant or the Entry Supervisor; 3.6.2 The Entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a

dangerous situation; 3.6.3 The Entrant detects a prohibited condition; or 3.6.4 An evacuation alarm is activated.

3.7 The Attendant will summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the

Attendant determines that authorized Entrants may need assistance to escape from permit space hazards.

3.8 The Entry Supervisor verifies, before operations commence, that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable.

3.9 The Attendant performs non-entry rescues as determined during pre-job planning.

3.10 A minimum of two attendants shall be required for all permit required confined space entries performed on EMWD sites. See SECTION 9.0, PERMIT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM.

4.0 REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANTS 4.1 The Attendant takes the following actions when unauthorized persons approach or

enters a permit space while entry is underway: 4.1.1 Warn the unauthorized persons that they must stay away from the permit space; 4.1.2 Advise the unauthorized persons that they must exit immediately if they have

entered the permit space; 4.1.3 Inform the authorized entrants and the Entry Supervisor if unauthorized persons

have entered the permit space; and 4.1.4 Remove authorized entrant from confined space if Attendant cannot maintain

communications.

4.2 The Entry Supervisor removes unauthorized individuals who enter or who attempt to enter the permit space during entry operations.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 20 of 33

4.3 The Entry Supervisor has the authority to cancel the entry and cancel the permit.

4.4 The entry supervisor determines, whenever responsibility for a permit space entry

operation is transferred and at intervals dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space that entry operations remain consistent with terms of the entry permit and that acceptable entry conditions are maintained.

5.0 DUTIES 5.1 DUTIES OF THE AUTHORIZED ENTRANTS

The authorized entrants are required to: 5.1.1 Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the

mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure. 5.1.2 Properly inspect and use equipment as required by the permit. 5.1.3 Follow responsibilities identified in entry instructions. 5.1.4 Maintain communications with the Attendant. 5.1.5 Alert the Attendant whenever:

A. The entrant recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure; or

B. A prohibited condition is detected. 5.1.6 Exit the permit space whenever:

A. An order to evacuate is given by the Attendant; B. There is a warning sign or symptom of exposure; C. A prohibited condition is detected; or D. An alarm is activated.

5.2 DUTIES OF ATTENDANTS

The Attendants are required to: 5.2.1 Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the

mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure. 5.2.2 Be aware of possible behavioral effects of hazard exposure on authorized

entrants. 5.2.3 Continuously maintain an accurate count of authorized entrants in the permit

space and ensure that the permit accurately identifies who is in the permit space. 5.2.4 Remain outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by

another attendant. 5.2.5 Communicate with authorized entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status

and alert entrants of the need to evacuate the space. 5.2.6 Monitor activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for

entrants to remain in the space and order the authorized entrants to evacuate the permit space immediately under any of the following conditions:

A. If the Attendant detects a prohibited condition; B. If the Attendant detects the behavioral effects of hazard exposure

in an authorized entrant; C. If the Attendant detects a situation outside the space that could

endanger the authorized entrants; or


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 21 of 33

D. If the Attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the duties

required under the permit. 5.2.7 Summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the Attendant

determines that authorized entrants may need assistance to escape from permit space hazards.

A. Perform non-entry rescues as determined during pre-job planning; and

B. Perform no duties that might interfere with the Attendant’s primary duty to monitor and protect the authorized entrants.

5.3 DUTIES OF ENTRY SUPERVISORS The Entry Supervisors are required to: 5.3.1 Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the

mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure; 5.3.2 Determine when to terminate the entry and cancel the permit; 5.3.3 Determine, whenever responsibility for a permit space entry operation is

transferred and at intervals dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space, that entry operations remain consistent with terms of the entry permit and that acceptable entry conditions are maintained;

5.3.4 Verify, by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, that all tests specified by the permit have been conducted and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin;

5.3.5 Verify that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable; and

5.3.6 Remove unauthorized individuals who enter or who attempt to enter the permit space during entry operations.

5.4 RESCUE DUTIES Departments are responsible to ensure that these procedures are utilized by an employee working in confined space: 5.4.1 Recognition of emergency situation; 5.4.2 Notify EMS and/or Central Control/IOC of situation; 5.4.3 May request additional employees if needed. NOTE: Employees may come from

any department; 5.4.4 Proper use of safety equipment; 5.4.5 Required First Aid/CPR training; and 5.4.6 Non-Entry Rescue Methods. 5.4.7 High hazard permit required confined space entries may require the use of a

standby rescue team at the site. Contact Safety and Risk Management for all high hazard entries.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 22 of 33

6.0 ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING EQUIPMENT

Monitoring is a primary requirement when opening, entering and working in a permit space to ensure the safety of those employees involved in permit entry. All monitors purchased by the District are required to be a direct read gas detection instrument with the capability of monitoring, at a minimum, oxygen content, LEL, hydrogen sulfide, and carbon monoxide. 6.1 ATMOSPHERIC TESTING PROTOCOL

An initial test shall be made of the atmosphere within the permit space utilizing a direct read 4-gas monitor to ensure that the permit space can be safely opened. 6.1.1 Turn detector on and allow instrument to warm up according to manufacturer’s

recommendations (typically five minutes).. 6.1.2 For manholes or other covers that may have pry holes, insert probe into cover

approximately 12 inches. 6.1.3 Record combustible gas level on gas log (see Appendix D).

NOTE: If a combustible gas reading of 20% LEL or more is found (alarm should sound), a verbal report must be made to your supervisor immediately.

6.1.4 If a combustible level of 80% is found, do not open manhole, even if LEL drops to less than 20%. Call supervisor to site immediately.

6.1.5 For covers without holes, test around seam, and monitor while slowly opening. Use an inert wedge (wood or brass) to prop lid open.

6.1.6 Upon opening cover, a test shall be taken immediately and recorded on the log sheet.

6.1.7 A record log shall be used to record the test results obtained with the detector. See Appendix D, “Record of Gas Analysis.”

6.1.8 A second test of the atmosphere within the permit space shall be made before entering the permit space and recorded in the logbook.

6.1.9 Spaces shall be tested at the top, middle, and bottom portions of the space to ensure a thorough atmosphere survey has been conducted prior to entry.

6.1.10 If any space cannot be tested by a top, middle, bottom survey, the ventilation blower must be utilized in the exhaust mode and the air being pulled out the space shall be tested for contaminants.

6.1.11 Probes or personnel monitors to be at approximate level as entrant. If alarms sound, no entry is authorized until the cause is found and corrected.

6.1.12 The monitor shall stay on continuously and an attendant or supervisor, at not more than fifteen-minute intervals, shall take readings as long as an entrant is within a permit space.

6.1.13 A recording of atmospheric conditions shall be made in the log. Refer to Appendix D.

6.1.14 In hot environments, please refer to EMWD Heat Illness procedure and implement proper procedures to protect entrants from overexposure.

6.1.15 Any permit required confined space with existing exhaust ventilation must be tested at the exhaust fan prior to entry.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 23 of 33

6.2 CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS

Each department shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of this section. 6.2.1 The manufacturer’s requirements for calibration and testing shall be adhered to.

6.2.1.1 Annual certification shall be performed by the manufacturer or by certified staff personnel.

6.2.1.2 Monitors shall be tested each day prior to use for proper calibration and operation using a known concentration of calibrating gases and recorded on the record of gas analysis form, (a bump test or calibration).

6.2.1.3 Records of calibration shall be maintained within each department’s entry permit records.

7.0 VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS

Ventilation is one of the most important rules of safety concerning confined space entry. Though ventilation can provide good quality make up air, it cannot reduce other hazards that are associated with permit space(s). The ventilation requirements that must be met prior to entry are as follows: 7.1 PRE-ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

7.1.1 Various sizes of permit spaces are located through the District. When initial air

sampling determines that the oxygen level is below 19.5%, at or above 22.5%, and/or the levels of contaminants are at or above the Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) or Threshold Limit Values (TLVs), the confined space must have ten (10) complete air changes before sampling the air inside the confined space again. To determine how long it will take to achieve ten (10) complete air changes in the confined space, the following information must be known:

A. The cubic feet of space inside the confined space; and B. The cubic feet per minute (CFM) the ventilator is rated for.

NOTE: Multiple bends in the ventilation hose will reduce the actual CFM capacity of the ventilating blower (each 90º bend reduces the rated CFM capacity of a ventilation blower by 50%). To determine the cubic feet of space inside the confined space for square or rectangular spaces: Multiply the Length x Width x Height. EXAMPLE: A confined space is 20’ x 15’ x 30’.

20’ x 15’ x 30’ = 9,000 cubic feet


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 24 of 33

The rating of the ventilator shows the cubic feet of air the blower will discharge. For this example, let’s assume the ventilator has a rating of 1,500 CFM. To find out how long it will take to make one complete air change inside the confined space, divide 9,000 cubic feet by 1,500 CFM. The answer is 6. Therefore, it will take 6 minutes to make one complete air change inside the confined space. Ten (10) air changes are required. Multiply 6 minutes by 10, the required number of air changes in the confined space:

10 x 6 = 60. It will take 60 minutes to achieve 10 complete air changes.

If the confined space is round, multiply π (3.14) times the radius squared, times the length of the cylinder (pipe, tunnel, etc.) = cubic feet of space. EXAMPLE: π (3.14) x radius2 x length of cylinder (pipe, tunnel, etc.) = cubic feet of space. Assume a pipe has a 3’ diameter and is 30’ long. One-half of the 3’ diameter is 1.5 feet (the radius). 1.52 (1.5 x 1.5) = 2.25 square feet. To simplify: 3.14 x 2.25 = 7.07 square feet. (The actual number is 7.0686, but we rounded up.) 7.07 square feet x 30’ (the length of the cylinder) = 212 cubic feet. To find out how long it will take to make one complete air change inside the confined space, divide 212 cubic feet by 1,500 cfm. The answer is, 0.14 minutes for one complete air change. Ten (10) complete air changes are required. Therefore, 10 x 0.14 minutes per air change = 1.4 minutes. Round up and let the ventilator push fresh air into the confined space for 2 minutes before testing the atmosphere inside the confined space again. To achieve a greater efficiency of air exchanges, when it is possible, move the end of the hose around by using a rope. Pull the end to the hose up into the upper corners of the confined space. Also move the end of the hose around near the bottom of the confined space to move the gases or air around so it will be diluted or exhausted out of the confined space. After 10 complete (or near complete) air changes have been made, lower the hose on the air monitor into the confined space and sample the air at different levels. The end of the air monitor hose should be lowered 2 to 4 feet each time to sample the air at different levels inside the confined space. A continuous supply of fresh air shall be provided while entrant(s) is/are in the confined space.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 25 of 33

7.2 WORK IN PROGRESS

7.2.1 A continuous supply of fresh air shall be provided while entrant(s) is/are in

the confined space. 7.2.2 Entrant must exit permit space if blower stops. 7.2.3 All blowers shall be at a minimum of 1,500 cfm. 7.2.4 Ten (10) air exchanges per hour for a permit space are required.

7.3 RECORDKEEPING

The Entry Supervisor shall document the time that the blower was started and when the blower was shut-off on the permit.

8.0 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

No employee shall perform or order to be performed, any work in a permit space unless all the necessary safety equipment is available and all proper safety procedures are followed. Requirements for safety equipment and use are as follows:

8.1 FALL / RETRIEVAL DEVICE AND APPROVED SUPPORT DEVICE A fall/retrieval device and tripod shall be required for all top-opening covers for entry into a permit space. 8.1.1 Tripod

8.1.1.1 The tripod shall be capable of set-up on surfaces that are not level.

8.1.1.2 The tripod shall be capable of locking in place with safety chains attached to base of legs.

8.1.1.3 Non-slip feet on legs of tripod. 8.1.1.4 It is recommended that tripods are adjustable up to 9 feet tall.

8.1.2 Fall/Retrieval Device 8.1.2.1 Fall/retrieval device may have a “fall-arrest” capability. 8.1.2.2 Additional block to tackle hoist may be added for retrieval

purposes. 8.1.2.3 Safety Retracting Lifelines (SRL) shall be the required fall

protection device used in conjunction with permit required confined space entry. Certain spaces may require the use of a winch type retrieval device as a primary means of extraction with an SRL as a secondary means of retrieval.

8.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 8.2.1 A hard hat shall be worn at all times in a confined space. 8.2.2 To provide as much body protection as possible, coverall or uniforms

should be worn when working in a confined space. 8.2.3 Special safety equipment such as boots, waders, dry suit, gloves, safety

goggles/glasses and ear protection shall be worn as needed.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 26 of 33

8.2.4 A fall/retrieval device or other approved devices shall be provided for

lifting employee(s) out of top opening confined spaces. 8.2.5 Rescue lifelines or wristlets may be utilized in certain permit required

confined spaces where the use of a fall retrieval device is not possible. 8.2.6 A full body harness will be required with this program. This harness must

meet ANSI Standard A10.14 and EMWD Fall Protection Procedure guidelines.

8.2.7 Intrinsically safe electrical equipment is required for confined spaces. 8.2.8 Respiratory protection equipment will be required as necessary based on

an evaluation of potential contaminants in the space.

8.3 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION 8.3.1 All equipment needed for working in a permit space should be periodically

inspected and repaired or replaced if necessary. It must also be inspected prior to each entry into a confined space by both the Entry Supervisor and the Entrant(s).

8.3.2 If a necessary piece of equipment is in questionable condition, work shall halt until the equipment is repaired or replaced.

8.3.3 Manufacturer recommendations shall be followed for all equipment.

9.0 PERMIT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

The “permit classification system” is based on existing or potential hazards relative to the confined space. The classification is based upon the characteristics of the space, oxygen level, flammability and toxicity. The classification shall be determined by the most hazardous condition of entering, working in, and exiting a confined space. Refer to checklist of requirements for entry.

9.1 PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE Permit Required Confined Space (PRCS) is one that presents a situation that may be immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH). 9.1.1 These include, but are not limited to, oxygen deficiency, explosive or

flammable atmospheres, and/or concentrations of toxic substances. 9.1.2 Special requirements for PRCS are as follows:

A. Two (2) Attendants required outside PRCS at all times; B. One (1) Attendant must maintain communication with

entrant at all times (i.e., at manhole, hatch, opening, etc.); C. Second Attendant must remain onsite in the area of the

permit required confined space entry; and D. Entrant shall utilize approved safety harness and

lifeline/retrieval device. Common types of PRCS are sewer manholes, sewer lines, stilling wells, junction structures, valve vaults, meter vaults, pumping plant wet wells, vats, pits, and various types of storage tanks. Situations may arise that make Non-Permit Confined Space (NPCS) a PRCS.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 27 of 33

9.2 NON-PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE

A Non-Permit Required Confined Space (low hazard) is one in which the potential hazard would not require any special modification of the work procedure except for the following: 9.2.1 If no Attendant is used, Central Control will be notified of location, entry

time, estimated working time, and interval for safety checks. They will also be notified when work is completed.

9.2.2 Entrant will have constant and reliable communications with Central Control (via hand-held radio).

9.2.3 Entrant will have safe, a stable means of entry and exit (ladder, etc.). 9.2.4 Atmospheric testing, monitoring and ventilation are required (see

Sections 6 and 7).

9.3 SPECIAL CONSIDERATION SPACES 9.3.1 Any below grade facility or area with restricted access (i.e., ladder

access, entry configuration hazard) that is ventilated full time has the potential to become a confined space and shall be entered after a worksite hazard analysis has been conducted. These sites shall be treated as confined spaces until the hazard has been removed or mitigated via a JSA conducted by a qualified person.

9.3.2 Trenches and other earthworks are normally not considered confined spaces. Situations can arise, however, which would make these structures confined spaces. A broken gas main, force main or sewer main may need to be classified as a confined space if a determination has been made that atmospheric hazards are present.

9.3.3 Any confined space that cannot be entered according to the strict provisions and procedures of this procedure can only be entered once a site-specific written procedure has been developed. This procedure shall include the development of a JSA and must identify all hazards and the alternative measures of personal protection that will be utilized to protect the entrants in the confined space. The written procedure must be reviewed and approved by the Safety and Risk Management Department prior to entry operations.

9.3.4 All sewer manholes within the District’s boundaries shall be considered permit required confined spaces and entered based off an evaluation of all hazards present. Facilities with an engineered means of ingress/egress (stairwell into lower levels, entry points that would allow self-rescue) which may be ventilated full time are to be considered workplaces with the potential for a hazardous atmosphere. Examples of these sites would be sewer lift station drywells and wet wells with engineered stairwells and influent pump station/head works buildings with multiple entry/exit points. These facilities shall not be considered confined spaces, but shall be evaluated for employee exposures through a worksite hazard analysis (JSA, SOP) conducted by the department seeking access.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 28 of 33

APPENDIX ‘A’

CHECKLIST OF REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRY, WORKING IN AND EXITING CONFINED SPACES

CHECK PRCS NPCS PRE-ENTRY EVALUATION X X PERMIT X O ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING X X MONITORING X X TRAINING OF PERSONNEL X X LABELING AND POSTING X X ISOLATE / LOCK-OUT/BLOCK-OUT X O PURGE / VENTILATE X X CLEANING PROCESSES O O SPECIAL EQUIPMENT / TOOLS X O SITE SAFETY BRIEFING X X ATTENDANT X O COMMUNICATIONS / OBSERVATION X X NON-ENTRY RESCUE PLAN X X HEAD PROTECTION X X HEARING PROTECTION O O HAND PROTECTION O O FOOT PROTECTION O O BODY PROTECTION O O RESPIRATORY PROTECTION O N/A TRIPOD X O HARNESS X O LIFELINE X O RESCUE EQUIPMENT X O RECORDKEEPING X X

X = REQUIRED O = OPTIONAL – Determination to be made based on entry requirements.


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 29 of 33


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 30 of 33


DATE: 5/1/2014

PAGE: Page 31 of 33

SEC

TIO

N:

EMW

D C

ON

FIN

ED S

PAC

E EN

TRY

PRO

CED

UR

E

DAT

E:

5/1/

14

PAG

E:

Page

32

of 3

3

APPE

ND

IX ‘D

’ R

ECO

RD

OF

GA

S A

NA

LYSI

S LO

CA

TIO

N

DA

TE

GA

S

RE

AD

TI

ME

(1

5 m

in.

incr

emen

ts)

EM

PLO

YEE

TA

KIN

G

RE

AD

O2

LEL

H2S

C

O

EN

TRA

NT(

S)

NA

ME

and

E

MP

LOYE

E

NU

MB

ER

TIM

E

IN

TIM

E

OU

T


DATE: 5/1/14

PAGE: Page 33 of 33

APPENDIX ‘E’

Riverside County Fire Department Facilities with Confined Space Rescue Equipment and Training: Station #91 – College Park 16110 Lasselle Street Moreno Valley, CA 92553 (951) 924-2714 Station #6 – Towngate 22250 Eucalyptus Avenue Moreno Valley, CA 92553 (951) 242-3101 Hazardous Materials Station Station #34 – Winchester 32655 Haddock Street Winchester, CA 92596 (951) 926-6430

Station #73 – Rancho California 27415 Enterprise Circle West Temecula, CA 92590 (951) 699-0351 Station #76 – Menifee Lakes 29950 Menifee Road Menifee, CA 92584 (951) 679-2241 Hazardous Materials Station Station #20 – Beaumont 1550 E. 6th Street Beaumont, CA 92223 (951) 845-2791


Rev:10/23/14

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS

Section 01026 - Schedule of Values

TABLE OF C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.01 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 PREPARATION ........................................................................................................................... 1 1.03 SUBMITTAL ................................................................................................................................ 1

PART 2 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 2 2.01 SAMPLE SCHEDULE OF VALUES ................................................................................................ 2


Schedule of Values 01026-1

SECTION 01026

SCHEDULE OF VALUES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Preparation, format, and submittal of Schedule of Values.

B. The Schedule of Values will establish unit prices for individual items of work.

C. The Schedule of Values will be the basis for payment of contract work and will be used to establish payment for any “extra work” i.e., work requested which is beyond the scope of the original contract.

1.02 PREPARATION

A. Prepare satisfactory Schedule of Values identifying costs of items of work shown in sample included at the end of the Section.

B. Assign unit prices to items of work and calculate total prices, which aggregate the Contract Price. Base unit prices on costs associated with scheduled activities for each item of work. For any bid item broken down into unit prices, Contractor shall verify that the unit cost of the items does not extend beyond two decimal places and that the unit cost when multiplied by the unit quantity equals the exact bid item value with no remainder.

1.03 SUBMITTAL

A. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values at the preconstruction meeting to the District for review and approval. DO NOT SUBMIT THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES WITH YOUR BID PACKAGE.

B. Submit corrected Schedule of Values within ten (10) days upon receipt of reviewed or rejected Schedule of Values for approval by the District.

C. Upon request, support prices with data which will substantiate their correctness.


PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.01 SAMPLE SCHEDULE OF VALUES The following is a sample and acceptable form for Schedule of Values. The District may request additional detail as necessary to adequately represent the Scope of Work. The contractor may provide an additional breakdown of any of the items listed below. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES AND ITEMS OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL.

SCHEDULE OF VALUES

Item No. Qty Unit Description Unit Cost Total Cost

1 1 LS Mobilization and Approved: Bonds, Insurance, Schedule of Values, and Preliminary Project Schedule (PPS) Preset $250,000

2 1 LS Furnish and install GE AquaSel System Equipment (including the AquaSel system equipment; commissioning, start-up, and training services; engineering services; freight; recommended spare parts; applicable sales taxes, and other associated costs) per the contract plans and specifications. (Refer to Appendices B and D). Preset $1,349,544

3 1 LS Furnish and install all inter-connecting piping, electrical, and control systems between each piece of equipment provided in Bid Item No. 2, such that a complete, operable and controllable system is provided per the contract plans and specifications. Lump Sum


Item No. Qty Unit Description Unit Cost Total Cost

4 1 LS Furnish and install all site work (including grading; paving; new yard piping; connections to existing site utilities; fencing; conduit, removal of existing electrical pullbox and installation of new 8-foot x 19-foot electrical vault, and other structures [transformer pad] required by SCE to provide new electrical service; and other associated appurtenances) per the contract plans and specifications. Lump Sum

5 1 LS Furnish and install prefabricated steel building (including concrete foundation, roll up doors, personnel doors, exhaust fans, louvers, vents, lighting system, floor drain system, potable water system, emergency eye wash and shower stations, rain gutters and downspouts, equipment housekeeping pads, and associated appurtenances) per the contract plans and specifications. Lump Sum

TOTAL (MUST EQUAL BID AMOUNT)

DO NOT SUBMIT THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES

WITH YOUR PROPOSAL PACKAGE




Rev: 10/24/15

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 01310 - Project Control Schedule

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS SCHEDULE ................................................................ 1 PART 2 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .................................................................................................... 2 PART 3 - DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 3 PART 4 - PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (BASELINE) ........................................................................... 4 PART 5 - PAYMENT FOR PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE .................................................................... 10 PART 6 - ATTACHMENTS .................................................................................................................. 11 ATTACHMENT A - DISTRICT WBS CODE FIELDS FOR USE IN SCHEDULES

Project Control Schedule Section 01310 – 1

SECTION 01310 PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE

PART 1 - SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS SCHEDULE The work specified in this section includes planning, scheduling and reporting required by the CONTRACTOR. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, the rate of progress, and the time of completion of the work are essential elements of this CONTRACT.

A. The Project Control Schedule (PCS) shall be prepared and maintained by the CONTRACTOR as described in this section.

B. The PCS shall be the CONTRACTOR'S working schedule and will be used by the CONTRACTOR to plan, organize, and execute the work, record and report actual performance and physical progress, and to show how the CONTRACTOR plans to complete all remaining work as of the beginning of each progress report period (data date).

C. In addition, the PCS shall provide the DISTRICT with a tool to monitor and follow the progress of all phases of the work. The PCS shall comply with the various limits imposed by the scope of the work, contractually specified milestones and completion dates included in the contract.

D. The PCS shall be a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule, utilizing the Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM).

E. The PCS must clearly show the sequence and interdependence of activities required for complete performance of the work, beginning with the Contract Start Date (CSD) and concluding with the Contract Completion Date (CCD). The maximum duration of any physical work activity shall not exceed twenty (20) working days unless approved by the DISTRICT.

F. The CONTRACTOR shall use a scheduling system capable of handling, processing, printing and plotting data to satisfy all requirements of this section. The scheduling system must be capable of producing project reports and other digital (electronic) data that can be directly read and interpreted by the DISTRICT'S scheduling system, without conversion by the DISTRICT, and without error. The DISTRICT uses the latest version of the Primavera Project Planner software.


PART 2 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES The DISTRICT will schedule and conduct a Preconstruction Conference within fifteen (15) calendar days after the issuance of the Notice of Acceptance of Proposal. At this meeting, the requirements of this section, as they apply to the contract, will be reviewed with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to review and discuss methodology for the schedule and sequence of operations and labor, equipment and material constraints.

A. PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (PCS)(PRELIMINARY) - within fifteen (15) working days after the Preconstruction Conference, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the DISTRICT the Preliminary Project Schedule (PPS), which shall be the basis of the PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (BASELINE), and which will be used to schedule early activities of the project. The PPS shall include a detailed plan of operations for the first sixty (60) calendar days from the Contract Start Date. The PPS shall be a network diagram or bar chart, utilizing the DISTRICT'S WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (WBS) Example Format (Attachment A), showing in detail: 1. Notice of Acceptance of Proposal.

2. Pre-Construction Conference.

3. Contract start date.

4. Mobilization.

5. Submission and approval of key submittals.

6. Procurement of key materials and equipment.

7. All activities occurring or starting within the first sixty (60) calendar days.

8. Milestones and other contractual dates.

9. Contract completion date.

B. Submittal and acceptance of the Preliminary Project Schedule is a condition precedent

to the issuance of and payment of Initial Mobilization payments.


C. PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (BASELINE) - within sixty (60) calendar days of the CSD,

the CONTRACTOR shall submit, for acceptance by the DISTRICT, the Project Control Schedule (Baseline). The PCS-Baseline shall represent the CONTRACTOR'S complete plan for the execution of the CONTRACT in accordance with the BID and CONTRACT documents. Although limited technical assistance is available to the CONTRACTOR from the DISTRICT upon written request and prior to any formal review and/or finalization of the baseline schedule, it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to employ or engage the services of a technically qualified scheduler on this project. The PCS-WBS shall be similar to the DISTRICT-WBS (Attachment A).

D. PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (UPDATES) - Once each month, or more often if deemed necessary by the DISTRICT, the CONTRACTOR shall review and update the PCS to incorporate all current information, including progress, approved adjustments of time and logic, and proposed changes in sequence and logic. All copies of the updated PCS submitted to the DISTRICT, shall be signed and dated by the CONTRACTOR.

E. PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (AS-BUILT) - The last PCS update submitted shall be identified as the "As-Built Schedule", and is a condition precedent to issuance of Final Acceptance of the CONTRACT by the DISTRICT.

PART 3 - DEFINITIONS The principles and definitions of the terms used herein shall be as set forth in the Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction," copyright 1976. Additional definitions are set forth as follows:

A. Critical Path(s) - shall be defined as the longest path of activities from the Contract Start

Date (CSD) to the Contract Completion Date (CCD).

B. Near Critical Path - shall be defined as those paths of activities having a total float value equal to the total float value of the defined critical path (longest path) plus ten (10) working days.

C. Activity Codes - are values assigned to schedule activities to organize the Schedule Activities into manageable groups for updating, analyzing, reporting, plotting, and summarizing.

D. WBS - (Work Breakdown Structure) is a definition of project related activity codes, to be used by the CONTRACTOR to organize the CONTRACTOR'S Project Control Schedule in a manner that facilitates the DISTRICT'S use of the PCS information.

E. Constraint - is a restriction imposed on the start, finish or duration of an activity.


F. Data Date - (DD) The date used as the starting point for schedule calculations. For Baselines, the DD is the first day of the project, the CSD date. For subsequent schedule updates, the DD is the first workday of the remainder of the schedule, normally the first calendar day after the schedule close-out date (usually month end).

G. Total Float - is the amount of time that the start or finish of an activity can be delayed without impacting the Contract Completion Date. Total float is a CALCULATED value.

H. Free Float - is the amount of time that the start or finish of an activity can be delayed without impacting the early start or finish of a successor activity. Free float is a CALCULATED value.

I. Lag - is an offset or delay from an activity to it's successor, or from it's predecessor. Lag is physically defined by the scheduler. Lag is NOT CALCULATED.

J. Open End - is an activity that has either no predecessor or no successor relationships.

K. Out of Sequence Progress - means that all or a portion of an activity has been completed before the predecessors to the activity are complete.

L. Percent Complete - the portion of an activity that is complete based on physical measurement of the scope of work included in the activity that has been completed by the CONTRACTOR and accepted by the DISTRICT.

M. Target (Baseline) - a different version of the project schedule that can be compared to as the basis for measuring differences between the versions of the project schedule.

PART 4 - PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE (BASELINE) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for assuring that all work sequences are logical and the network shows a coordinated plan for the complete performance of the CONTRACT. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to include any element of the work required for the performance of the CONTRACT in the network shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from completing all work within the time specified for the completion of the CONTRACT. In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to define any element of the work in the network, when the omission or error is discovered by either the CONTRACTOR or DISTRICT, it shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR at the next scheduled update or submittal.


A. The PCS Baseline shall be organized to clearly define separate groups of activities

detailing: 1. key submittals,

2. procurement of major materials and equipment,

3. delivery of DISTRICT furnished materials and equipment,

4. approvals required by regulatory agencies or other third parties,

5. plans for all major subcontract work,

6. access to and availability of all work areas,

7. identification of interfaces and dependencies with preceding, concurrent, and

follow-on contractors,

8. tests and inspections,

9. identification of any manpower, material or equipment restrictions. Additionally, the PCS Baseline shall utilize for example the DISTRICT-WBS (Attachment A) to facilitate the organization of the CONTRACTOR'S PCS Baseline in relation to the DISTRICT-WBS.

B. Relationships shall be defined between the CONTRACTOR'S activities based on the following criteria. PHYSICAL - relationships occur when a successor activity cannot physically start (or finish) until a predecessor activity completes (or starts). example: forming before pouring SAFETY - defined relationships exist when a successor activity cannot start until a predecessor activity (which may be creating a safety hazard for the successor activity), completes allowing for the start of the successor in a safe environment. example: completing overhead work before starting work underneath RESOURCE - driven relationships occur when a successor activity cannot start until a predecessor activity completes and releases it's resources to work on the successor. example: form slab # 1 before forming slab # 2 when allocating one crew to a job PREFERENTIAL - logic occurs when a contractor prefers to perform the work in a given sequence. example: completing painting before starting finished flooring


NOTE: The basis of Safety, Resource and Preferential logic requirements for all critical or near critical activities shall be documented in the Baseline Schedule Narrative or as requested by the DISTRICT.

C. The basis of constraints and lags utilized in the PCS-BASELINE and subsequent UPDATES must be documented in an accompanying schedule narrative.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall not utilize float suppression techniques or artificial restraints, constraints, lags or durations to lessen or control the amount of total or free float contained in the network.

E. Float shall not be considered as time for the exclusive use of or benefit of either the DISTRICT or the CONTRACTOR. Float shall be considered as a resource available to both parties for the benefit of the project.

F. Early Completion An early completion schedule is one which anticipates completion of the work ahead of the corresponding Contract Time. Since Total Float is measured to the Contract Completion Date (CCD), and belongs to the Project, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any extension in Contract Time, or recovery for any delay incurred because of extensions in an early completion date, until all total float is used or consumed and performance or completion of the WORK extends beyond the corresponding Contract Time.

G. Project Schedule Reports shall be submitted to the DISTRICT as follows: Graphics - 24" x 36" (D size) 1. Time Scaled Logic Diagram based on early dates, organized by DISTRICT-WBS

Codes with the longest (critical) path printed in red. (Attachment A.)

2. Bar chart, organized by DISTRICT-WBS Codes, indicating early and late date bars with critical path printed in red.

Graphics – 8½" x 11" (A size)

3. Detailed Bar Chart, Grouped by DISTRICT-WBS, Codes (Attachment A)

4. Estimated Cash Flow Histogram (if cost loaded) with planned value per period (bar) and cumulative to date (curve).

Tabular Reports – 8½" x 11" (A size)


5. Predecessor / Successor listing including relationship type and lag value, organized

by Activity ID.

6. Tabular activity listing, sorted by Activity ID, with Early and Late Dates, Total and Free Float values.

7. Tabular activity listing, Grouped by Responsible party, sorted by Early Start, with Early Dates, Total and Free Float values.

8. Listing of all schedule constraints and open ends with explanation of each.

9. Identification of all lags contained in relationships and explanation of each.

10. Narrative report explaining the key "basis and assumptions" of the Project Control Schedule Baseline schedule.

11. Submittal / Procurement Status Report - A P3 Activity Matrix Report detailing for each submittal item, the Planned Dates for each step in the submittal/ procurement process.

12. Bid Item Listing.

H. Submittal 1. Six (6) sets of all graphics

2. Six (6) sets of all tabular reports

3. Computer diskette containing files compatible with "P3 Backup" format, capable

of being restored directly into DISTRICT'S Primavera Project Planner software with no conversion or error from enclosed graphics and reports. Any errors encountered when loaded by the DISTRICT will be corrected by the CONTRACTOR. Errors encountered when loading the CONTRACTOR'S P3 Backup files may result in rejection of the CONTRACTOR'S PCS submittal.

I. Acceptance

1. The DISTRICT may accept the PCS-Baseline submittal and subsequent updates as

having been submitted in accordance with the Contract Specifications. The DISTRICT will review and make comments on the PCS. Meetings may be held between the DISTRICT and the CONTRACTOR, and all SUBCONTRACTORS and SUPPLIERS whom the CONTRACTOR may desire to invite or whom the DISTRICT may request be present.


2. The PCS submittal must meet in all respects the time and order of work requirements of the contract. The work shall be executed in the sequence indicated in the accepted baseline and subsequent accepted updates and revisions. If the CONTRACTOR changes the sequence of work, a baseline revision submittal will be required in accordance with Section 4.10.

3. Comments made by the DISTRICT on the PCS or any subsequent updates and revisions, will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. If requested by the DISTRICT at any time during the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed, short term schedules for specific items of the work.

J. Baseline Schedule Revisions 1. No change shall be made to the accepted Project Control Schedule Baseline

without the prior written authorization of the DISTRICT.

2. If the CONTRACTOR desires, or the DISTRICT requests that the PCS Baseline be revised to reflect specific ISSUES of the current project plan, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare a detailed analysis of the time related impacts of the specific ISSUE, demonstrating how the CONTRACTOR proposes to incorporate the ISSUE into the PCS Baseline.

3. Each time impact analysis shall be submitted prior to approval of any change in the contract to facilitate the incorporation of the impact in the next schedule submittal by the CONTRACTOR.

4. Time extensions will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments for the activity or activities affected exceed the remaining total float along the path of activities impacted by the ISSUE.

5. When an authorized revision is made to the PCS Baseline, the revised baseline shall be identified by a Revision Number, giving the revised Baseline a distinct identification separate from all previous or subsequent Baseline Revisions.

K. Schedule Updates

1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the Project Control Schedule - Update to the DISTRICT each month, on a date assigned by the DISTRICT. The Update submittal shall include all information available up to the Data Date established by the DISTRICT.


2. The PCS-Update submittal shall be reviewed jointly (if necessary) with the

DISTRICT for the purpose of verifying update information. The DISTRICT may request key SUBCONTRACTORS or SUPPLIERS to participate in the review with the CONTRACTOR. Information to verify includes but is not limited to:

a) Actual start / finish dates for activities started or finished in the current

period.

b) Activity Percent Complete for activities that are currently in progress.

c) Remaining durations or expected finish dates for activities that are currently in progress.

d) Revised logic (as-built and projected) and changes in activity durations.

e) Impacts of Issues identified by the CONTRACTOR or DISTRICT.

f) Incorporation of DISTRICT approved time extensions.

3. The CONTRACTOR may not make changes to any actual events previously entered in prior updates without written concurrence by the DISTRICT.

4. PCS-Update submittals shall be prepared as follows: Graphics - 24" x 36" (D size)

a) Timescaled Logic Diagram of early dates, organized by EMWD-WBS Codes with the calculated critical path printed in red. (Attachment A)

b) Bar chart, organized by DISTRICT-WBS Codes, indicating early and late dates with critical path printed in red, with Target (Baseline) Bar. Graphics - 8½” x 11" (A size)

c) Detailed Bar Chart , Grouped by DISTRICT-WBS, with Target (Baseline) Bar. (Attachment A) Tabular Reports - 8½" x 11" (A size)

d) Tabular activity listing, sorted by Activity ID, with Early and Late Dates, with Total and Free Float values.


e) Tabular activity listing, sorted by Early Start, with Current Early and Current Baseline dates and Variance between Current Early and Current Baseline Finish Dates.

f) Tabular activity listing, Grouped by Responsible party, sorted by Early Start, with Early Dates, Total and Free Float values.

g) Listing of any NEW or DELETED schedule constraints and open ends with explanation of each.

h) Identification of all NEW or DELETED lags contained in relationships and explanation of each.

i) Identification of all NEW or DELETED activities and an explanation of each.

j) Narrative report including description of problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors, and their expected impact, and an explanation of current actions taken or proposed. In addition, alternative for possible schedule recovery to mitigate any potential delay and/or cost increases should be included in the monthly narrative by the CONTRACTOR.

k) Submittal/Procurement Status Report.

l) Bid Item Listing Report.

m) If the CONTRACTOR fails to submit any of the PCS update submittal deliverables, the DISTRICT may withhold approval of progress payment estimates until such time as the CONTRACTOR submits the required update submittal.

PART 5 - PAYMENT FOR PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE

A. Project Control Schedule will be paid for at a lump sum price, as bid by the CONTRACTOR.

B. The lumps sum price paid for the Project Control Schedule shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials (including computer and software), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all of the work involved in preparing, furnishing, updating, statusing and revising the Project Control Schedule.

C. Payments for Project Control Schedule will be based on the lump sum value bid for this item and will be made as follows:


1. Submittal and Acceptance of Preliminary Project Control Schedule 10%

2. Submittal and Acceptance of Project Control Schedule Baseline 40%

3. The remaining 50% shall be prorated equally over the remaining months of the

project from the Acceptance Date of the Project Control Schedule Baseline to the Contract Completion Date. (CCD).

PART 6 - ATTACHMENTS

A. DISTRICT-WBS (Project Specific)

B. Example Reports

4.7 .A Time Scaled Logic Diagram - D Size .B Bar Chart - D Size .C Bar Chart - A Size .D Histogram - A Size .E Predecessor/Successor Report .F Activity Listing by Activity ID .G Activity Listing by Responsibility .H Constraints and Open Ends Listing .I Identification of Lags .J Narrative Reports .K Submittal/Procurement Status Report .L Bid Item Listing

4.11 .D.5 Target Comparison Report




PRIMAVERA PROJECT PLANNER -----ACTIVITY CODES DICTIONARY-----

SECTION 01310 - PROJECT CONTROL SCHEDULE SPECIFICATIONS

ATTACHMENT A - DISTRICT WBS CODE FIELDS FOR USE IN SCHEDULES

EXAMPLE

CODE VALUE TITLE SEQUENCE

Date:

Project: Activity Codes: PROJ Specification # 99999 DISTRICT contract Specification Number FUND Const Order # 99999 DISTRICT Construction Order Number BITM Bid Item 999 Contract Bid Item Number

(Each activity in the contractor’s schedule should be coded to their appropriate Contract Bid Item)

CPKG Constr Package GENCN General Conditions & Milestones 1 MOB Mobilization 2 SUBM Submittals 3 PROC Procurement 4 CONST Construction 5 TEST Testing 6 REST Restoration 7 CLOSE Closeout & De-mobilize

(These codes represent the DISTRICT’S Construction Work Packages incorporated in the DISTRICT-wide Master Schedule. Contractor’s activities should be coded to their appropriate Construction Work Packages as defined by this Attachment.)

8

RESP Responsible Party DIST Eastern Municipal Water District 1 CONT Contractor

(These codes are used to identify responsibility for different activities)

2




EXAMPLE


PHAS Project Phase G General Conditions 1 M Mobilization 2 S Submittals 3 P Procurement 4 C Construction 5 T Testing 6 F Finalize & Closeout project

(This character is used as the first character of the DISTRICT activity ID in the DISTRICT Construction Management schedule)

7

DIST District Construction Management Activities (PROJECT SPECIFIC) G001 Notice of Acceptance of Proposal G005 Pre-construction Conference G010 Contract Start Date (CSD) G099 Contract Completion Date (CCD) M000 Field Mobilization M005 Secure Contractor Furnished Permits S00-P SUBMIT - Preliminary Project Control Schedule S00-B SUBMIT - Project Control Schedule (BASELINE) S01-1 SUBMIT - Trench Shoring Plan S01-2 REVIEW - Trench Shoring Plan S01-3 APPROVE - Trench Shoring S02-1 SUBMIT - Precast Vaults S02-2 REVIEW - Precast Vaults S02-3 APPROVE - Precast Vaults S02-4 PROCURE - Precast Vaults S02-5 DELIVER - Precast Vaults S03-1 SUBMIT - Butterfly Valves S03-2 REVIEW - Butterfly Valves S03-3 APPROVE -Butterfly Valves S03-4 PROCURE - Butterfly Valves S03-5 DELIVER - Butterfly Valves S04-1 SUBMIT - A. R. & V. Valves S04-2 REVIEW - A. R. & V. Valves




EXAMPLE


S04-3 APPROVE - A. R. & V. Valves S04-4 PROCURE - A. R. & V. Valves S04-5 DELIVER - A. R. & V. Valves S05-1 SUBMIT - Blow-Off Assembly S05-2 REVIEW - Blow-Off Assembly S05-3 APPROVE - Blow-Off Assembly S05-4 PROCURE - Blow-Off Assembly S05-5 DELIVER -Blow-Off Assembly S06-1 SUBMIT - Steel Casing for Bores S06-2 REVIEW - Steel Casing for Bores S06-3 APPROVE - Steel Casing for Bores S06-4 PROCURE - Steel Casing for Bores S06-5 DELIVER - Steel Casing for Bores S07-1 SUBMIT - Concrete & Rock Sources S07-2 REVIEW - Concrete & Rock Sources S07-3 APPROVE - Concrete & Rock Sources S08-1 SUBMIT - Pipe Joint Details S08-2 REVIEW - Pipe Joint Details S08-3 APPROVE - Pipe Joint Details S09-1 SUBMIT - Pipe Lay Sheets S09-2 REVIEW - Pipe Lay Sheets S09-3 APPROVE - Pipe Lay Sheets S10-1 SUBMIT - Fittings S10-2 REVIEW - Fittings S10-3 APPROVE - Fittings S10-4 PROCURE - Fittings S10-5 DELIVER - Fittings S11-1 SUBMIT - Traffic Control Plan S11-2 REVIEW - Traffic Control Plan S11-3 APPROVE - Traffic Control Plan S12-1 SUBMIT -Cathodic Protection Materials S12-2 REVIEW - Cathodic Protection Materials S13-4 PROCURE - 30" Dia Pipe S13-5 DELIVER - 30" Dia Pipe S13-4 PROCURE - 54" Dia Pipe S13-5 DELIVER - 54" Dia Pipe C001 Clear & Grub




EXAMPLE


C010 Unload & String Pipe C015 Trench, Lay & B fill Pipe - Sta 82+40 to 102+20 C020 Jack & Bore Pipe - Sta 102+20 to 102+60 C025 Trench, Lay & B fill Pipe - Sta 102+60 to 162+00 C030 T, L & B=fill Drop Pipe @ Sta 162+00 to 163+00 C035 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 163+00 to 185+88 C040 Jack & Bore Pipe - Sta 185+88 to 186+48 C045 Trench, Lay & B=fill Ppe - Sta 186+48 to 210+00 C050 Jack & Bore Pipe - Sta 210+00 to 210+45 C055 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 210+45 to 264+30 C060 Jack & Bore Pipe - Sta 264+30 to 267+50 C065 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 267+50 to 305+80 C070 Jack & Bore Pipe - Sta 264+30 to 267+50 C075 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 308+50 to 332+90 C080 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 332+90 to 355+00 C085 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 344+10 to 346+80 C087 Steel Casing - Sta 344+10 to 346+80 C090 Trench, Lay & B=fill Pipe - Sta 346+80 to 353+00 C095 Conc Enc Pipe @ Sta 332+90 to 353+00 C100 T,L,B=fill Pipe & Tie-in Pipe @ Sta 353+00 to 353+93 C105 Install Blow-off Assemblies C110 Install Valves C115 Landscape Restoration C120 Pavement Restoration C125 Clean-up & Punch List T130 Hydrostatic Testing M135 De-mobilize

Rev: 01/28/10


Section 01381 - Pre-Construction Audio Video Recording Above Ground Facilities

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ....................................................................................................................... 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................................... 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 1

3.01 COLOR AUDIO VIDEO SURVEY .................................................................................................. 1 3.02 AUDIO AND VIDEO .................................................................................................................... 2

Pre-Construction Audio Video Recording Section 01381 – 1

SECTION 01381 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO VIDEO RECORDING

ABOVE GROUND FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment to furnish color audio video recording of the project site as specified herein.

B. Furnish to the DISTRICT an original and one copy of a continuous color audio video recording of the entire area within fifty (50) feet of the construction area. The recording shall be taken prior to any construction activity.

C. The DISTRICT reserves the right to reject the audio video recording because of poor quality, unintelligible audio, or uncontrolled pan or zoom. Any recording rejected by the DISTRICT shall be rerecorded at no cost to the DISTRICT. Under no circumstances shall construction begin until the DISTRICT has received and accepted the audio video DVD(s).

D. The recording shall be performed by a qualified, established audio video recording firm knowledgeable in construction practices which has a minimum of one year of experience in the implementation of established inspection procedures.

E. The audio video recording firm shall submit three letters of recommendation from municipalities, and/or engineering firms indicating previous experience and ability to perform the work described in this contract. Data substantiating qualifications must be submitted and accepted prior to performing the survey.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(NONE THIS SECTION)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 COLOR AUDIO VIDEO SURVEY

A. Furnish a continuous color audio-video recording of the entire area within fifty (50) feet of construction.

Pre-construction Audio Video Recording Section 01381 – 2

B. Complete coverage shall include all surface features within 50' of the work area to be utilized by CONTRACTOR and shall be supported by appropriate audio description made simultaneously with video coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, all existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, ditches, roadways, landscaping, trees, culverts, headwalls, and retaining walls, equipment, structures, pavements, manholes, vaults, handrails, etc. located within the aforementioned work zone. Video coverage shall extend to the maximum height of all structures within this zone.

C. All recording shall be done during times of good visibility. No recording shall be done during periods of visible precipitation, or when more than ten percent of the ground area is covered with standing water, unless otherwise authorized by Owner.

3.02 AUDIO AND VIDEO

A. Contractor shall furnish continuous color, audio-video DVD(s) of professional quality.

B. Each DVD shall begin with the Owner's name, Contract name and number, CONTRACTOR's name, date and location information such as street name, direction of travel, viewing side, etc.

C. Information appearing on the DVD must be continuous and run simultaneously by computer generated transparent digital information. No editing or overlaying of information at a later date will be acceptable.

D. Digital information to appear in the upper left corner shall be as follows: 1. Name of CONTRACTOR

2. Day, date and time

3. Name of Project & Specification Number

E. Time must be accurate and continuously generated.

F. Written documentation must coincide with the information on the DVD so as to make easy retrieval of locations sought for at a later date.

G. The video system shall have the capability to transfer individual frames of video electronically into hard copy prints or photographic negatives.

H. Audio shall be recorded at the same time as the video recording and shall have the same information as on the viewing screen. Special commentary shall be given for unusual conditions of buildings, sidewalks and curbing, foundations, trees and shrubbery, structures, equipment, pavement, etc.

Pre-Construction Audio Video Recording Section 01381 – 3

I. All DVDs and boxes shall bear labels with the following information: 1. DVD Number

2. Owner's Name

3. Date of Recording

4. Project Name and Number

5. Location and Standing Limit of DVD

J. Prior to commencement of audio video recording, CONTRACTOR shall notify the Engineer in writing when and where the audio video recording will begin. The Engineer may provide a designated representative to accompany and oversee coverage of all recording operations. Audio video recording completed without an Engineering representative present will be unacceptable unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.


Pre-construction Audio Video Recording Section 01381 – 4


Rev: 04/22/15

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 02201 - Construction Methods & Earthwork

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 REQUIREMENT .......................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 STRUCTURE PROTECTION ......................................................................................................... 2 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 4 1.04 GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................................. 7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................ 7

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 8 3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................ 8 3.02 PREPARATION ........................................................................................................................... 9 3.03 CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 10 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................................................ 23

Construction Methods & Earthwork Section 02201 – 1

SECTION 02201

CONSTRUCTION METHODS & EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENT

A. Verification of Existing Conditions It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine the site of the work and to make all investigation necessary, both surface and sub-surface, to determine the character of materials to be encountered and all other existing conditions affecting the work.

B. Site Grading The entire site within the area affected by construction shall be cleared and bladed. All surfaces to receive compacted fill shall be cleared of existing vegetation, debris, or other unsuitable material. Surfaces shall be cut or filled to the extent indicated by finish grade stakes set by the Engineer. Finish surfaces shall slope uniformly between spot elevations or finish contour lines shown on the drawings and away from structures. Subgrade for finished surfaces, concrete, asphalt, etc., the grading tolerance will be plus or minus .05 feet from surface elevations indicated. Rough Site Grading. All requirements of Site Grading shall be adhered to, with the exception that in unpaved areas and areas which do not have gradient restraints to allow for proper drainage, the grading tolerance will be plus or minus 0.20 feet from surface elevations indicated. Rough site grading in areas of future pavement shall have grading tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet from surface elevations.

C. Lines, Grades and Measures All lines and grades will be established by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall provide him with such assistance and materials as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all survey stakes and reference points. SHOULD ANY STAKES OR POINTS BE REMOVED OR DESTROYED BY ANY ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS EMPLOYEES THEY MAY BE RESET AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. All work shall conform to lines, elevations and grades shown on the construction plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variations shall be reported to the District Engineer or Inspector. In the absence of such report, the contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work.


Stakes for video taping of project alignment will be provided by the District at 300' intervals and angle points. Grade stakes for buildings, sidewalks, pump bases, engine bases, utility services and paving shall be furnished by the Contractor. Grade stakes for water system construction will be at 100' stations except as directed by the Engineer for specific applications, and at fire hydrant, blow-off, air valve, water meter locations, and valves. Grade stakes for sewer system construction will be furnished at 25' stations and at locations of appurtenances.

D. Compliance with Regulations

The Contractor shall familiarize himself, and comply with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection, and safety.

E. Contractor's Equipment The Contractor shall provide such modern plant and equipment as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a satisfactory and acceptable manner, and in accordance with the specifications, all the work required of the Contractor.

F. Representatives for Emergencies The Contractor shall file with the District a written list giving the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of at least two (2) of his representatives who can be contacted at any time in case of emergency. The representatives shall be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or inconvenient conditions on short notice. The Contractor shall promptly notify the District of all changes in the listing.

G. Power and Water Supply The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all necessary power required for his operations under the contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment as shall be adequate in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a safe and satisfactory manner the work required by the contract. The Contractor may obtain water for work under this specification from the sources as stated in the Special Provisions and Requirements of this specification.

1.02 STRUCTURE PROTECTION


A. Contract Drawings The drawings identify the various pipes, conduits, and other existing utility structures as they are supposed to exist in construction areas, but no error or omission on said drawings shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of protecting any such pipe, conduit, or other existing utility structures. When deemed necessary by the Engineer, revisions of the contract drawings and additional detailed drawings will be issued to the Contractor during the progress of the work.

B. Notification of Underground Service Alert of Southern California When performing underground work, the Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert (USA), the one-call underground facility locating service two (2) working days prior to making an excavation. Contractor shall be responsible for such notification of sub-contractor's work, or shall require sub-contractor to assume this responsibility.

C. Operation of Utilities

No District valves or appurtenances of other utility facilities shall be operated by the Contractor without approval and/or instruction from the District or the utility, as appropriate.

D. Maintenance of Utilities Insofar as practical during the progress of the work, the property of any owner of a public utility pipeline or conduit, sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage ditch, flood control channel, overhead wires or cables, or underground wires or cables, or any other structure or facility shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition at the expense of the Contractor. In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without the consent of the owner and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all damage due to his operations and the provisions of this section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling, or is not discovered until after completion of backfilling. The Contractor shall explore the location and depth of underground facilities, sewers, and storm drains sufficiently in advance of pipe laying or other construction operations so that changes in line or grade, or both, can be made in the pipeline without delay of the Contractor's construction schedule, without relaying or reconstructing previously installed pipe or other facilities and to avoid wherever possible moving, altering, or reconstruction of the obstructing underground facilities, sewers, or storm drains. The locations of existing underground utilities and structures, insofar as they are known from information furnished by the respective utility companies and agencies and other sources, have been shown on the drawings.


It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the location of these obstructions and to locate any other underground utilities and structures which might necessitate a change in the line and grade of the new work. If the Contractor, while performing the work of construction, discovers utility facilities not identified by the District in contract plans or specifications, he shall immediately notify the District in writing. In no case shall any utility that has been damaged, whether shown or not shown on the plans, be backfilled without the Contractor notifying the utility company of the damage. Pursuant to Section 4215 of the Government Code, the District shall compensate the Contractor for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating main or trunkline utility facilities not indicated in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work. The Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the District or the owner of the utility to provide for said removal or relocation of such utility facilities. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the District to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction boxes, on or adjacent to the site of the construction.

E. Utility Construction If the work requires, as shown on the drawings or as specified, or as required for the Contractor's convenience, that the surface and overhead facilities, underground facilities, sewers and storm drains should be moved, altered, relocated, reconstructed, or temporarily supported, in order that the facilities included in the contract can be constructed, the Contractor shall make all arrangements therefore with the respective owners and shall bear all expenses for moving, altering, relocating, or temporarily supporting the facilities. In addition, the District may require the moving, altering, or reconstructing of obstructing underground facilities, sewers, or storm drains, and compensation therefore will come under extra work where such work is ordered in writing by the Engineer. Pipelines determined to be abandoned may be destroyed if conflicting with the contract work and properly disposed of. Exposed ends of abandoned pipelines shall be plugged for watertightness as approved by the Engineer.

1.03 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Rights-of-Way


The District will provide right-of-way for the pipelines to be constructed under the contract. Neither the terms hereof nor anything shown on the drawings in connection with the right-of-way provided by the District shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to conduct operations in said right-of-way in violation of any public agency ordinance or regulation restricting interference with water courses and drainage channels, road, alley, or street, until he has obtained permits therefore from the proper authorities. In all of the streets in which his work may interfere with ingress or egress of the occupants of the abutting property or of their vehicles, the Contractor shall maintain temporary practical means of ingress and egress or shall make satisfactory arrangements with the occupants for the obstructing of ways to their properties for the duration of the interference. Such arrangements shall be made in writing and a copy submitted to the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street or way during performance of the contract work, and he shall so conduct his operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of other agencies in such streets and ways. Fences on the right-of-way shall be removed by the Contractor where necessary for the performance of the work, but, where required, shall be maintained until the work is completed or their removal is authorized. Where the Contractor removes existing fences to facilitate the work, temporary fence protection for lands adjacent to the right-of-way shall be provided at all times during the continuation of the contract. Such temporary fence protection shall be adequate to prevent livestock from straying from or onto adjacent lands and shall be constructed complete with gates and/or cattle guards. The cost of all work described in this paragraph shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work and no separate payment shall be made therefore. Where pipelines are to be constructed through and adjacent to tracts of improved property, the Contractor shall, where practical, confine his operations within a 30-foot wide right-of-way or such other width right-of-way as may be designated on the drawings or in the Special Provisions. If the Contractor's operations are such as to require additional space, the Contractor shall arrange for and secure at his own expense any additional right-of-way required. The Contractor shall enter into written agreements with the landowners and copies of the agreements shall be furnished to the Engineer. Where the pipeline is to be constructed through cultivated fields not in public road rights-of-way, the District will obtain and pay for damage to crops over a total overall width of 30' or such other width as may be designated. Any damage to crops outside of the designated right-of-way shall be paid for by the Contractor.


B. Safeguarding Excavations and Property Excavations shall be adequately shored and braced so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that all existing improvements of any kind will be fully protected from damage. Any damage resulting from a lack of adequate shoring and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall effect all necessary repairs or reconstructions at the Contractor's own expense as directed by the Engineer and shall bear all other expenses resulting from such damage.

C. Safety Measures Each bid proposal submitted under these specifications for the construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, or the use of such a trench or open excavation, shall include in appropriate bid items for such work the costs necessary to provide adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders, including the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health, in accordance with the requirements of the California Occupational Safety and Health Act. When working in, or connecting to, existing systems in operation, the required safety provisions for work in an operating system will be enforced, including provisions for working in confined air spaces when appropriate. Nothing in this requirement shall be construed to impose tort liability on the awarding body or any of its employees.

D. Trench Shoring Approval Any contract for public works involving an estimated expenditure in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for the excavation of any trench or trenches 5' or more in depth, shall require submission by the Contractor and acceptance by the awarding body or by a registered civil or structural engineer to whom authority to accept has been delegated, in advance of excavation, of a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose tort liability on the awarding body or any of its employees.

E. Trench Permit


Prior to commencing any work in the construction or use of trenches or excavations which are 5' or deeper and into which a person will be required to descend, the Contractor shall apply to the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health, and secure a permit therefore, and shall furnish the District with a copy thereof prior to commencing any excavation.

F. Safety Officer The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of hazards and accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's Superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the District.

G. Right to Occupy Completed Portions of Work The District may wish to occupy or place in service portions of the completed work before final completion of the contract work and shall be at liberty to do so, but such occupancy or placing in service of any completed portion of the work shall not void the contract nor relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of protection and care of all work until final completion and acceptance of the entire work, provided, however, that expense directly attributable to operation and placing in service the portions of the work shall not be chargeable to the Contractor.

1.04 GUARANTEE The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire work constructed by him under the contract will fully meet all the requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship, and of materials furnished by him. The Contractor hereby agrees to make at his own expense any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective materials or workmanship supplied by him which have become evident within one (1) year, or other guarantee period elsewhere specified, after date of notice of completion and acceptance of the work is filed, and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these specifications including the test requirements, any part of the facilities or appurtenant works which during said guarantee period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this specification. Replacement of backfill where it has settled below the lines established by the Engineer shall be considered part of such repair work. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacements promptly, the District may do the work, and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the District for the cost thereof.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Select Backfill Material, and Special Bedding and Backfill


Select backfill material shall be selected from the excavated material or imported when not available from the excavated material. In either case, it shall be provided at the Contractor's expense, and shall be included in the costs proposed for pipeline installation on the bidding sheets. Where called for on the plans or in these specifications, and not covered by a separate bid item, special bedding or backfill shall be included in pipeline construction costs on the bidding sheets. Where required by the governing agency or by the District to meet compaction requirements of these specifications or requirements of these specifications for bedding or for select granular backfill, special bedding or imported backfill and disposal of excavated spoil shall be provided at the Contractor's expense. The requirements for special bedding and backfill at the Contractor's expense as described herein as a part of the Special Conditions or as shown on the Contract Drawings shall supersede and take precedence over any and all other requirements for measurement and/or payment for special bedding or backfill found elsewhere in these specifications. Bedding is defined herein to include sand, rock or concrete base, cradle, or encasement. Backfill material is defined herein to include backfill for both trench backfill and pipe bedding (or pipe zone backfill). Special bedding or backfill not called for on the plans or in these specifications, but required by the Engineer over and above the requirements of this specification shall be constructed at additional cost, at prices reflecting current material costs as evidenced by paid vouchers, plus 50% to cover all costs of installation and overhead. The encounter of ground water not anticipated in engineering reports made available for this contract, and the required over-excavation and construction of a stable base as determined necessary by the Engineer shall be considered over and above the requirements of this specification, and the required base shall be paid for at the above stipulated prices.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Excavating and grading shall be performed only when the weather conditions do not adversely affect the quality of the finished product. Any graded or excavated areas that are damaged by the effect of rain, or other weather conditions, during any phase of the construction, shall be re-excavated, regraded, and recompacted to conform to the herein specified requirements, without additional cost to the District.


3.02 PREPARATION

A. Dust Abatement The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and means required and shall carry out protective measures wherever and as often as necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to prevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing nuisance. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from his operations. The Contractor shall also make himself knowledgeable of Southern California Air Quality Management District's Rule 403-Fugitive Dust and comply with these requirements. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until all required resurfacing is completed or until the Contractor has completed arrangements with the proper authorities whereby he is relieved of further responsibility. Such arrangements shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their completion. All compensation to be received for dust abatement shall be included in the prices named for appropriate items of the bidding sheet.

B. Utilities and Substructures The indication of the type and approximate location of existing utilities and substructures in the Contract Documents represents a diligent search of known records, but the accuracy and completeness of such indications are not warranted by the District and utility structures and services not so indicated may exist. Before commencing any excavations, the Contractor shall investigate, determine the actual locations, and protect the indicated utilities and structures, shall determine the existence, position, and ownership of other utilities and substructures in the site or where the work is to be performed by communication with such owners, search of records, or otherwise, and shall protect all such utilities and substructures.

C. Control of Water The Contractor shall acquire such permits and take such measures as may be required, and shall furnish, install, and operate such pumps or other devices as may be necessary to remove any seepage, storm water, or sewage that may be found or may accumulate in the excavations during the progress of the work. The Contractor shall keep all excavations entirely free from water at all times during the construction of the work and until the Engineer gives permission to cease pumping. He shall keep the complete work reasonably free from accumulations of water and sewage, and shall free it entirely at such times as may be required by the Engineer for inspection or other purposes. Any accumulated water or sewage thus pumped shall be disposed of in accordance with good practice and local ordinances. The Contractor shall provide an adequate dewatering system for the control of surface and groundwater seepage into the excavations as may be required during the construction period. The proposed plan of this dewatering system shall be submitted to the Engineer for concept approval prior to the installation of the system.

Construction Methods & Earthwork Section 02201 – 10 3.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. Excavation The Contractor shall perform all excavation necessary or required for the construction of the facilities covered by these specifications. Excavations may be performed by either hand or machine methods and shall be of sufficient size to provide adequate space for working in accordance with safety regulations and practice and the Contract Drawings. Excavations shall include the removal and disposal of all materials of whatever nature and quantity including water, rock, decomposed granite, or any other type of soil or material, subsurface obstructions and also overhead obstructions which may interfere with the operation of equipment used on the work, for no additional compensation. Excavation shall immediately precede subsequent construction, and shall not remain open longer than necessary for construction. Excavation for foundations shall be made only after construction of subgrade, as hereinafter described, has been completed. Over-excavation for foundations shall be filled with concrete. 1. Seismic Investigation. In suspected or known fault areas, Contractor shall make

his trench or excavation available to the property owner or his geologist for seismic investigations as required under the Alquist-Priolo Geologic Hazard Zones Act. Such investigation shall involve no delay to the Contractor.

2. Trench Excavation. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions or on the Contract Drawings, pipeline trenches and clearances shall be per Standard Drawing SB-158 for sewer pipeline installations and B-286B for water pipeline installations. The sides of the trench shall be parallel to and at equal distance on each side of the centerline of the pipe. The maximum length of trench which shall be opened or partially opened at any one time shall be limited to 500' for sewer lines and one-half mile for water pipelines, except where governed by other agencies or approved by the Engineer. See Section 3.04. J, "Clean-up During Construction" for maximum trench length without restoration. Bell holes or depressions shall be dug by hand at the proper locations of sufficient size to adequately work the joints, but no larger than is required. When the trench is excavated to the line and grade as shown on the drawings, and the bedding material encountered is rock, the trench shall be excavated an additional depth of at least 4" below the grade for the bottom of the pipe, and the bottom of the trench shall be refilled with approved material, moistened and compacted by tamping or by other approved method to the satisfaction of the Engineer.


Where ground water is encountered and the native material does not afford a solid foundation for pipe subgrade as specified above, the Contractor shall excavate to such depth below subgrade as determined necessary by the Engineer and shall construct a stable base by placing crushed rock bedding upon which subgrade can be prepared. Crushed rock for bedding shall be one and one-half inch (1 1/2") maximum size. When the trench has been inadvertently excavated below the designed grade, at the Contractor's expense, the bottom of the trench shall be refilled with approved material, well compacted into place in an approved manner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3. New Subdivision Construction. Where pipelines are to be constructed in new subdivision developments, it is anticipated, unless otherwise stated, that sewers will be installed after grading is completed to subgrade in streets and proposed paved areas, and to final grade in other areas; then curbs will be constructed prior to water system construction. Only after water system construction will other utilities, roadway base, and paving be placed.

4. Excavated Materials. Shall be piled neatly along the side of the trench and adjacent to manhole excavations in such a manner as to be of as little inconvenience as possible to the public traffic or the occupants of the adjacent property, and be in compliance with safety standards and soils report recommendations. Through all cultivated areas, topsoil removed from excavations shall be replaced as backfill in the uppermost part of the excavation to a depth as it existed previous to excavation, not exceeding 18". Where topsoil replacement is required, excavated topsoil shall be stored separately from other materials and in general shall be replaced as backfill in the same parcel of land from which it came.

5. Manhole Excavations. Shall be made to the depths as indicated on the drawings, with sufficient side clearances to provide adequate working space for the construction of the manhole structure. When unsatisfactory soil bearing conditions, such as soft mud, quicksand, or other unstable materials are encountered at the elevation of the bottom of the manhole, the base shall be made firm and solid by removing said unstable material to sufficient depth and replacing same with crushed rock, gravel, or other approved material, well compacted into place in a manner approved by the Engineer.


6. Blasting. The use of explosives on the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All operations involving the handling and storage and use of explosives shall be conducted with every precaution prescribed by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Occupational Safety and Health of the State of California and by local laws and regulations. Only competent, reliable men working under experienced supervision shall be permitted to use explosives. The Contractor will be held responsible for and shall make good any damage caused by blasting or otherwise resulting from disposition or use of explosives on the work.

7. Cutting. In cutting or breaking up street surfacing, the Contractor shall use equipment acceptable to the authorities concerned. The pavement to remain in place shall be trimmed with an approved cutting device in such manner as to leave a vertical face with sound, unfractured pavement. All pieces of pavement resulting from cutting or breaking up street surfacing shall be removed from the trench area prior to trenching.

8. Disposal of Excavated Materials. Insofar as space is available in the right-of-way, such space may be used for temporary storage of excavated material, to be used for backfill, provided that no material shall be stored or deposited in violation of any ordinance or regulation prohibiting the filling or obstructing of water courses in drainage channels. Storage of excavated material in any street or highway shall conform to the regulations of the public authority having jurisdiction there over. All materials removed from the excavations in excess of that stored temporarily as above specified shall be immediately hauled away and used in backfilling elsewhere, or, if not used, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. The disposal area shall be acquired by the Contractor. No materials shall be disposed of either temporarily or permanently on privately or publicly owned property unless the Contractor shall first obtain permission therefore from the owner or agency concerned. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that such consent has been obtained and shall be responsible for all damages and claims that may arise in connection therewith.

9. Bracing and Shoring. The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain such bracing and shoring as may be required to support the side of the excavations for the proper protection of workmen, to facilitate the work and prevent damage to the pipes and manholes being constructed, and to prevent damage to adjacent structures or facilities. Upon completion of the work, all bracing and shoring shall be removed unless otherwise directed or permitted by the Engineer. Site conditions that alter shoring submittals such as blasting, groundwater, differing soils, etc., must be reviewed for adequate shoring by Contractor or his Engineer.


10. Bridges. Foot bridges of approved construction, not less than 4' in width, and provided with hand rails and uprights of dressed lumber, shall be installed over the trenches at all crosswalk intersections and at such other points where, in the opinion of the Engineer, traffic conditions make it advisable. Substantially constructed bridges, adequate for handling all vehicular traffic, shall be installed over any trench or other excavation in a street intersection whenever such excavation is in excess of half the width of the street crossing. Adequate bridges shall be provided to make possible the safe and full use of all driveways or roadways used to move vehicles from the public street onto private property. All bridges required to be installed shall be maintained in place as long as the condition of the work requires their use for the safety or convenience of the public, except that when necessary for the proper prosecution of the work in the immediate vicinity of a bridge, said bridge shall be relocated to take care of the traffic requirements, or may be temporarily removed for such period or periods of time, at the Contractor's risk, as the Engineer may approve.

B. Installation 1. Pipe. The pipe manufacturer shall send a field representative to answer any

questions on installation procedures, within 48 hours of request, as coordinated by and through the Engineer.

2. Concrete Encasement. Where required on the Contract Drawings, concrete cradles and encasements shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements stated thereon. Whenever the maximum allowable width of trench as specified elsewhere in these specifications or in the construction plans or the standard drawings, is exceeded for any reason except as provided for in the plans or special conditions or by the written direction of the Engineer, and where the resulting effect of the exceeded trench width would place loads upon the pipeline exceeding the maximum loads recommended by the pipe manufacturer, the Engineer may require, at his discretion, that the Contractor, at his own expense for all labor and materials cradle the pipe in Class "C" concrete, as described in this specification.

C. Fill, Backfill and Grading Fill, Backfill and Grading shall include all scarifying, moistening, compacting, and other manipulations of the soil necessary to obtain the required densities, cross sections, lines, grades and surface finish indicated or specified Backfill shall not be placed in trenches or excavations until the pipelines and structures in the particular section involved have been inspected and approved for backfilling by the Engineer.


Backfill shall be placed, insofar as practical, as the work progresses, allowing time for concrete (if used) to attain sufficient strength. All excavations outside the completed pipelines and structures shall be backfilled with compacted material to the level of the original ground surface unless otherwise shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The materials used for backfill shall be imported, selected material, or approved selected excavated materials and shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. All materials placed within 6" of the pipe or structure shall be free from rocks or boulders larger than 1 1/2" maximum dimension, and from unbroken masses of earthy materials which might lodge and thereby cause unfilled pockets in the excavation. Unsuitable material encountered at the surface upon which the bedding material is to be placed shall be removed to a depth as determined in the field by the Engineer. Unsuitable material shall be as determined by the Engineer. If not otherwise specified, removal of material and additional bedding so ordered over and above the amount required will be paid for in accordance with the specifications unless, however, the necessity for such additional bedding materials has been occasioned by an act or failure to act on the part of the Contractor, in which event the Contractor shall bear the expense of the additional excavation and backfill to the required depth. The Contractor's attention is called "dewatering" procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation will not be rendered unfit due to accumulation of water in the trench excavation. However, the Contractor has the responsibility to reasonably ascertain the soil conditions prior to bid. The cost of removing the unsuitable materials should have been known prior to bid and be included in the bid price. Imported materials (if any) required for fill or backfill shall be provided by the Contractor from areas outside the site at his own expense. Such material shall be as herein specified and must be approved by the District before delivery to the site. 1. Structure Backfill. The Contractor shall place all backfill about structures to the

original ground level, or to the lines shown on the drawings or prescribed by the Engineer. Fill materials shall be of earth only, and be free from debris, vegetation, alkali, or other deleterious substances. All backfill about structures shall be placed in layers not more than 6" thick prior to compaction, which shall be obtained by moistening to optimum moisture content prior to placing and compacting to maximum compaction by use of suitable equipment approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the structure and underground facilities during the placement, compacting or consolidating, and grading of backfill.


2. Pipeline Backfill. Full-time observation and testing will be required during all backfill and compaction activities on pipelines by a District approved soils firm. Except as otherwise required by the construction plans or the standard drawings, the material used in backfilling to 1' above the pipe shall be granular material approved by the Engineer and in accordance with the manufacturers requirements, sandy, or sandy gravel material obtained from required excavation or from approved borrow areas, as shown on the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. This material shall be carefully placed and compacted to provide a firm continuous bedding and encasement for the pipe. Pipe shall be shaded the same day it is laid to protect it from possible damage and/or thermal expansion. Pipe zone backfill may be consolidated by careful flooding to saturation only if the soil has a Sand Equivalent of 30 or better and no more than 10% fines (particles passing the no. 200 sieve), otherwise mechanical compaction will be required or as specified elsewhere in these specifications. Variations to the foregoing pipeline backfill requirement, when recommended by the pipe manufacturer or requested by the Contractor, shall be submitted for approval by the District prior to the commencement of such pipe installation. The method of compaction shall then be proven before backfilling more than the footage of pipe allowed by the contract specification. In lieu of a specific contract requirement, not more than 1000' of pipe shall be laid and backfilled prior to proving the method of compaction. The remaining trench backfill shall consist of select backfill material from the excavation, when available, free from stones or lumps exceeding 3" in greatest dimension, and free from vegetable matter or other unsatisfactory material. This select material as defined herein and elsewhere in these specifications shall be placed in layers not exceeding 2' in depth, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Excavated soils that have excessive moisture must be dried, mixed, or replaced with suitable material that will meet the compaction requirements at no additional cost to EMWD. Each lift shall be consolidated in such a manner that the backfill will meet the requirements of these specifications. Care shall be taken not to disturb the backfill previously placed, and the Contractor shall at all times protect the pipe against flotation. Material placed between successful test and failed test shall be tested at one-fifth (1/5) the distance intervals until a passing test is achieved. All material from failed test to successful test shall be removed, recompacted and retested.

3. Sewer Line Backfill. Backfill shall not be placed in trenches or excavations until the sewer lines and manholes in the particular section involved have been inspected and approved for backfilling by the Engineer.


For all sewer pipe, select granular backfill having a Sand Equivalent of 30 and less than 10% fines (particles passing the no. 200 sieve) shall be used up to an elevation 12" above the top of pipe, imported whenever the Engineer determines that native material is not satisfactory. Material for this purpose shall conform to the requirements as set forth herein. The pipe zone backfill shall be carefully packed under the haunches of the pipe and brought up simultaneously on both sides, to the full specified depth, so as to prevent any displacement of the pipe from its true alignment. In compacting by flooding, no ponding of water above the surface of the sand will be permitted.

4. Water Line Backfill. Prior to backfilling, all pipe 30" in diameter and larger shall be either filled with water under pressure or braced with stulls sufficiently to prevent distortion while placing, consolidating and compacting back fill. Prior to backfilling, all trench supports shall be removed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

5. Gravel Fill. Gravel fill shall be placed where specified, indicated on the plans, or designated by the Engineer to meet special conditions encountered. Where gravel fill is required, crushed rock may be substituted or added. Crushed rock for foundations shall be as defined for pipe bedding which is described elsewhere in this specification. The percentage composition by weight of gravel fill shall conform to the following grading when determined by Test Method No. Calif. 202:

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing Sieves 1” ¾" No. 4 No. 30 No. 200

100 85-100 35-55 10-30 2-9

6. Compacting and Surfacing. Except as otherwise specifically required by the

encroachment permit or elsewhere in these specifications, the following requirements will apply: The upper portion of the final lift will be backfilled with selected material from the excavation, moistened to optimum moisture content and compacted by mechanical tamping to meet the requirements of the District standards. All backfill in public roads shall be consolidated and surfacing shall be placed to meet State of California and Riverside County requirements as stated in the respective permit, whether or not required by the inspector for that particular agency - unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.


Where backfill is in areas not within public roads, it shall be consolidated and tested to meet the requirements of these specifications, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Minimum acceptable field densities specified in District standards shall be determined in accordance with the testing procedures set forth elsewhere in these specifications. Where sand material of an approved grade is used for backfilling, mechanical compaction may be eliminated and compaction obtained by jetting. Except as otherwise required by a specific permit, where pavement is being replaced, an approved plant mixed surfacing shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 3" when compacted. Surfacing in streets shall be maintained to original street grade after laying and any settlement filled with plant mix surfacing. The edges of trenches which are broken down during the making of subgrade shall be removed and trimmed neatly before refilling or resurfacing. When the backfill is complete and excess material removed, the surface will be graded and a layer of approved decomposed granite will be placed with a minimum thickness of 4" when compacted at optimum moisture content by rolling and to a grade to conform to the original roadway section. All pavements outside the paylines damaged by the Contractor shall be trimmed and repaired. If the edge of the excavated trench when trimmed is within 2' of the edge of the roadway pavement, then the pavement shall be completely removed to the edge of the roadway and replaced with the replacement of the trench pavement. Except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, after a period of not less than 30 days or more than 60 days, any settlement shall be filled with decomposed granite. The top 2½" shall then be road mixed where allowed, with a minimum of 1½ gallons liquid asphalt binder of grade SC3 or 4 (as directed) per square yard and compacted to the original roadway section. Each phase shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding to the next operation. Where allowed, the road-mixed surfacing operation shall conform to the Standard Specifications of the State of California Department of Transportation. Pavement, curbs, gutters and walks removed, cut or damaged during the construction of facilities shall be replaced or restored to their original condition, or as otherwise specified. Local ordinances governing such replacement shall be adhered to in all respects.


Removal and/or replacement of pavement where pavement now exists, as well as removal and/or replacement of any other obstructions, will be included in the item cost for the particular installation, unless specifically itemized separately on the bidding sheet.

D. Paving Where not required otherwise by specific contract requirements or permit requirements incorporated in the contract, the Contractor shall construct new asphalt concrete paving as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. All paving proposals and operations shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Where this work is included in a lump sum bid item, it is the Contractor's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the exact lengths and/or dimensions of new roads and pavements. Terminals of all surfacing indicated on the Contract Drawings shall join any existing surfaces in a smooth juncture. 1. Sub-base

a) Preparation. The upper 12" of sub-base in any area to be paved shall be compacted to not less than 95% of maximum compaction, as determined by currently adopted ASTM D-1557 and procedure C.

b) Weed Killer. After the sub-base has been prepared, a weed killer shall be applied to the entire sub-base. Weed killer shall be OUST XP as manufactured by DUPONT, or approved equal. The weed killer shall be applied according to the manufacturer's published instructions.

2. Aggregate Base Course. Shall be Class II aggregate base. The aggregate base

course shall be the thickness shown on the plans and shall be placed in maximum 4" lifts. Aggregate base course shall be compacted to 95% of maximum compaction, as specified by ASTM D-1557. Aggregate base course shall be furnished, spread and compacted, as specified for Class II Aggregate Base Course in the Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Transportation, latest edition. A spreader box will not be required but care shall be taken to prevent segregation during placement.

3. Asphalt Concrete a) Asphalt Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard

Specifications Section 39, for Type "B". Aggregate will conform to a grading for 1/2" maximum aggregate with paving grade asphalt PG 64-10 (Section 92) unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.


b) Proportioning, Mixing, Spreading and Compacting. The proportioning and mixing of aggregates and asphalt, and the spreading and compacting of the asphalt concrete to make up the asphalt pavement, shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Transportation, latest edition. The paving machine shall have a self-screening spreader unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.

c) Tack Coat. Tack coat shall be Type SS1H grade Anionic Asphaltic Emulsion as per Caltrans Standard Specification 94.

d) Prime Coat. When indicated on the Plans or in the Special Provisions, a prime coat consisting of Grade SC-250 liquid asphalt shall be applied in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39 and 93.

e) Paving. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be no less than the thickness as shown on the plans and shall be applied in two (2) lifts. The first lift shall be the leveling course and the second lift shall be the wearing course not less than 1" thick and shall bring the pavement to full thickness. The finished surface shall be free from depressions exceeding 1/4" as measured with a 10-foot straightedge in any direction, except where the drawings show a grade break.

f) Seal Coat. Seal coat shall be a Bituminous Fog Seal in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 37.

g) Joining Existing Pavement. Existing paving which is to be joined by new paving shall be saw-cut to provide straight true neat joints.

h) Paving Headers. Edges of paving shall be bounded by 2 x 6 net new rough cut redwood unless otherwise shown on the plans.

i) Asphalt Curbs. Automatic curbing machines shall be used to construct asphalt curbs. The curb cross section used shall be as shown on the drawings or as approved by the District.

j) Paving Removal. Where paving is shown to be removed on the drawings, it shall mean that all asphaltic concrete and aggregate base shall be removed.


4. Removal and Replacement a) General. Replacement of street, driveway, alley entrance, and other type

pavements shall be of the same material as the existing pavement, constructed in accordance with the applicable drawings and specifications.

The Contractor shall install temporary asphalt pavement of the first course of permanent replacement immediately following backfilling and compaction of trenches that have been cut through pavement. Except as otherwise provided, this preliminary pavement shall be maintained in a safe and reasonably smooth condition until required backfill compaction is obtained and final pavement replacement is ordered by the Engineer. Temporary paving removed shall be hauled from the job site and disposed of at the Contractor's expense. Where a longitudinal trench is partly in pavement, the pavement shall be replaced to the original pavement edge, on a straight line, parallel to the centerline of the roadway. Where no part of a longitudinal trench is in the pavement, surfacing replacement will only be required where existing surfacing materials have been removed or damaged. When the trench cut is in aggregate surfaced areas, the replacement shall be of aggregate base course material compacted to 95% of its maximum compaction.

b) Asphalt Pavement Replacement. Asphalt pavement replacement shall be of the same thickness as the adjacent pavement and shall match as nearly as possible the adjacent pavement in texture. Existing asphalt pavements to be removed for trenches or other underground construction or repair shall be cut by a wheel cutter, clay spade, or other device without damaging adjacent pavement that is not to be removed. The Engineer's decision as to the acceptability of the cutting device and its manner of operation shall be final. The existing pavement shall be cut and trimmed after placement of required ABC and just prior to placement of asphalt concrete for pavement replacement, and the trimmed edges shall be painted with a light coating of asphalt cement or emulsified asphalt immediately prior to constructing the new abutting asphalt pavements. No extra payment shall be provided for these items, and all costs incurred in performing this work shall be incidental to pipe laying or pavement replacement.


Asphalt pavement replacement shall conform to the contour of the original pavement. A 10-foot straightedge shall be laid parallel to the centerline of the trench when the trench is running parallel to the street and across the pavement replacement when the trench crosses the street at an angle. Any deviation in the cut pavement replacement and the old pavement greater than 1/4" in 10 feet (10-foot straightedge) shall be removed and corrected.

c) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Replacement. Where trenches lie within the portland cement concrete section of streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, etc., such concrete shall be saw-cut (to a depth of not less than 1½") to neat, vertical, true lines in such a manner that the adjoining surfaces will not be damaged. The pavement replacement shall be Class "A" concrete placed to the dimension as shown on the drawings. Expansion joints shall match the existing expansion joints in the old pavement. The surface shall be wood float finish with no greater variance than 1/4" in a 10-foot straightedge either across the pavement replacement or longitudinal with the centerline of the ditch. Any greater variance than the above 1/4" shall be cause for rejection of the pavement replacement. Before placing the concrete replacement, the edges of the old pavement shall be thoroughly cleaned and given a wash of neat cement and water.

d) Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalk Replacement. Where any concrete curb, gutter, or sidewalk has been removed or displaced, the same shall be replaced to the nearest construction joints with new asphalt or concrete to the same dimensions, material, and finish as the original construction that was removed. Expansion joints shall be the same spacing and thickness as on the original construction.

e) Expansion Joints. Expansion joints shall be constructed in curb, walk, and gutter as shown on the plans or as specified herein. Such joints shall be filled with premolded joint filler. No such joints shall be constructed in crossgutters, alley intersections or driveways except as may be approved by the Engineer. One-half inch (13 mm) joints shall be constructed in curb and gutter at the end of all returns except where crossgutter transitions extend beyond the curb return, in which case they shall be placed at the ends of the crossgutter transition. No joints shall be constructed in returns.


Where monolithic curb and gutter is constructed adjacent to concrete pavement, no expansion joints will be required except at EC and BC of curb returns. Expansion joint filler 1/4" (6 mm) thick shall be placed in walk at the EC and BC of all walk returns, around all utility poles which may project into the concrete along the line of the work, and in walk returns between the walk and the back of curb returns when required by the Engineer. At the EC and BC and around utility poles, the joint filler strips shall extend the full depth of the concrete being placed. Joint filler strips between walk and curb shall be the depth of the walk plus 1" (25 mm) with the top set flush with the specified grade of the top of curb. All expansion joint filler strips shall be installed vertically, and shall extend to the full depth and width of the work in which they are installed, and be constructed perpendicular to straight curb or radially to the line of the curb constructed on a curve. Expansion joint filler materials shall completely fill these joints to within 1/4" (6 mm) of any surface of the concrete. Excess filler material shall be trimmed off to the specified dimension in a neat and workmanlike manner. During the placing and tamping of the concrete, the filler strip shall be held rigidly and securely in proper position.

f) Weakened Plane Joints. (i) General. Weakened plane joints shall be straight and constructed in

accordance with Subsections "Control Joint" and "Plastic Control Joint" below, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. In walk, joints shall be tranverse to the line of work and at regular intervals not exceeding 10' (3 m). At curves and walk returns, the joints shall be radial. In gutter, including gutter integral with curb, joints shall be at regular intervals not exceeding 20' (6 m). Where integral curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement, the joints shall be aligned with the pavement joints where practical.

(ii) Control Joints. After preliminary troweling, the concrete shall be parted to a depth of 2" (50 mm) with a straightedge to create a division in the coarse aggregate. The concrete shall then be refloated to fill the parted joint with mortar. Headers shall be marked to locate the weakened plane for final joint finishing, which shall be accomplished with a jointer tool having a depth of ½" (13 mm) and a radius of 1/8" (3 mm). The finished joint opening shall not be wider than 1/8” (3 mm).


(iii) Plastic Control Joints. The joint material shall be a T-shaped plastic strip at least 1" (25 mm) deep, having suitable anchorage to prevent vertical movement, and having a removable stiffener with a width of at least 3/4" (20 mm). After preliminary troweling, the concrete shall be parted to a depth of 2" (50 mm) with a straightedge. The plastic strip shall be inserted in the impression so that the upper surface of the removable stiffener is flush with the concrete. After floating the concrete to fill all adjacent voids, the removable stiffener shall be stripped. During final troweling, the edges shall be finished to a radius of 1/8" (3 mm) using a slit jointer tool.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Contractor's Responsibility for Safety The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. This requirement will apply continuously 24 hours a day every day until final acceptance of the work and shall not be limited to normal working hours.

B. Warnings and Barricades The Contractor shall provide and maintain barricades, guards, temporary bridges and walkways, watchmen, night lights and danger signals illuminated from sunset to sunrise, and all other necessary appliances and safeguards to protect the work, life, property, the public, excavations, equipment, and materials. Barricades shall be of substantial construction and shall be painted such as to increase their visibility at night. Suitable warning signs shall be so placed and illuminated at night as to show in advance where construction, barricades, or detours exist. Guard rails shall be provided for bridges and walkways over or adjoining excavations, shafts, and other openings and locations where injury may occur.

C. Fire Prevention The Contractor's Safety Officer shall inspect the entire work and site, including storage areas, at frequent intervals to verify that fire prevention measures are constantly enforced.

D. Fire Extinguishers and Hoses The Contractor shall furnish and maintain fully charged fire extinguishers of the appropriate type, supplements with temporary fire hoses wherever an adequate water supply exists, at the places where burning, welding, or other operations that may cause a fire are being performed.


E. Flammable or Toxic Materials Only a working supply of flammable or toxic materials shall be permitted on or on any of the permanent structures and improvements, and shall be removed therefrom at the end of each day's operations. The Contractor shall store flammable or toxic materials and waste separate from the work and stored materials for the work in a manner that prevents spontaneous combustion or dispersion, and none shall be placed in any sewer or drain piping nor buried on the site.

F. Safety Helmets, Clothing, and Equipment The Contractor shall not permit any person for whom he is responsible or liable to enter or remain on the site of the work unless the person is equipped with and wearing a safety helmet and other protective clothing and safety equipment conforming to the requirements of the District or regulatory agencies, and shall discharge from the site all persons not so equipped. The Contractor shall post conspicuous signs at appropriate locations warning the public and persons engaged upon the work of this requirement. The Contractor shall furnish for their temporary use such safety helmets, protective clothing, and safety equipment as the Engineer may request of him.

G. Hazardous Areas The Contractor shall not permit or allow any person or persons to enter any pipe or space containing hazardous or noxious substances or gases, or where there is an insufficient amount of oxygen to sustain life and consciousness, or any other hazardous area unless equipped with lawful and appropriate safety equipment and life-supporting apparatus, and unless those entering are continually monitored and guarded by and in communication with other persons outside the space or area who are equipped in the same way, can give an alarm to others for assistance, and initiate immediate rescue operations in the event of mishap.

H. Work During an Emergency

The Contractor shall perform any and all operations and shall furnish any materials and equipment necessary during an emergency endangering life or property and, in all cases, shall notify the District of the emergency as soon as practical, but shall not wait for instruction before proceeding to properly protect both life and property. Any additional compensation or extension of contract time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be applied for as provided in the specifications.

I. Compaction Tests All compaction tests required by either the governing agency having jurisdiction over the right-of-way or by the District shall be performed by the District or its agent at District expense. However, in the event these tests prove the compaction to be unacceptable to either the governing agency or the District, all subsequent tests required by the governing agency or the District shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.


Tests will be scheduled within 24 hours of the Contractor's request for tests, at locations to be selected by the District and/or the governing agency. However, tests shall not be scheduled until a minimum 4-hours work is available for the testing laboratory, as determined by the Engineer. Results of these tests shall then be available within 48 hours. In-place soil densities shall be determined by the sand cone method of test in accordance with currently adopted ASTM Standard D-1556, or by the nuclear method of test in accordance with ASTM Standard D-2922. Optimum soil moisture-compaction relations shall be determined by the method of test specified in ASTM Standard D-1557, except as otherwise specified in the Special Conditions. Soils testing provided by EMWD to determine compliance with the requirements of this specification does not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility. In accordance with provisions for guarantee of the work, the Contractor shall return at his expense to correct any backfill conditions subsequently found to be substandard by either failure or more extensive testing. The Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment necessary to prepare for all tests and to assist the soils engineer in taking the tests, as directed by the Engineer.

J. Clean-up During Construction The Contractor shall keep the premises occupied by him in a neat and clean condition, and free from unsightly accumulation of rubbish. Upon completion of the work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, satisfactorily dispose of or remove from the vicinity of the work all plants, buildings, rubbish, rock, unused and excavated materials belonging to him or used under his direction during the construction, and in the event of his failure to do so, the same may be removed and disposed of by the District at the Contractor's expense. Contractor's responsibility shall include satisfactory disposal of all debris or protective material resulting from material delivery such as plastic wrappings, pipe stulls, etc., whether or not the Contractor furnished such material. The Contractor shall carry on his operations in such sequence and in such manner as to interfere as little as possible with other improvements. When the construction is adjacent to or on residential property or cultivated fields or orchards, disposal of material and backfill operations shall be performed in such manner as to restore the properties to their original condition as nearly as practical as determined by the Engineer. Topsoil shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, and replaced after the backfill is placed.


As a part of the clean-up operation on facilities in private right-of-way, the Contractor shall restore the soil the full width of the right-of-way to a mechanical condition equivalent to that which existed at the time of the construction operations on such areas, by thoroughly loosening the soil with subsoilers, or other acceptable means and by discing and leveling if necessary, any stones, gravel, or other deleterious material left in spoil banks. On such lands debris shall be removed by the Contractor before his final preparation of the soil and shall bedisposed of as required for excavated materials. In unimproved areas the finish surfaces over pipelines shall be graded to drain surface water away from the center line of the actual trench and provide drainage away from all the structures. No ponding of surface water will be allowed within the construction right-of-way. Contractor shall complete total trench restoration (original condition or better) within 1,320 feet of trench heading or within 10 working days of construction, whichever represents the least amount of time. Failure of the contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.


Rev: 05/28/10


Section 02210 - Site Grading

C O N T E N T S PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 REQUIREMENT .......................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 STRUCTURE PROTECTION ......................................................................................................... 2 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 3


PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................ 4 3.02 PREPARATION ........................................................................................................................... 5 3.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 5 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................................................... 6

Site Grading Section 02210 – 1

SECTION 02210 SITE GRADING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENT

A. Verification of Existing Conditions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine the site of the work and to make all investigation necessary, both surface and subsurface, to determine the character of materials to be encountered and all other existing conditions affecting the work.

B. Site Grading. Grading of site shall include all excavation, fill construction, access roads, and final grading, all in accordance with these specifications, and as shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. The entire site within the area affected by construction shall be cleared and bladed. Surfaces shall be cut or filled, to the extent indicated, to finish grade stakes set by the Engineer. Finish surfaces shall slope uniformly between spot elevations or finish contour lines shown on the drawings and away from structures. Grading tolerance will be plus or minus .05 feet from surface elevations indicated. Clearing and Grubbing. All surfaces to receive compacted fill should be cleared of existing vegetation, debris, and other unsuitable materials. Abandoned underground utility lines should be traced out, securely capped at their entrance and exit to the site, and removed from the site. Concrete irrigation lines may be capped at their entrance and exit to the site, crushed in place and distributed throughout the fill as directed by the Soil Engineer. Soils which are loosened due to the removal of trees should be removed and replaced as controlled compacted fill under the direction of the Soil Engineer.

C. Lines, Grades and Measures. All lines and grades will be established by the Engineer and the Contractor shall provide him with such assistance and materials as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all survey stakes and reference points so far as possible. Should any stakes or points be removed or destroyed unnecessarily by any act of the Contractor or his employees, they may be reset at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer a reasonable length of time in advance of the times and places at which he intends to work in order that lines and grades may be furnished, inspection provided, and necessary measurements for records and payments may be made with minimum inconvenience.


D. Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall familiarize himself, and comply with all applicable state, county and municipal rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection and safety.

E. Contractor's Equipment. The Contractor shall provide such modern plant and equipment as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a satisfactory and acceptable manner, and in accordance with the specifications, all the work required of the Contractor.

F. Representatives for Emergencies. The Contractor shall file with the District a written list giving the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of at least two (2) of his representatives who can be contacted at any time in case of emergency. The representatives shall be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or inconvenient conditions on short notice. The Contractor shall promptly notify the District of all changes in the listing.

G. Power and Water Supply. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all necessary power required for his operations under the contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment as shall be adequate in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a safe and satisfactory manner the work required by the contract. The Contractor may obtain water for work under this specification from the source(s) described in the Special Provisions and Requirements of this specification.


A. Contract Drawings. The drawings show the position of various pipes and conduits and other structures as they are supposed to exist in construction areas, but no error or omission on said drawings shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of protecting any such pipe, conduit, or other structure. When deemed necessary by the Engineer, revisions of the contract drawings and additional detailed drawings will be issued to the Contractor during the progress of the work.

B. Notification of Underground Service Alert of Southern California. When performing underground work, the Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert (USA), the one-call underground facility locating service two (2) working days prior to making an excavation. Contractor shall be responsible for such notification of subcontractor's work, or shall require subcontractor or assume this responsibility.


C. Operation of Utilities. No District valves or appurtenances of other utility facilities shall

be operated by the Contractor without approval and/or instruction from the District or the utility, as appropriate.

D. Maintenance of Utilities. Insofar as practical during the progress of the work, the property of any owner of a public utility pipeline or conduit, sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage ditch, flood control channel, overhead wires or cables, or underground wires or cables, or any other structure or facility shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition at the expense of the Contractor. In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without the consent of the owner and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all damage due to his operations, and the provisions of this section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling, or is not discovered until after completion of backfilling. The locations of existing underground utilities and structures, insofar as they are known from information furnished by the respective utility companies and agencies, have been shown on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the locations of these obstructions and to locate any other underground utilities and structures which might necessitate a change in the line and grade of the new work. If the Contractor, while performing the work of construction, discovers utility facilities not identified by the District in contract plans or specifications, he shall immediately notify the District in writing. In no case shall any utility that has been damaged, whether shown or not shown on the plans, be backfilled without the Contractor notifying the utility company of the damage.

E. Utility Construction. The District may require the moving, altering or reconstructing of obstructing underground facilities, sewers, or storm drains, and compensation therefore will come under extra work where such work is ordered in writing by the Engineer. Pipelines determined to be abandoned may be destroyed if conflicting with the contract work and properly disposed of. Exposed ends of abandoned pipelines shall be plugged for water tightness as approved by the Engineer.

1.03 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Rights-of-Way and Land. The District will provide the rights-of-way and acquire the land necessary for the construction of the work under this specification. Neither the terms hereof nor anything shown on the drawings shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to conduct operations off the site in violation of any public agency ordinance or regulation restricting interference with water courses, drainage channels, roads, alleys or streets, until he has obtained permits therefore from the proper authorities.


In any street in which his work may interfere with ingress or egress of the occupants of the abutting property or of their vehicles, the Contractor shall maintain temporary practicable means of ingress and egress, or shall make satisfactory arrangements with the occupants for the obstructing of ways to their properties for the duration of the interference. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street or way during the performance of the contract work, and he shall so conduct his operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of other agencies in such streets and ways.

B. Safeguarding Excavations and Property. Excavations shall be adequately shored and braced so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that all existing improvements of any kind will be fully protected from damage. Any damage resulting from a lack of adequate shoring and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall affect all necessary repairs or reconstructions at the Contractor's own expense as directed by the Engineer and shall bear all other expense result-directed by the Engineer and shall bear all other expense resulting from such damage.

C. Waste Water. The Contractor shall take care of drainage water on construction operations and of storm water and waste water reaching the right of way from any source so that no damage will be done to the materials or work under construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to persons or property on or off the right of way due to such diversion of such storm or waste water on account of his operations. Adequate flumes shall be provided for conveying storm water around the work wherever runoff from tributary drainage areas exists.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS The Contractor shall furnish all materials not specifically called for as furnished by the District.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Excavating and grading shall be performed only when the weather conditions do not adversely affect the quality of the finished product. Any graded or excavated areas that are damaged by the effect of rain, or other weather conditions, during any phase of the construction, shall be re-excavated, regraded, and recompacted to conform to the herein-specified requirements, without additional cost to the District.


3.02 PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to meet with the Engineer regarding the equipment and methods to be used in the construction of the work, and for approval of the order and schedule of work. Dust Abatement. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and means required and shall carry out protective measures wherever and as often as necessary to prevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing nuisance. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from his operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until all required resurfacing is completed or until the Contractor has completed arrangements with the proper authorities whereby he is relieved of further responsibility. All compensation to be received for dust abatement shall be included in the prices named for appropriate items of the bidding sheet.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. Excavation. The Contractor shall perform all excavations necessary or required for the construction covered by these specifications. Excavations may be performed by either hand of machine methods and shall be of sufficient size to provide adequate space for working there, in accordance with safety regulations and practice and the Contract Drawings. Excavations shall include the removal and disposal of all materials of whatever nature and quantity including water, rock, decomposed granite or any other type of soil or material, subsurface obstructions and also overhead obstructions which may interfere with the operation of equipment used on the work, for no additional compensation.

B. Blasting. The use of explosives on the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All operations involving the handling and storage and use of explosives shall be conducted with every precaution prescribed by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California and by local laws and regulations. Only competent, reliable persons, working under experienced supervision, shall be permitted to use explosives. The Contractor will be held responsible for and shall make good any damage caused by blasting or otherwise resulting from disposition or use of explosives on the work. All such work involved in blasting shall be included in the prices bid for site grading.

C. Structure Backfill. The Contractor shall place all fill to the lines shown on the drawings or prescribed by the Engineer. The material used for backfill around structures, the amount thereof, and the manner of depositing the material shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.

D. Fill, Backfill and Grading shall include all scarifying, moistening, compacting, and other manipulations of the soil necessary to obtain the required densities, cross-sections, lines, grades and surface finish indicated or specified.


Imported materials necessary for fill or backfill to meet the specified compaction requirements shall be provided by the Contractor from areas outside the site at his own expense. Such material shall be as herein specified and must be approved by the District before delivery to the site. All backfill around structures shall be placed in layers not more than six (6) inches thick prior to compaction, which shall be moistened to optimum moisture content prior to placing and compacting to maximum compaction by use of suitable equipment approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect any structures and/or underground facilities during the placement, compacting or consolidating, and grading or backfill.


A. Disposal of Excavated Materials. Insofar as space is available in the right of way, such space may be used for temporary storage of excavated material, to be used for fill or backfill, provided that no material shall be stored or deposited in violation of any ordinance or regulation prohibiting the filling or obstructing of water courses in drainage channels. Storage of excavated material in any street or highway shall conform to the regulations of the public authority having jurisdiction thereover. All materials removed from the excavations in excess of that stored temporarily as above specified shall be immediately hauled away and used in backfilling elsewhere, or, if not used, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. The disposal area shall be acquired by the Contractor. No materials shall be disposed of either temporarily or permanently on privately or publicly owned property unless the Contractor shall first obtain permission therefore from the owner or agency concerned. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that such consent has been obtained and shall be responsible for all damages and claims that may arise in connection therewith.

B. Cleanup During Construction. The Contractor shall keep the premises occupied by him in a neat and clean condition, and free from unsightly accumulation of rubbish. Upon completion of the work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, satisfactorily dispose of or remove from the vicinity of the work all plants, buildings, rubbish, rock, unused and excavated materials belonging to him or used under his direction during the construction, and in the event of his failure to do so, the same may be removed and disposed of by the District at the Contractor's expense.


Fences on the right of way shall be removed by the Contractor where necessary for the performance of the work, and where required shall be rebuilt in as good condition as found. Where designated, fences shall be maintained until the work is completed or their removal is authorized. Where the Contractor removes existing fences to facilitate the work, temporary fence protection for lands adjacent to the right of way shall be provided at all times during the continuation of the contract. Such temporary fence protection shall be adequate to prevent livestock from straying from or onto adjacent lands and shall be constructed complete with gates and/or cattle guards. The cost of all work described in this article shall be included in the prices bid in this specification for other items of work.




Rev: 04/22/15


Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting


1.01 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 STRUCTURE PROTECTION ......................................................................................................... 2 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 2 1.04 GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................................. 3


PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................ 4 3.02 PREPARATION ........................................................................................................................... 4 3.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 4 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................................................... 9

Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting Section 02221 – 1

SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Trench, backfill, and compact as specified herein and as needed for installation of underground utilities associated with the work.

B. Verification of Existing Conditions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine the site of the work and to make all investigation necessary, both surface and sub-surface, to determine the character of materials to be encountered and all other existing conditions affecting the work.

C. Lines, Grades and Measures. All lines and grades will be established by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall provide him with such assistance and materials as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all survey stakes and reference points. SHOULD ANY STAKES OR POINTS BE REMOVED OR DESTROYED BY ANY ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS EMPLOYEES THEY MAY BE RESET AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

D. Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall familiarize himself, and comply with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection, and safety.

E. Contractor's Equipment. The Contractor shall provide such modern plant and equipment as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a satisfactory and acceptable manner, and in accordance with the specifications, all the work required of the Contractor.

F. Representatives for Emergencies. The Contractor shall file with the District a written list giving the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of at least two (2) of his representatives who can be contacted at any time in case of emergency. The representatives shall be fully authorized and equipped to correct unsafe or inconvenient conditions on short notice. The Contractor shall promptly notify the District of all changes in the listing.

G. Water Supply. The Contractor may obtain water for work under this specification from the sources as stated in the Special Provisions and Requirements of this specification.



A. Contract Drawings. The drawings identify the various pipes, conduits, and other existing utility structures as they are supposed to exist in construction areas, but no error or omission on said drawings shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of protecting any such pipe, conduit, or other existing utility structures. When deemed necessary by the Engineer, revisions of the contract drawings and additional detailed drawings will be issued to the Contractor during the progress of the work.

B. Notification of Underground Service Alert of Southern California. When performing underground work, the Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert (USA), the one-call underground facility locating service two (2) working days prior to making an excavation. Contractor shall be responsible for such notification of sub-contractor's work, or shall require sub-contractor to assume this responsibility.

C. Operation of Utilities. No District valves, or appurtenances of other utility facilities shall be operated by the Contractor without approval and/or instruction from the District or the utility, as appropriate.

1.03 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Safeguarding Excavations and Property. Excavations shall be adequately shored and braced so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that all existing improvements of any kind will be fully protected from damage. Any damage resulting from a lack of adequate shoring and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall affect all necessary repairs or reconstructions at the Contractor's own expense as directed by the Engineer and shall bear all other expenses resulting from such damage.

B. Safety Measures. Each bid proposal submitted under these specifications for the construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, or the use of such a trench or open excavation, shall include in appropriate bid items for such work the costs necessary to provide adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders, including the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, in accordance with the requirements of the California Occupational Safety and Health Act.


1.04 GUARANTEE The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire work constructed by him under the contract will fully meet all the requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship, and of materials furnished by him.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Select Backfill Material, and Special Bedding and Backfill. Select backfill material shall be selected from the excavated material or imported when not available from the excavated material. In either case, it shall be provided at the Contractor's expense, and shall be included in the costs proposed for pipeline installation on the bidding sheets. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no rocks over 3" in greatest dimension, and with no more than 15% of the rocks over 2" in their greatest dimension. Where called for on the plans or in these specifications, and not covered by a separate bid item, special bedding or backfill shall be included in pipeline construction costs on the bidding sheets. Where required by the governing agency or by the District to meet compaction requirements of these specifications, or requirements of these specifications for bedding or for select granular backfill, special bedding or imported backfill and disposal of excavated spoil shall be provided at the Contractor's expense. The requirements for special bedding and backfill at the Contractor's expense as described herein as a part of the Special Conditions or as shown on the Contract Drawings shall supersede and take precedence over any and all other requirements for measurement and/or payment for special bedding or backfill found elsewhere in these specifications. Bedding is defined herein to include sand, rock or concrete base, cradle, or encasement. Backfill material is defined herein to include backfill for both trench backfill and pipe bedding (or pipe zone backfill). Special bedding or backfill not called for on the plans or in these specifications, but required by the Engineer over and above the requirements of this specification, shall be constructed at additional cost, at prices reflecting current material costs as evidenced by paid vouchers, plus 50% to cover all costs of installation and overhead.


The encounter of ground water not anticipated in engineering reports made available for this contract, and the required over-excavation and construction of a stable base as determined necessary by the Engineer shall be considered over and above the requirements of this specification, and the required base shall be paid for at the above stipulated prices.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Excavating and grading shall be performed only when the weather conditions do not adversely affect the quality of the finished product. Any graded or excavated areas that are damaged by the effect of rain, or other weather conditions, during any phase of the construction, shall be re-excavated, regraded, and recompacted to conform to the herein specified requirements, without additional cost to the District.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Control of Water. The Contractor shall acquire such permits and take such measures as may be required, and shall furnish, install, and operate such pumps or other devices as may be necessary to remove any seepage, storm water, or sewage that may be found or may accumulate in the excavations during the progress of the work. The Contractor shall keep all excavations entirely free from water at all times during the construction of the work and until the Engineer gives permission to cease pumping. He shall keep the complete work reasonably free from accumulations of water and sewage, and shall free it entirely at such times as may be required by the Engineer for inspection or other purposes. Any accumulated water or sewage thus pumped shall be disposed of in accordance with good practice and local ordinances. The Contractor shall provide an adequate dewatering system for the control of surface and groundwater seepage into the excavations as may be required during the construction period. The proposed plan of this dewatering system shall be submitted to the Engineer for concept approval prior to the installation of the system.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. Excavation. The Contractor shall perform all excavation necessary or required for the construction of the facilities covered by these specifications. Excavations may be performed by either hand or machine methods and shall be of sufficient size to provide adequate space for working in accordance with safety regulations


and practice and the Contract Drawings. Excavations shall include the removal and disposal of all materials of whatever nature and quantity including water, rock, decomposed granite, or any other type of soil or material, subsurface obstructions and also overhead obstructions which may interfere with the operation of equipment used on the work, for no additional compensation. Excavation for foundations shall be made only after construction of subgrade, as hereinafter described, has been completed. Over excavation for foundations shall be filled with concrete. 1. Trench Excavation. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions or on the

Contract Drawings, pipeline trenches and clearances shall be per Standard Drawing SB-158 for sewer pipeline installations and B-286B for water pipeline installations. The sides of the trench shall be parallel to and at equal distance on each side of the centerline of the pipe The maximum length of trench which shall be opened or partially opened at any one time shall be limited to 500' for sewer lines and one-half mile for water pipelines, except where governed by other agencies or approved by the Engineer. Bell holes or depressions shall be dug by hand at the proper locations of sufficient size to adequately work the joints, but no larger than is required. When the trench is excavated to the line and grade as shown on the drawings, and the bedding material encountered is rock, the trench shall be excavated an additional depth of at least 4" below the grade for the bottom of the pipe, and the bottom of the trench shall be refilled with approved material, moistened and compacted by tamping or by other approved method to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Where ground water is encountered and the native material does not afford a solid foundation for pipe subgrade as specified above, the Contractor shall excavate to such depth below subgrade as determined necessary by the Engineer and shall construct a stable base by placing crushed rock bedding upon which subgrade can be prepared. Crushed rock for bedding shall be one and one-half inch (1 1/2") maximum size. When the trench has been inadvertently excavated below the designed grade, at the Contractor's expense, the bottom of the trench shall be refilled with approved material, well compacted into place in an approved manner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Where it becomes necessary to excavate beyond the limits of normal excavation lines in order to remove boulders or other interfering objects, backfill the voids remaining, as directed by the engineer but not less than 90% of maximum compaction. This work is to be done at no extra cost to owner.


Where trenching occurs in existing turf areas, remove turf in sections and keep roots damp. Replace turf upon completion of backfilling.

2. Cover. Provide minimum trench depth indicated below to maintain a minimum cover over the top of each listed utility, unless otherwise indicated in specifications or on the drawings. a) 1. Water lines: 48" b) 2. Gas lines: 24" c) 3. Electrical lines: 36"

3. Excavated Materials. Shall be piled neatly along the side of the trench and adjacent to manhole excavations in such a manner as to be of as little inconvenience as possible to the public traffic or the occupants of the adjacent property. Through all cultivated areas, topsoil removed from excavations shall be replaced as backfill in the uppermost part of the excavation to a depth as it existed previous to excavation, not exceeding 18". Where topsoil replacement is required, excavated topsoil shall be stored separately from other materials and in general shall be replaced as backfill in the same parcel of land from which it came.

4. Disposal of Excavated Materials. Insofar as space is available in the right-of-way, such space may be used for temporary storage of excavated material, to be used for backfill, provided that no material shall be stored or deposited in violation of any ordinance or regulation prohibiting the filling or obstructing of water courses in drainage channels. All materials removed from the excavations in excess of that stored temporarily as above specified shall be immediately hauled away and used in backfilling elsewhere, or, if not used, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. The disposal area shall be acquired by the Contractor. No materials shall be disposed of either temporarily or permanently on privately or publicly owned property unless the Contractor shall first obtain permission therefore from the owner or agency concerned. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that such consent has been obtained and shall be responsible for all damages and claims that may arise in connection therewith.

5. Bracing and Shoring. The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain such bracing and shoring as may be required to support the side of the excavations for the proper protection of workmen, to facilitate the work and prevent damage to the pipes and manholes being constructed, and to prevent damage to adjacent structures or facilities. Upon completion of the work, all bracing and shoring shall be removed unless otherwise directed or permitted by the Engineer.


B. Fill, Backfill and Grading shall include all scarifying, moistening, compacting, and other manipulations of the soil necessary to obtain the required densities, cross sections, lines, grades and surface finish indicated or specified. Backfill shall not be placed in trenches or excavations until the pipelines and structures in the particular section involved have been inspected and approved for backfilling by the Engineer. All excavations outside the completed pipelines and structures shall be backfilled with compacted material to the level of the original ground surface unless otherwise shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The materials used for backfill shall be imported, selected material, or approved selected excavated materials and shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. All materials placed within 6" of the pipe or structure shall be free from rocks or boulders larger than 1 1/2" maximum dimension, and from unbroken masses of earthy materials which might lodge and thereby cause unfilled pockets in the excavation. Unsuitable material encountered at the surface upon which the bedding material is to be placed shall be removed to a depth as determined in the field by the Engineer. Unsuitable material shall be as determined by the Engineer. If not otherwise specified, removal of material and additional bedding so ordered over and above the amount required will be paid for in accordance with the specifications unless, however, the necessity for such additional bedding materials has been occasioned by an act or failure to act on the part of the Contractor, in which event the Contractor shall bear the expense of the additional excavation and backfill to the required depth. The Contractor's attention is called to “dewatering" procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation will not be rendered unfit due to accumulation of water in the trench excavation. Imported materials (if any) required for fill or backfill shall be provided by the Contractor from areas outside the site at his own expense. Such material shall be as herein specified and must be approved by the District before delivery to the site. 1. Structure Backfill. The Contractor shall place all backfill about structures to the

original ground level, or to the lines shown on the drawings or prescribed by the Engineer. Fill materials shall be of earth only, and be free from debris, vegetation, alkali, or other deleterious substances. All backfill about structures shall be placed in layers not more than 6" thick prior to compaction, which shall be obtained by moistening to optimum moisture content prior to placing and compacting to maximum compaction by use of suitable equipment approved by the Engineer.


The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the structure and underground facilities during the placement, compacting or consolidating, and grading of backfill.

2. Pipeline Backfill. Full-time observation and testing will be required during all backfill and compaction activities on pipelines by a District approved soils firm. Except as otherwise required by the construction plans or the standard drawings, the material used in backfilling to 1' above the pipe shall be cohesionless, sandy, or sandy gravel material obtained from required excavation or from approved borrow areas, as shown on the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. This material shall be carefully placed and compacted to provide a firm continuous bedding and encasement for the pipe. Pipe shall be shaded the same day it is laid to protect it from possible damage and/or thermal expansion. Pipe zone backfill shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. Deposit approved backfill and bedding material, in the lower portion of the trench, in layers of 6" maximum thickness, and compact with suitable mechanical tampers to a density not less than 85%, or grade as specified in special conditions of contract, until there is a cover of not less than 24" for sewer lines and 12" over other utility lines. Care must be taken to not damage the pipe. The remaining trench backfill shall consist of select backfill material from the excavation, when available, free from stones or lumps exceeding 3" in greatest dimension, and free from vegetable matter or other unsatisfactory material. This select material as defined herein and elsewhere in these specifications, shall be placed in layers not exceeding 2’ in depth, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each lift shall be consolidated in such a manner that the backfill will meet the requirements of compaction to 90% maximum density per ASTM D1557-09. Care shall be taken not to disturb the backfill previously placed, and the Contractor shall at all times protect the pipe against flotation. All material from failed test to successful test shall be removed, recompacted and retested.

3. Compacting and Surfacing. Except as otherwise specifically required by the encroachment permit or elsewhere in these specifications, the following requirements will apply: The upper portion of the final lift will be backfilled with selected material from the excavation, moistened to optimum moisture content and compacted by mechanical tamping to meet the requirements of the District standards, of 95% maximum compaction. All backfill in public roads shall be consolidated and surfacing shall be placed to meet State of California and Riverside County requirements as stated in the respective permit, whether or not required by the inspector for that particular agency - unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.


Where backfill is in areas not within public roads, it shall be consolidated and tested to meet the requirements of these specifications, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Minimum acceptable field densities specified in District standards shall be determined in accordance with the testing procedures set forth elsewhere in these specifications. Where sand material of an approved grade is used for backfilling, mechanical compaction may be eliminated and compaction obtained by jetting. Except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, after a period of not less than 30 days or more than 60 days, any settlement shall be filled with decomposed granite.


A. Contractor's Responsibility for Safety. The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. This requirement will apply continuously 24 hours a day every day until final acceptance of the work and shall not be limited to normal working hours.

B. Warnings and Barricades. The Contractor shall provide and maintain barricades, guards, temporary bridges and walkways, watchmen, night lights and danger signals illuminated from sunset to sunrise, and all other necessary appliances and safeguards to protect the work, life, property, the public, excavations, equipment, and materials. Barricades shall be of substantial construction and shall be painted such as to increase their visibility at night. Suitable warning signs shall be so placed and illuminated at night as to show in advance where construction, barricades, or detours exist. Guard rails shall be provided for bridges and walkways over or adjoining excavations, shafts, and other openings and locations where injury may occur.

C. Compaction Tests. All compaction tests required by either the governing agency having jurisdiction over the right-of-way or by the District shall be performed by the District or its agent at District expense. However, in the event these tests prove the compaction to be unacceptable to either the governing agency or the District, all subsequent tests required by the governing agency or the District shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.


Tests will be scheduled within 24 hours of the Contractor's request for tests, at locations to be selected by the District and/or the governing agency. However, tests shall not be scheduled until a minimum 4-hours work is available for the testing laboratory, as determined by the Engineer. Results of these tests shall then be available within 48 hours. In-place soil densities shall be determined by the sand cone method of test in accordance with ASTM Standard D-1556-64, or by the nuclear method of test in accordance with ASTM Standard D-2922-071. In accordance with provisions for guarantee of the work, the Contractor shall return at his expense to correct any backfill conditions subsequently found to be substandard by either failure or more extensive testing. The Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment necessary to prepare for all tests and to assist the soils engineer in taking the tests, as directed by the Engineer. In unimproved areas the finish surfaces over pipelines shall be graded to drain surface water away from the center line of the actual trench and provide drainage away from all the structures. No ponding of surface water will be allowed within the construction right-of-way. Contractor shall complete total trench restoration (original condition or better) within 1,320 feet of trench heading or within 10 working days of construction, whichever represents the least amount of time. Failure of the contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.


Rev: 02/95

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 02242 - Cement Stabilized Sand Bedding/Backfill

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................................... 1

2.01 Cement ...................................................................................................................................... 1 2.02 Sand ........................................................................................................................................... 1 2.03 Water ........................................................................................................................................ 2 2.04 Sand-Cement Mixture Product ................................................................................................. 2 2.05 Mix Design ................................................................................................................................. 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 2 3.01 PLACEMENT .............................................................................................................................. 2 3.02 PERFORMANCE ......................................................................................................................... 2 3.03 TESTING ..................................................................................................................................... 2 3.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 2

Cement Stabilized Sand Bedding/Backfill Section 02242 – 1

SECTION 02242 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND BEDDING/BACKFILL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION Cement stabilized sand shall be used for backfill and bedding as called for by the plans and specifications, or as directed by the Engineer. This section provides for the use of cement-sand as bedding material around gravity sewer pipes constructed in open cut installations; for backfilling material around sewer pipes constructed in open cut installations, manholes, inlets, and drainage structures (if required), and for backfill in pavement sections.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CEMENT Cement shall consist of Type I, II or V Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C 150.

2.02 SAND Clean, durable sand containing not more than the following:

A. Deleterious Materials

1. Clay lumps, ASTM C 142; less than 0.5 percent.

2. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C 123; less than 5.0 percent.

3. Organic impurities, ASTM C 40; shall not show a color darker than the standard

color.

B. Plasticity Index Plasticity index shall be six (6) or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318.

C. Gradation Requirements

ASTM C-33 Concrete Sand

100% Passing - 3/8" Sieve Less than 5% Passing - No. 200 Sieve MINIMUM SAND EQUIVALENT OF 30

Cement Stabilized Sand Bedding/Backfill Section 02242 – 2 2.03 WATER Water shall be free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances.

2.04 SAND-CEMENT MIXTURE PRODUCT Sand-cement mixture shall consist of the proper percentage of cement per cubic yard or per ton of sand with sufficient water to hydrate the cement. A minimum of one and one-half (1.5) sacks of cement per ton of sand will be required.

2.05 MIX DESIGN Contractor shall provide a sample of the proposed dry mix to the Engineer for testing and approval prior to construction. These tests will be used to derive the Proctor curve.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PLACEMENT Cement stabilized sand shall be placed around HDPE pipelines where depth of cover exceeds 20 feet in a manhole reach unless otherwise stated. The cement stabilized sand bedding shall surround 42" and smaller HDPE pipe by a minimum of 12" on top and both sides and by 6" on the bottom. The cement stabilized sand bedding shall surround HDPE pipe larger than 42" by a minimum of 18" on top and both sides and by 12" on the bottom. Bedding shall be placed in 6" to 8" lifts with 3% moisture or less, and compacted mechanically to achieve ninety-five (95%) Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D 698). Sand cement mixture shall be brought to the level required by the plans if different than the aforesaid minimums.

3.02 PERFORMANCE Sand-cement mixture shall produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of one hundred pounds per square inch (100 psi) in forty-eight (48) hours when compacted to ninety-five (95%) Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D 698) without additional moisture control, cured (ASTM C 31, Item 9), and tested in accordance with ASTM C 31.

3.03 TESTING Random samples of the product will be taken in the field by the Engineer and tested.

3.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Cost of cement stabilized sand will not be paid directly, but shall be considered incidental to various bid items offered in the proposal.


Rev: 07/05

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 02444 - Chain Link Fencing

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................ 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 1 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 2 1.05 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................. 2 1.06 GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................................. 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 3 2.01 POSTS AND BRACES .................................................................................................................. 3 2.02 CHAIN LINK FABRIC ................................................................................................................... 3 2.03 TENSION WIRE .......................................................................................................................... 3 2.04 TIE WIRE .................................................................................................................................... 4 2.05 BARBED WIRE ............................................................................................................................ 4 2.06 TRUSS RODS .............................................................................................................................. 4 2.07 HARDWARE ............................................................................................................................... 4 2.08 GALVANIZING ............................................................................................................................ 4 2.09 CLASS "B" CONCRETE ................................................................................................................ 4 2.10 GATES ........................................................................................................................................ 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 5 3.01 POSTS ........................................................................................................................................ 5 3.02 CHAIN LINK FABRIC ................................................................................................................... 5

Chain Link Fencing Section 02444 – 1

SECTION 02444 CHAIN LINK FENCING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Requirement. Under these specifications, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, tools, and equipment required to completely construct the fencing, posts, gates, and miscellaneous material, including removal of trees, brush and other obstacles, as shown on the contract drawings and as specified in these specifications.

B. Rights-of-Way. All rights-of-way necessary for the construction of facilities under this specification will be provided for the Contractor. Neither the terms hereof nor anything shown on the drawings in connection with the right-of-way provided by the District, shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to conduct operations in said right-of-way in violation of any public agency ordinance or regulation restricting interference with water courses and drainage channels, road, alley, or street until he has obtained permits therefore from the proper authorities. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street or way during performance of the contract work, and he shall so conduct his operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of other agencies in such streets and ways.

C. Power. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all necessary power required for his operations under the contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment and installation as shall be adequate in the opinion of the Engineer to perform in a safe and satisfactory manner the work required by the contract.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of all work of his forces and that of his subcontractors, for adherence to all laws and regulations, and for all public relations regarding the contract work, as set forth elsewhere in the contract documents.

1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals are required only if the Contractor is proposing deviations from the requirements of the contract documents.


1.04 JOB CONDITIONS Water Furnished by District. The District will make water available for construction at the locations stated in the Special Provisions.

1.05 PAYMENT

A. Measurement for Payment. Quantities of fencing shall be measured for payment as specified herein: 1. Fencing. Will be measured in place along the line of the fence by the linear foot.

The measurement will include all chain link fabric, barbed wire, line posts, corner posts, braces, rails, post caps, truss rods, tension wire, hardware, earthwork, concrete, and miscellaneous material necessary for the complete installation of the fence. The measurement for payment will not include the width of walk or drive gates.

2. Gates. Will be measured on the basis of each walk or drive gate completely installed, including gate frames, hardware, chain link fabric, barbed wire, gate posts, braces, rails, latches, hasps, truss rods, tension wire, earthwork, concrete, and miscellaneous materials necessary for the complete installation of the gate.

B. Payment. Payment for quantities of fencing shall be made in the following manner: 1. Fencing. Quantities of fencing measured as stated above and accepted, will be

paid for at the respective unit bid prices per linear foot for the sizes of fencing stated in the bidding sheet, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work as described in these specifications.

2. Gates. Quantities of walk and drive gates measured as stated above and accepted, will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the types and sizes of gates stated in the bidding sheet, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work as described in these specifications.

1.06 GUARANTEE The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire work constructed by him under the contract will fully meet all requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship, and of materials furnished by him. The Contractor hereby agrees to make at his own expense any repairs or replacements made necessary by defective materials or workmanship supplied by him which have become evident within one (1) year after date of Notice of Acceptance of the work is filed,


and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these specifications any part of the fencing, posts, gates or miscellaneous materials which during said one-year period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of this specification. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the District may do the work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the District for the cost thereof.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

2.01 POSTS AND BRACES Posts, braces and rails shall be new galvanized pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM A-120 and shall be of the following sizes and weights:

Post Location Nom. Did.

of Post Approx.

OD Pipe

Weight

End, corner, and walk gate posts 2-1/2” 2-7/8” Standard Line posts 1-1/2” 1-7/8” Standard Braces, rails, and gate frames 1-1/4” 1-5/8” Standard Braces shall be fitted with clamps on each end, one clamp to fit gate posts and the other clamp to fit standard line posts. Gate posts, not including walk gates, shall be of the following sizes and weights:

Gate Single

Width Double

Nom. Did. of Post

Approx. O.D.

Pipe Weight

6’ 12’ 2-1/2” 2-7/8” Standard 7’-13’ 13’-26’ 3-1/2” 4” Standard

Changes in alignment of more than 30° shall be considered as corners, and cornerposts and braces shall be installed.

2.02 CHAIN LINK FABRIC The chain link fabric shall be No. 11 AWG gauge galvanized steel wire woven in a 2" mesh, manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-392. The fabric shall have a zinc coating, Class "1", by hot-dip galvanizing after weaving. The fabric shall have a barbed finish at the top.

2.03 TENSION WIRE All tension wire shall be No. 7 AWG gauge galvanized, hard drawn, steel spring wire.


2.04 TIE WIRE All tie wire shall be No. 9 AWG gauge galvanized steel wire manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-112.

2.05 BARBED WIRE All barbed wire shall be made of two strands of No. 12-1/2 AWG gauge galvanized steel wire twisted with two point No. 14 AWG gauge barbs spaced at not more than 5", and manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-121, Class "1".

2.06 TRUSS RODS All truss rods shall be made from 3/8" diameter galvanized steel rod, with drop forged turnbuckles, and galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-153.

2.07 HARDWARE All hardware, hinges, clamps, fasteners, bolts, nuts, turnbuckles, fittings, post caps, stretcher bars, and other ferrous material not previously covered in these specifications, shall be manufactured of steel, malleable iron or wrought iron, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-153. All of the above hardware and fittings shall be manufactured so as to fit neatly and assemble in accordance with the contract drawings and these specifications.

2.08 GALVANIZING All ferrous materials shall have a heavy zinc coating by hot-dip galvanizing, after fabrication or weaving, applied in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM specifications designated above.

2.09 CLASS "B" CONCRETE Concrete footings shall be of Class "B" concrete, in accordance with Section 03300 of the District's standard specifications.

2.10 GATES Walk gates shall be 3' wide. Drive gates shall be of the width as shown on the contract drawings. Gate frames shall be cross trussed with 3/8" truss steel rods equipped with drop forged turnbuckles. The corners of gate frames shall be fastened together and reinforced with a malleable iron fitting designed for the purpose or welded securely. Surplus welding material shall be removed prior to galvanizing. Chain link wire fabric shall be of the same type as specified for the fence and shall be fastened to the frame by the use of stretcher bars, clamps, and tie wire as specified for the fence, and suitable tension connectors spaced at approximately 1' intervals. Gates shall be hung by hinges not less than 3" in width so designed as to securely clamp to the gate post and permit the gate to swing back against the


fence. Hinges shall be of high malleable iron of the ball and socket type which will permit the gate to swing back against the fence. The lower hinges of the gate shall support the entire vertical load of the gates as well as provide for the resultant horizontal reaction. Each gate shall be outfitted with approved latches and provisions for padlocking. Latches, hasps and bolts shall be accessible from either side of the gate. All gates shall have extension arms extended outward with 3-strand barbed wire, positioned in a matter that the gates may be fully opened.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 POSTS Posts shall be spaced not more than 10' center to center of posts. Posts shall be set in a vertical position and shall be carefully aligned. Posts shall be set in a Class "B" concrete footing in accordance with the contract drawings and these specifications. Tops of the concrete foundations shall be troweled smooth sloping outward from the post. End, corner, and gate posts shall be braced to the nearest line post. Line posts, at intervals not greater than 1000' and at locations shown on the plans, shall be braced both ways. All posts shall have extension arms positioned at 45°, extended outward, with 3-strand barbed wire.

3.02 CHAIN LINK FABRIC Chain link fabric shall be fastened on the side of the posts as shown on the contract drawings. Fabric shall be stretched taut and securely fastened to the posts, the top rails and/or tension wires. The fabric shall be fastened to end, corner, and gate posts with 3/16" by 5/8" steel stretcher bars and not less than 1/8" by 1" steel stretcher bar bands spaced 1' apart and fastened to line posts, rails, and tension wires with tie wires or metal bands spaced approximately at 14" on line posts and 18" on rails and tension wires. Bottom tension wires and fabric shall be stretched straight from post to post excavating at high places. Filling of low places will not be permitted.




Rev: 08/92

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 02505 - Roadway Base Course

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 REQUIREMENT .......................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 CONSTRUCTION WORK AND METHODS ................................................................................... 1 1.03 CONSTRUCTION WORK ............................................................................................................. 1 1.04 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS........................................................................................... 1 1.05 DUST ABATEMENT .................................................................................................................... 2 1.06 LINES, GRADES AND MEASURES ............................................................................................... 2 1.07 RIGHT TO OCCUPY COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK ............................................................. 2 1.08 MAINTENANCE OF UTILITIES .................................................................................................... 2 1.09 SAFEGUARDING EXCAVATIONS AND PROTECTING PROPERTY ................................................ 3 1.10 WASTE WATER .......................................................................................................................... 3 1.11 CLEANING UP DURING THE PROGRESS OF WORK .................................................................... 3 1.12 BLASTING .................................................................................................................................. 4 1.13 GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................................. 4 1.14 SUPERVISION BY ENGINEER ...................................................................................................... 4

Roadway Base Course Section 02505 – 1

SECTION 02505 ROADWAY BASE COURSE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENT Work included under this specification shall include furnishing all labor, equipment and tools required for the complete construction of roadway base course as shown on the Bidding Sheets, shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein, all within the time stated in the Special Requirements of this specification. Included in the work of roadway base course construction is all clearing, stripping, excavating, scarifying, compacting, haul and overhaul, trimming and placing, as specified on plans or in Detailed Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish all material not specifically called for as furnished by the District.

1.02 CONSTRUCTION WORK AND METHODS Rights of Way and Land. The District will provide the rights-of-way and acquire the land necessary for the construction of the work under this specification. Neither the terms hereof nor anything shown on the drawings shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to conduct operations in violation of any public agency ordinance or regulation restricting interference with water courses, drainage channels, roads, alleys or streets, until he had obtained permits therefore from the proper authorities. In all the streets in which his work may interfere with ingress or egress of the occupants of the abutting property or of their vehicles, the Contractor shall maintain temporary practicable means of ingress and egress, or shall make satisfactory arrangements with the occupants for the obstructing of ways to their properties for the duration of the interference. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street or way during performance of the contract work, and he shall so conduct his operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of other agencies in such streets and ways.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION WORK It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to meet with the Engineer regarding the equipment and methods to be used in the construction of the work, and for approval of the order and schedule of the work.

1.04 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS The Contractor shall familiarize himself and comply with all applicable state, county and municipal rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection, barriers, warning lights and signs.


1.05 DUST ABATEMENT The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and means required and shall carry out protective measures wherever and as often as necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to prevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing nuisance. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from his operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until all required resurfacing is completed or until the Contractor has completed arrangements with the proper authorities whereby he is relieved of further responsibility. Such arrangements shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their completion. All compensation to be received for dust abatement shall be included in the prices named for appropriate items of the bidding sheet.

1.06 LINES, GRADES AND MEASURES All lines and grades will be established by the Engineer and the Contractor shall provide him with such assistance and materials as may be required. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all survey stakes and reference points as far as possible. Should any stakes or points be removed or destroyed unnecessarily by any act of the Contractor or his employees, they may be reset at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer a reasonable length of time in advance of the times and places at which he intends to work in order that lines and grades may be furnished, that inspection may be provided, and that necessary measurements for records and payments may be made with minimum inconvenience.

1.07 RIGHT TO OCCUPY COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK The District may wish to occupy or place in service portions of the completed work before final completion of the contract work and shall be at liberty to do so, but such occupancy or placing in service of any completed portion of the work shall not void the contract nor relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of protection and care of all work until final completion and acceptance of the entire work, provided, however, that expense directly attributable to operation and placing in service the portions of the work shall not be chargeable to the Contractor.

1.08 MAINTENANCE OF UTILITIES Insofar as practical during the progress of the work the property of any owner of a public utility pipeline or conduit, sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage ditch, flood control channel, overhead wires or cables, or underground wires or cables, or any other structure of facility shall not be disturbed but shall be supported and protected against injury and maintained in good operating condition at the expense of the Contractor. In no case shall any such property be disturbed or removed without the consent of the owner and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all damage due to his operations and the provisions of this section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling, or is not discovered until after completion of backfilling.


The drawings show the position of various pipes and conduits and other structures as they are supposed to exist in construction areas, but the Contractor before commencing excavation shall ascertain from records and otherwise the existence, position and ownership of such facilities and no error or omission on said drawings shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of protecting any such pipe, conduit, or other structure.

1.09 SAFEGUARDING EXCAVATIONS AND PROTECTING PROPERTY Excavations shall be adequately shored and braced so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that all existing improvements of any kind will be fully protected from damage. Any damage resulting from a lack of adequate shoring and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall effect all necessary repairs or reconstruction at the Contractor's own expense as directed by the Engineer and shall bear all other expense resulting from such damage.

1.10 WASTE WATER The Contractor shall take care of drainage water on construction operations and of storm water and waste water reaching the right of way from any source so that no damage will be done to the materials or work under construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to persons or property on or off the right of way due to such diversion of storm or waste water on account of his operations. Adequate flumes shall be provided for conveying storm water around the work wherever runoff from tributary drainage areas exists.

1.11 CLEANING UP DURING THE PROGRESS OF WORK The Contractor shall keep the premises occupied by him in a neat and clean condition, and free from unsightly accumulation of rubbish. Upon completion of the work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, satisfactorily dispose of or remove from the vicinity of the work all plants, buildings rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, and other equipment and materials belonging to him or used under his direction during the construction, and in the event of his failure to do so, the same may be removed and disposed of by the District at the Contractor's expense. Fences on the right of way shall be removed by the Contractor where necessary for the performance of the work and where required shall be rebuilt in as good condition as found. Where designated, fences shall be maintained until the work is completed or their removal is authorized. Where the Contractor removes existing fences to facilitate the work, temporary fence protection for lands adjacent to the right of way shall be provided at all times during the continuation of the Contract. Such temporary fence protection shall be adequate to prevent livestock from straying from or onto adjacent lands and shall be constructed complete with gates and/or cattle guards. The cost of all work described in this paragraph shall be included in the prices bid in this schedule or other items of work.

Roadway Base Course Section 02505 – 4 Through all cultivated areas where trench backfill is required, topsoil removed from excavations shall be replaced as backfill in the uppermost part of the excavation to a depth as it existed previous to excavations, not exceeding 18 inches. Where topsoil replacement is required, excavated topsoil shall be stored separately from other materials and in general shall be replaced as backfill in the same parcel of land from which it came. Any damage to crops outside the right of way or land acquired for the work shall be paid for by the Contractor.

1.12 BLASTING The use of explosives on the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All operations involving the handling and storage and use of explosives shall be conducted with every precaution prescribed by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California and by local laws and regulations. Only competent, reliable persons, working under experienced supervisors shall be permitted to use explosives. The Contractor will be held responsible for and shall make good any damage caused by blasting or otherwise resulting from disposition or use of explosives on the work.

1.13 GUARANTEE The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire work constructed by them under this specification will fully meet all requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship and conformance to plans and specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, any repairs or reconstruction made necessary by defective workmanship supplied by him, which may become evident within one year after the date of notice of completion and acceptance of the work is filed, and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these specifications any part of the work which during said one year period is found to be defective or deficient with respect to any provision of these specifications. The Contractor shall make all such repairs or reconstruction promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repair or reconstruction promptly, the District may do the work, and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the District for the cost thereof.

1.14 SUPERVISION BY ENGINEER The grading operations will be under the direct supervision of an Engineer employed by the District. The exact nature of the soils as they are disclosed will be evaluated by the Engineer, and he will make all final determinations as to the adequacy of work performed on the site. The Engineer will make such tests as are necessary to assure proper performance of the work.


Rev: 08/25/08

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 02513 - Asphalt Concrete Paving

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................... 1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS ..................................................................................................................... 1 2.01 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE ........................................................................................... 1 2.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE ..................................................................................................... 2 2.03 ASPHALT BINDER ......................................................................................................... 2 2.04 PRIME COAT ................................................................................................................ 2 2.05 PAINT BINDER .............................................................................................................. 2 2.06 TACK COAT .................................................................................................................. 2 2.07 SEAL COAT ................................................................................................................... 2 2.08 DIKES OR BERMS IN PLANT-MIXED SURFACING ............................................................... 2 2.09 WOODEN HEADERS ...................................................................................................... 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 3 3.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 3 3.02 PLACEMENT ................................................................................................................ 3 3.03 TEMPORARY PAVING .................................................................................................... 3 3.04 PRIME COAT ................................................................................................................ 3 3.05 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING ......................................................................................... 3 3.06 TACK COAT .................................................................................................................. 3 3.07 WOODEN HEADERS ...................................................................................................... 4 3.08 SEAL COAT ................................................................................................................... 4

Asphalt Concrete Paving Section 02513 – 1

SECTION 02513 Asphalt Concrete Paving

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor necessary for the furnishing, placing, and compacting of asphalt concrete work and base to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Conform to applicable requirements of Conditions of Contract.

A. Work Included. Principal items are:

1. Class 2 base. 2. Wooden headers. 3. Fine grading. 4. All asphalt concrete pavement including dikes or berms. 5. All incidental asphaltic prime coats and tack coats. 6. Coal tar sealer.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality assurance includes the requirements of this specification and/or as otherwise shown on the drawings; the entire work shall be in compliance with the provisions of the latest California Department of Transportation Caltrans Standard Specifications and, where appropriate, the Riverside County Transportation Department. In case of conflict between any requirements set forth in this section and any provisions of said standard specifications, the most stringent requirement will govern. Where otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or on the drawings, those requirements shall govern.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Aggregate Base Course shall be Class II aggregate base. The aggregate base course shall be the thickness shown on the plans and shall be placed in maximum 4” lifts. Aggregate base course shall be compacted to 95% of maximum compaction, as specified by ASTM D-1557. Aggregate base course shall be furnished, spread and compacted, as specified for Class II Aggregate Base Course in the Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Transportation, latest edition. A spreader box will not be required but care shall be taken to prevent segregation during placement.


2.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE Asphalt concrete shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39, for Type "B". Aggregate will conform to a grading for 1/2" maximum aggregate with paving grade asphalt PG 64-10 (Section 92) unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

2.03 ASPHALT BINDER Asphalt binder to be mixed with aggregate shall be paving asphalt PG 70-10 or liquid asphalt (Section 93) in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications 39, 92, and 93. Paving asphalt to be mixed with aggregate shall be steam-refined asphalts.

2.04 PRIME COAT When indicated on the Plans or in the Special Provisions, a prime coat consisting of Grade SC-250 liquid asphalt shall be applied in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39 and 93.

2.05 PAINT BINDER Liquid asphalt for paint binder shall conform to the provision of Caltrans Standard Specification Section 93.

2.06 TACK COAT Tack coat shall be Type SS1H grade Anionic Asphaltic Emulsion as per Caltrans Standard Specification Section 94.

2.07 SEAL COAT Seal coat shall be a Bituminous Fog Seal in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 37.

2.08 DIKES OR BERMS IN PLANT-MIXED SURFACING Where shown on the contract drawings, dikes or berms shall be constructed along the edges of the pavement.

2.09 WOODEN HEADERS Where indicated at edges of asphalt concrete pavement, 2" x 4" redwood headers shall be construction grade as per California Redwood conforming to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 57 and 58.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL Asphalt concrete paving shall conform to the latest Caltrans Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified.

3.02 PLACEMENT Included in the placement of the asphalt concrete paving is all fine grading for paving; placement of header boards; subgrade preparation; trimming and preparation of adjoining pavement; prime coat, asphalt concrete paving materials; placing, spreading, and rolling; seal-coating; and clean-up. No ponding of water on finish surface will be permitted.

3.03 TEMPORARY PAVING When temporary paving is required the paving shall be spread either with a District approved spreader or a grader and compacted so there is a smooth transition from the undisturbed paving and the temporary paving. The temporary paving shall be maintained to provide a smooth transition as described above until such time that the permanent paving is placed. Prior to placing the temporary paving, the Contractor shall level and compact the backfill on which the temporary paving is to be placed. Temporary paving shall be placed as soon as the condition of the backfill is suitable to receive it and shall remain in place until the condition of the backfill is suitable for permanent paving. The grade of the backfill on which the temporary paving is to placed shall be such as to provide a full thickness of temporary paving specified.

3.04 PRIME COAT The prime coat shall be uniformly applied over areas designated at the applicable rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard, unless the Engineer specifies a different application rate at the time of the work.

3.05 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING Asphalt concrete paving, as shown on the drawings, shall be constructed over a completed and primed subgrade; construction shall conform to the applicable requirements of Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39. When more than 1 lift of asphalt paving is required the Contractor may place the first (1st) lift with a District approved spreader box or a self propelled paving machine meeting the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39.

3.06 TACK COAT Application of tack coat shall be in conformance with the applicable requirements specified in Caltrans Standard Specification Section 94. Tack coat shall be applied to all vertical surfaces of walls, headers, concrete slabs, pavement joints, and similar faces against which asphalt concrete pavement is to be placed. Tack coat to be applied at rate of 0.1 gallons per square yard.


3.07 WOODEN HEADERS Wooden headers shall be 2" x 4" construction grade California Redwood, with redwood side stakes 12" -- 2" x 4" set at a maximum of 6' on centers, at all locations where the vertical edges of the proposed asphalt pavement are not in contact with an existing pavement or permanent structures. Headers shall remain in place upon completion of work.

3.08 SEAL COAT Seal coat shall be applied 6 to 10 weeks after the asphalt is laid. One application of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard will be required. All other conditions and/or methods of application shall be in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 37.


Rev: 05/28/10


Section 02718 - Installation of Water Pipeline

C O N T E N T S PART 1 - GENERAL ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................... 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................ 1 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY ..................................................................................................... 2 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 3 1.06 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 3 1.07 GUARANTEE ................................................................................................................ 6

PART 2 - PRODUCTS & MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 6 2.01 SERVICE CONNECTIONS ................................................................................................ 6 2.02 FLANGE X HUB-END VALVES .......................................................................................... 6 2.03 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ..................................................................................... 6 2.04 CEMENT MORTAR PIPE JOINTS ...................................................................................... 7 2.05 LOCATOR WIRE ............................................................................................................ 8 2.06 TELEMETRY CABLE ....................................................................................................... 9 2.07 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT ....................................................................................... 9 2.08 JOINT BONDS ............................................................................................................... 9 2.09 DROPS AND SIPHONS ................................................................................................... 9

PART 3 - EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 9 3.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 9 3.02 BEDDING PIPE ............................................................................................................ 10 3.03 RUBBER GASKET PIPE JOINTS ...................................................................................... 11 3.04 CURVES, ANGLES, CLOSURES AND SHORT SECTIONS ...................................................... 12 3.05 WELDING .................................................................................................................. 12 3.06 JOINT INSPECTION ..................................................................................................... 13 3.07 FIRE HYDRANT RUNS .................................................................................................. 13 3.08 FLANGE, FITTING AND BOLT CORROSION PROTECTION .................................................. 13 3.09 VALVE CAP AND RISER INSTALLATION .......................................................................... 14 3.10 SERVICE CONNECTION METER BOX LOCATIONS AND METER INSTALLATION .................... 14 3.11 SERVICE CONNECTIONS .............................................................................................. 14 3.12 ELECTROLYSIS FACILITIES ............................................................................................ 14 3.13 TEMPORARY BUMPHEADS .......................................................................................... 15 3.14 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TEST ........................................................................................... 15 3.15 CHLORINATION .......................................................................................................... 17 3.16 PIPE ENTRY RESTRICTIONS .......................................................................................... 21

Installation of Water Pipeline Section 02718 – 1

SECTION 02718 INSTALLATION OF WATER PIPELINE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION Under these specifications, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment and tools required for the complete installation and testing of pipe and pipeline appurtenances and allied structures as stated on the Bidding Sheets, shown on the contract drawings or specified herein, and all within the contract time. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work specified herein and the orderly progress and completion of the work in accordance with an approved schedule of construction. The work includes, but is not limited to, all excavation, backfill, disposal, resurfacing of roads and driveways, verification of utilities, installation of all pipe and pipeline fittings/specials such as crosses, tees, elbows, bends, joint restrainers, couplings, tapers, butt straps and all necessary cuts and welds. All anchorage for pipe, such as at the ends of lines, at crosses, tees, elbows, bends, etc., shall be sufficient to withstand all unbalanced forces. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, anchorage shall be provided by means of double pass, full welds of all steel pipe joints, restraint fittings for plastic (PVC) pipe, or ductile iron pipe, as required by the Contract Drawings and these specifications. The use of concrete anchorage in lieu of restrained joints will be considered on a case by case basis. All welding and restraint shall be included in the bid price for the installation of pipe. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the District with accurate tie dimensions to all valves installed in the course of constructing this project. Refer to Section 02201 of the District's standard specifications for requirements relating to Construction Methods and Earthwork and Section 02221 for requirements relating to Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of all work of his forces and that of his subcontractors, for adherence to all laws and regulations, and for all public relations regarding the contract work, as set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.03 SUBMITTALS Shop drawings for all pipe and appurtenances shall be submitted pursuant to the requirements of the Contract Documents for Submittals, and shall show the materials, dimensions, stations and all relevant details.


1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY

A. Materials Furnished by the Contractor. Except as otherwise stated on the Bidding Sheet, all materials, including water pipe and appurtenances and service connections and appurtenances, shall be furnished in place by the Contractor, excepting service connection meters will not be furnished or installed by the Contractor. Materials to be furnished by the Contractor shall include that necessary for replacement of all obstructions, road surfacing, etc. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, as soon as issued, duplicate copies of all orders placed outside the Contractor's plant for articles or materials to be furnished by the Contractor for incorporation in the work. The Contractor shall also furnish the Engineer with such additional information as reasonably may be required respecting the character of the material and progress of their procurement.

B. Materials Furnished by the District. ONLY WHERE SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR ON THE BIDDING SHEETS, OR ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER, the District will furnish any or all of the following materials necessary for the completion of the work under these specifications:

1. Cement mortar lined pipe, asbestos-cement pipe, ductile iron pipe, or PVC pipe

with rubber gasket joints and gasket rings. Pipe will be delivered to the job site by the Pipe Supplier. Pipe to be unloaded and strung along trench site by Installation Contractor. Approximately 5% of each size of pipe will be furnished in the standard short lengths manufactured by the pipe supplier, except as otherwise requested by the Contractor.

2. Valves, flanges, gaskets, valve risers and caps, bolts, crosses, tees, bends, elbows, tapers, fire hydrant assemblies complete with valve and pipe, or air valve assemblies complete with piping and valves, etc.

3. Joint materials except for cement mortar.

4. Locating wire required for asbestos-cement pipe and PVC pipe systems.

5. Telemetry wire where noted on the construction drawings.

The Contractor shall, within seven (7) days after execution of the contract, meet with the Engineer for approval of his proposed schedule of construction and shall furnish the Engineer a written statement of the Contractor's requirements for delivery of materials and equipment to be furnished by the District with the dates upon which delivery of each class of said materials and equipment will be necessary in order to conform to the Contractor's program of construction.


Materials to be furnished by the District, except for pipe, will be delivered to the Contractor f.o.b. the Contractor's trucks at the District yard or warehouse, and the Contractor will sign for these materials received. No direct payment will be made to the Contractor for hauling or handling materials or equipment furnished by the District, but payment for such handling and hauling will be included in the prices named for the contract items wherein the materials and equipment are used. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the delivery and the actual placement of all pipe in accordance with his requirements and construction schedule, shall properly barricade the pipe and other materials, and shall be responsible for any damage to property as a result of the unloading or placement of the pipe or other materials. If the delivery of any materials or equipment specified herein to be furnished by the District shall be delayed by strikes, acts of God, or other causes beyond the control or without the fault or negligence of the District, the Contractor shall have no claim against the District for such delay in delivery, but shall be entitled to so much additional time wherein to perform and complete the contract on his part as the Engineer shall certify in writing to be just.

C. Hauling and Handling Pipe. The Contractor shall protect all pipe from damage during hauling and handling. Dropping or bumping of pipe will not be permitted. Pipe will be handled with a two point pick-up with a six foot minimum spread. Slings or padded cable will be used so as not to damage exterior coating. Pipe shall not be strung prior to blasting in those areas where blasting is required. Damaged pipe shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at his expense, and subject to approval by the Engineer.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS Water Furnished by District. The District will make water available for construction at the locations stated in the Special Provisions.

1.06 PAYMENT

A. Measurement for Payment. Quantities for installation of pipelines and appurtenances on District-administered projects shall be measured for payment as specified herein and described on the Bidding Sheet: 1. Pipelines. Will be measured in place along the horizontal axis of the pipe by the

linear foot, on the basis of pipeline completely installed and tested including earthwork, special bedding included in the work, pipe, gaskets, fittings, polyethylene encasement, specials, welding, concrete and miscellaneous materials. The measurement will be continuous through all valves and fittings.


2. Valves. Will be measured on the basis of each gate valve or butterfly valve

completely installed and tested including valve, valve riser and cap, earthwork and miscellaneous materials.

3. Air Valves. Will be measured on the basis of each air valve assembly completely installed and tested including tap-to main, piping, all valves, fittings, valve box, earthwork, and miscellaneous materials.

4. Fire Hydrants. Will be measured on the basis of each fire hydrant assembly completely installed and tested including tap-to-main, piping, valve, valve riser and cap, fittings, hydrant, earthwork and miscellaneous materials.

5. Blow-offs. Will be measured on the basis of each blow-off assembly completely installed and tested including tap-to-main, piping, valve, valve riser and cap, fittings, earthwork and miscellaneous materials.

6. Special Bedding. Will be measured on the basis of the cubic yards of special bedding required to bring the bedding up to grade for the trench size excavated up to the maximum size of trench allowable under these specifications. Only that special bedding for which there are stipulated costs, or for which special bid items are listed in the bid sheet will be measured for payment. No allowance will be made for over-excavation except as directed by the Engineer, or for special bedding required in the contract work under other bid items.

7. Bore Casing. Will be measured on the basis of horizontal centerline distance and shall include all excavation, furnishing and placement of casing, furnishing and placement of all required back-packing and grouting around casing, backfilling within casing, pipe bracing, restoration of surfaces, and all labor and material for a finished job. Furnishing and installation of pipe within casing shall be included in pipeline measurement.

8. Paving. Will be measured as a part of project causing removal and/or replacement of paving, except as otherwise specified on the Bidding Sheet.

B. Payment. Payment for quantities for installation of pipeline and appurtenances on

District-administered contracts will be paid for in the following manner. Quantities of items listed herein, measured as stated above and accepted, will be paid for at the unit bid prices as stated herein, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment and tools necessary to complete the described work in place. No additional compensation will be paid above the unit bid prices for changes in quantities.


1. Pipelines. Quantities of pipelines will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices

per horizontal linear foot for the kinds and sizes of pipe stated in the bidding sheet. Work includes all earthwork, installation and testing of pipe, specials, fittings, welding, anchors, removal and restoration of pavement, curbs, gutters and sidewalks, and clean-up. Payment for pipe in place shall be further broken down based upon the Contractor's submittal under Section F-10 of the General Conditions, as concurred by the Engineer, but not to exceed in the ordinary project the following percentages of the linear foot price stated on the Bidding Sheet: Trench excavation ......................................................................... 10% Pipe laid in place and shaded ........................................................ 65% Trench Backfilled and the Backfill Compacted .............................. 20% Testing and Clean-up, Exclusive of Pavement Replacement .................................................................. 5%

2. Fittings and Specials. Payments for quantities of fittings and specials shall be included in the payment for installation of pipelines. Work includes installation of bends, tees, crosses, joint restrainers, couplings, saddles, outlets, tapers, butt straps and all necessary cuts and welding and all earthwork, and no additional compensation will be made therefore.

3. Valves. Quantities of gate valves or butterfly valves will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the size of valves stated in the bidding sheet. Work includes installation of valves, valve risers and caps, saddles, flanges, gaskets, bolts, and all earthwork.

4. Air Valves. Quantities of air valve assemblies will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the size of air valves stated in the bidding sheet. Work includes installation of tap-to-main, valves, service stops, elbows, bends, valve boxes, and all piping.

5. Fire Hydrants. Quantities of fire hydrant assemblies will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the sizes of fire hydrants stated in the bidding sheet. Work includes installation of tap-to-main, valves, valve risers and caps, saddles, bends, flanges, gaskets, bolts, hydrants, and all piping.

6. Blow-offs. Quantities of blow-off assemblies will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the sizes of blow-offs stated in the bidding sheet. Work includes installation of tap-to-main, valves, valve risers and caps, fittings, earthwork and miscellaneous materials.


7. Special Bedding. Quantities of special bedding measured as stated above and accepted, will be paid for at the stipulated cost price, or the respective unit bid price for the quantities as stated in the bidding sheet, which price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including the special bedding material.

8. Bore Casing. Payment for bore casing in place measured as stated above shall be made as specified on the bidding sheet.

9. Paving. Payment for quantities of paving measured as stated above and accepted shall be included in the unit bid for pipeline. Work includes removal and/or restoration of paving and all earthwork, and no additional compensation will be made therefore, except as otherwise provided on the bidding sheet.

1.07 GUARANTEE All work, materials, and equipment shall be guaranteed for the periods of time set forth elsewhere in the contract documents for General Guaranty or Warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS & MATERIALS

2.01 SERVICE CONNECTIONS Service connections to asbestos-cement pipe main shall be by prefabricated heavy tapped couplings for 3/4", 1" & ½” Meter Service Connections. Service connections to ductile iron pipe and PVC pipe shall be made using service saddles.

2.02 FLANGE X HUB-END VALVES Where valves do not connect to fittings, the fitting may be hub-end, or flange x hub-end. However, where valves connect to cast iron or welded steel fittings, fittings shall be flanged. Where flange x hub-end valves are not available for use with asbestos-cement pipe, flanged valves shall be used with flange x hub-end adaptors. All fittings and valves for ductile iron pipe and PVC pipe shall be bolted mechanical joint type. All valves shall be hung plumb, with the stems vertical.

2.03 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Cast-in-place structures of plain and reinforced concrete shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 26 of the Uniform Building Code and ACI 318, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Classes of concrete used in the construction of cast-in-place structures shall be proportioned as specified in Section 03300 of the District standard specifications.


2.04 CEMENT MORTAR PIPE JOINTS Mortared joints shall meet the following requirements:

A. Joint Mortar 1. Composition of mortar for caulking, buttering, or coating of joints shall be

composed of cement, sand and water, well mixed and of such consistency as to produce a dense, homogeneous mortar that will adhere firmly to the pipe surface. Sufficient hand plastering of the joint prior to placing of the mortar is to be encouraged, to enhance the bond between the pipe and mortar. a) Cement shall be Type V Portland Cement

(sulfate resistant)

b) Water for mixing mortar shall be clean and free from mud, oil, organic material, or other deleterious substances.

c) Aggregate sand shall be silica sand passing at No. 16 mesh screen; or "plaster" sand at least 80% passing a No. 16 mesh screen; or other well graded inert, granular material produced from hard rock, with strong, durable, uncoated grains, upon prior approval of the District.

2. Proportions of cement and sand in joint mortar shall be one part of Portland

cement to one and one-half parts of sand by volume. The exact proportion shall be determined by the characteristics of the sand used, and approved by the Engineer.

3. Water content shall be kept to the minimum allowing workability, as approved by the District, recognizing that better flow characteristics are required for placement in diapers around the pipe than for placement by caulking or buttering.

4. Mixing of the mortar should be long enough (approximately 3 minutes in paddle-type mixers, or 1 minute in turbine mixers) to obtain maximum plasticity. The mortar shall be used before initial set; therefore, only enough mortar shall be mixed at a time for immediate use even to the extent of discarding mortar already mixed in the event of delay in the pipelaying operation.

B. Diapers shall be impervious if available.

1. Width of diapers, where used, shall be sufficient to allow cupping of the diaper for

increased thickness of the joint mortar. Recommended minimum diaper widths:


20" dia. pipe and larger: ................................................................. 12" 12" - 18" dia. pipe: .......................................................................... 10" 10" dia. pipe and smaller: .............................................................. 9"

2. Mortar placement shall be from one side of the diaper, to allow the mortar to flow

around the bottom and up the opposite side of the pipe, to preclude the possibility of any voids inside the diaper.

C. Curing operations shall begin immediately after completion of joint mortaring.

1. Immediate backfill should follow the completion of the joint mortaring operation

where possible. Care must be taken to immediately wet down and consolidate the backfill, to avoid draining the moisture from the mortar through porous diapers into dry backfill soil, or disturbing the mortar set by subsequent compaction of the backfill.

2. Completed-joint mortar to be exposed to the sunlight where backfill will not take place until after the mortar has hardened must be kept continually moist during the curing period to prevent cracking of the curing mortar.

2.05 LOCATOR WIRE Locator wire shall be installed over all waterlines, reclaimed waterlines and forcemains whether or not telemetry wire is buried with pipe. Locator wire per Standard Drawing B-656 shall be 14-1 solid insulated copper wire (UF), in a continuous strand, placed on top of pipe and secured with tape. Locator wire shall be brought to the surface at the edge of the right of way at 660 feet maximum on centers in Brooks No. 1-SP, or equal, valve boxes. The valve boxes shall be placed within two feet of fire hydrants when fire hydrants are available at 660' or less on center. Where no fire hydrants are available, EMWD marker posts shall be installed within two feet of the valve boxes. For subdivision construction, instead of the marker post, mark the face of the curb in front of the box with the letters “LW”. Loop 2 feet of wire in valve box. Provide the inspector survey stations at each valve box for as-built drawings. After all trench backfill operations are complete, the District shall pay for and conduct the locatibility test to confirm that the wire is continuous. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to confirm, locate and repair any breaks in the location wire identified in the locatibility test. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the District for all costs to retest repaired sections of the wire. The Contractor is advised to use care in the installation and backfilling operations to prevent damage to the wire.


2.06 TELEMETRY CABLE On District-administered contracts, the District will supply the telemetry cable for installation in accordance with these specifications and contract drawings. The telemetry cable will be delivered to the Contractor at the District's warehouse. Prior to acceptance and delivery of the cable, a continuity test will be performed by District personnel or the Contractor's representative. Certification of the test results will be acknowledged by the Contractor or his representative in writing. The Contractor will be responsible for the safe handling, installation and retesting for total continuity of the cable installation prior to acceptance by the District.

2.07 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT All underground installed valves, ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased at the time of installation. Polyethylene encasement and installation shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5.

2.08 JOINT BONDS All metallic pipes shall be electrically continuous except at insulating flanges. All joints that are not welded shall have bonds to ensure continuity. Cathodic test stations and/or Insulated Test Connection 4-wire test stations shall be installed at every half mile or less except where otherwise indicated on the plans.

2.09 DROPS AND SIPHONS All waterline drops and siphons larger than 12” shall be CML&C. A soil corrosivity report with recommendations shall be prepared by a corrosion engineer and submitted to the District for approval prior to construction.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, prior to start of construction, to meet with the Engineer:

A. For approval of schedule of construction for work and completion of pipelines or

sections thereof.

B. To submit the required forms listed in the General Conditions.

C. To coordinate delivery of District-furnished materials. 1. Determine location and placing of the pipe to be unloaded and direction of placing

bells;


2. Determine the quantity of pipe to be placed in a particular location;

3. Coordinate delivery of pipe and other materials to meet his construction schedule.

D. To furnish such additional information as may be required from time to time as construction progresses, regarding the progress of the procurement and delivery of the required equipment and materials, and/or the scheduling of the work.

Any subsequent shuttling of pipe, turning of bells, etc., will be at the Contractor's expense and no additional compensation will be allowed above the unit bid price, unless authorized by the Engineer in writing. All quantities shown on the Bidding Sheet and the contract drawings indicate the estimated quantities of materials for the completed pipelines in place.

3.02 BEDDING PIPE

A. General. Each section of pipe shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that will prevent injury to the pipe, coating, or joints and shall be carefully bedded to provide continuous bearing and prevent uneven settlement. The inside of the pipe shall be clean and free from foreign material of any kind before being installed.

B. Steel Pipe. For bedding steel pipe without encasement, the trench bottom shall be given a final trim such that each pipe section first laid will be continuously in contact with the ground along the bottom as shown on the drawings, provided that in the event ground is encountered which, due to its instability or other properties, but through no fault of the Contractor, cannot be trimmed in the prescribed manner or made to retain the specified shape, a 2-inch bedding or other suitable modification of the method of bedding the pipe will be ordered by the Engineer. Bellholes will be provided to prevent bridging the pipe supported at the bells. Wherever, due to over-excavation or inaccurate trimming by carelessness in the operation of the Contractor's equipment or by his workmen, the shaping is inadequate to afford uniform support for the normal bedding of the pipe, the Contractor at his own expense, shall refill with sand, consolidate, and then reshape the trench bottom to the required section. Pipe zone bedding shall be completed in accordance with the requirements of the District standards and/or the manufacturer's trench section bid submittal.

C. Asbestos-Cement Pipe. Asbestos-cement pipe without encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA Spec. C603, shall be bedded in accordance with Section 3.2 of that specification for pipe laid on earth mounds, and in accordance with the standard drawings.


D. Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile iron pipe without encasement shall be installed in accordance

with AWWA Spec. C600.

E. PVC Pipe. PVC pipe without encasement shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D-2774-82. For PVC pipe and ductile iron pipe with mechanical joints, the gasket shall be placed in the groove of the bell. Lubricate the spigot lead of the pipe, keeping it clean and free of dirt or sand and then insert the spigot end into the bell and force into position per manufacturer's recommendation.

F. Tolerance. The pipe shall be accurately laid to alignment and grade shown on the drawings or established by the Engineer. Where grade stakes are provided with which to establish the proper pipeline grade, pipe shall be laid to grade within a tolerance of 0.1', or 0.2' cumulative deviation from elevations set by adjacent grade stakes. As ordered by the Engineer, the allowed tolerance may be greater than herein indicated for lines on steep grades, or less than herein indicated for the larger lines or lines on flat grades, where necessary to avoid air pockets.

3.03 RUBBER GASKET PIPE JOINTS After the subgrade has been prepared as specified, the rubber gasket shall be placed in the groove on the spigot ring, and the spigot end of the pipe then entered into the bell of the adjoining pipe and forced into position. Care shall be taken to avoid twisting or cutting the gasket when jointing the pipe. The inside surface of the bell shall be lubricated with a compound of Sherwin-Williams Fluxsoap or approved equal which will facilitate the telescoping of the joint.

A. Lining. For steel pipe smaller than 21 inches, buttering of joints with cement mortar and

drawing sewer ball or an approved swab or squeegee through the pipe may be substituted in place of caulking and troweling. Water shall not be turned into the pipe until the inside joints have been properly cured.

B. Coating. In the case of wrapped steel pipe, the outside joints shall be completely primed with Primer 1170 and wrapped with Protecto-Wrap. In case of cement mortar coated steel pipe, the outside joints shall be completely coated with cement mortar using diapers as set forth in Article 2.04, Cement Mortar Pipe Joints. All field coatings other than joint mortar shall be shaded with pipe zone backfill after their initial set, but prior to four (4) hours following installation, and properly protected during the shading operation. Joint mortar shall be cured as set forth in Article 2.04, Cement Mortar Pipe Joints.


3.04 CURVES, ANGLES, CLOSURES AND SHORT SECTIONS The laying of pipe on curved alignment by means of unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell rings will be permitted. The amount of pull permitted from normal closure on one side of the joint will be up to 1/2" for 8" pipe or smaller, up to 3/4" for 10" through 21" pipe, and up to 1" for pipe 24" and larger; provided that the maximum deflection shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. Where smaller radius of curvature is required, sections of pipe with beveled ends may be fabricated for the purpose and laid on curved alignment, unless fabricated bends are shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer. Beveled pipe may have a maximum bevel of five degrees measured from a plane perpendicular to the pipe's axis. The center of the short side of the bevel shall be marked on the joint bands. For the purpose of reducing the angular deflections at pipe joints and for closure sections, the Contractor shall be permitted to install pipe sections of less than standard length. Where such installations are allowed, Contractor shall be responsible for anchorage of the necessary joints, as directed by the Engineer. Curved Sections of PVC pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C-900 and manufacturer's recommendations. Closing courses and short sections of straight pipe shall be fabricated and installed by the Contractor as found necessary in the field and approved. Where closing pieces are required, the Contractor shall make all necessary measurements and shall be responsible for the correctness. Other than closing courses and short sections approved by the Engineer for field fabrication, all pipe and special fittings shall be fabricated in a shop approved by the Engineer for that purpose. Asbestos-cement pipe cutting or beveling operations shall utilize tools that do not produce concentrations of airborne asbestos dust exceeding levels permitted by regulatory agencies. PVC pipe shall be cut square, deburred and beveled in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The pipe shall be cut in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe.

3.05 WELDING The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of work performed by his welding organization. All welding operators shall be qualified under the Standard Qualification procedure of the American Welding Society. All welds shall be made by an electric shielded arc method of welding. When continuous welded pipe is specified, the Contractor shall use filler rods made of the same material as the cans, per the manufacturer's recommendations. No bending of the pipe shall be allowed. All pipe welds at joints and fittings shall be double pass full welds. Welding shall be performed only after any mortar within two (2) feet has a 24-hour set. The Engineer shall have the right at any time to call for and witness the making of test specimens by any welder in accordance with these specifications, and the expense of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.


Welds considered by the Engineer to be deficient in quality, or made contrary to any mandatory provision of these specifications, shall be removed by chipping or melting, and shall be remade. The weld-metal shall be removed throughout its depth to expose clean base metal, but in case of a strictly local deficiency, the weld need not be removed throughout its entire length, provided that a sufficient amount shall be removed to insure that sound weld metal only remains. A cracked weld shall be removed throughout its length.

3.06 JOINT INSPECTION For sizes smaller than 30 inch, Contractor must provide closed circuit television inspection (CCTV) as a post-construction method to determine if the pipeline has been installed as required and all joints have been properly finished. CCTV system shall have a rotating lens camera with articulating head. Each joint will be scanned 360 degrees. The television camera shall be specifically designed and constructed for water pipe inspection. The camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. Lighting for the camera shall minimize relative glare. Lighting and camera quality shall be suitable to provide a clear, in focus picture of the entire periphery of the water pipe for all conditions encountered during the work. Focal distance shall be adjustable through a range from 6" to infinity. The remote reading footage counter shall be accurate to one percent (1%) over the length of the particular section being inspected. The camera, television monitor and other components of the color video system shall be capable of producing a minimum of 350 line resolution. Documentation consisting of a color video tape and a written report detailing the condition of the mainline and joints shall be submitted to EMWD for approval prior to pressure testing. Any defects in the pipe lining or joints, shall be repaired and another video taken of the repaired section and submitted for approval by EMWD prior to pressure testing. For domestic water systems, all video equipment must be certified for DOMESTIC WATER LINE INSPECTION ONLY, and NEVER to have been utilized in a non-potable system.

3.07 FIRE HYDRANT RUNS In asbestos-cement pipe, ductile iron pipe, and PVC pipe systems where thrust blocks are required, trenches shall be trimmed neat to avoid encroachment of the thrust block into the area of future utility trench assignment.

3.08 FLANGE, FITTING AND BOLT CORROSION PROTECTION All corporation stops, valves and other appurtenances and fittings at the pipeline shall be primed, and wrapped with Protecto-Wrap No. 200 or 300 Coal Tar Resin tape. Bolts and nuts shall be protected using zinc caps anodes in accordance with section 15089. Fittings and valves on pipeline shall be encased in alkalized sandslurry envelope between 12" and 18" thick. Composition 50 lb. hydrated lime per cubic yard of sand. All bare iron and steel shall be field coated with one of the following as directed by the Engineer:

A. Protecto-Wrap #1170 primer and #200 or #300 Coal Tar Resin tape; or


B. two coats of Koppers Supertank solution; or

C. cement mortar meeting the requirements of Article 2.04.

3.09 VALVE CAP AND RISER INSTALLATION In new subdivision developments, Contractor shall leave valve cans 3" minimum below rough-graded subgrade street surface, properly covered, and shall return after paving of the streets is completed by others, to raise the valve slip can and cap to grade. Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the paving contractor to place the slip can during placement of the road sub-base, if desirable.

3.10 SERVICE CONNECTION METER BOX LOCATIONS AND METER INSTALLATION Service connections shall be installed by the Contractor of the size and at the locations shown on the standard drawings, with meter boxes located as shown on the standard drawing for the proper size meter service connection. Where meter installation is indicated on the standard drawings, spacers as shown on the standard drawings shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor for later installation of meters to be furnished and installed by the District. Except as specifically stated otherwise, or as coordinated by the Engineer upon mutual agreement during construction, meter boxes shall be set after curbs have been constructed in those areas involving curb construction in the street improvement, and after grading of the parkway or road shoulders. The Contractor shall maintain the meter boxes within County road improvements until those improvements are accepted by the County.

3.11 SERVICE CONNECTIONS Service connections to asbestos-cement pipe shall utilize heavy tapped couplings where service connections are made or locations are known at the time of main installation. Service connections to ductile iron pipe and PVC pipe shall utilize service saddles. Water Service Compression Couplings where required or permitted, shall utilize a stainless steel insert in accordance with the drawings. The stainless insert specified shall be a full circle insert; split or collapsible inserts will not be accepted.

3.12 ELECTROLYSIS FACILITIES Such as insulating flanges, test connection stations, and bonding of pipe joints shall be installed to eliminate conductivity of electrical current or to ensure such conductivity, whichever is appropriate. Inasmuch as the testing of these installations requires specialized equipment, any tests required by the Engineer will be performed by the District or its agent at District expense on District-administered contracts. The electrical potential and current necessary to successfully test the installation shall be determined by the District or its agent for each individual facility, dependent upon such factors as the pipe-to-soil potentials available.


3.13 TEMPORARY BUMPHEADS The Contractor shall furnish and install complete, all the necessary temporary bumpheads or skillets and appurtenances thereto in the pipeline used for backfilling or testing purposes and shall remove such bumpheads upon completion of the line. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, any openings in the pipeline or bumphead and any valves or by-pass arrangements which are for his convenience in filling, testing and/or emptying the pipeline. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and the ends of the pipe in the trench shall be tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating due to water entering the trench from any source, shall assume full responsibility for any damage due to this cause and shall at his own expense restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if it is displaced due to floating. If the Contractor, upon approval by the Engineer, elects to test a system utilizing valves and connecting pipe installed by the District, the District will assume responsibility for any leaks occurring in any pipeline or valve furnished and installed by the District. In the event Contractor is unable to satisfactorily test his system because of leaks in the District-installed system, Contractor shall install temporary bumpheads in his construction to perform tests, as determined necessary by the Engineer. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and equipment (except water when provided by the District), and for doing all work involved in testing, and for repairing any leaks shall be included in the price paid for installation of the pipe, and no additional compensation by the District will be allowed therefore.

3.14 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TEST Upon completion of the laying, jointing, backfilling, and proper curing of the joints, and compaction of backfill, the pipeline or portions thereof shall be hydrostatically tested. For convenience of testing, the pipeline may be divided into sections and each section tested separately. Main line valves may be used in lieu of special bumpheads, or if valves are not conveniently located, temporary bumpheads shall be constructed. Bumpheads shall be constructed to safely withstand the hydraulic pressures imposed upon them. No payment will be made expressly for the work and materials required for the bumpheads and any compensation desired by the Contractor for this work shall be included in the price quoted for the installation of pipe. The Contractor shall have no claim against the District by reason of required construction of bumpheads due to the omission of the installation of any or all main line valves.

Installation of Water Pipeline Section 02718 – 16 After the section of pipeline has been bumpheaded and completely filled with water, it shall be allowed to stand under pressure a sufficient time to allow the pipe to obtain a maximum absorption of water and to allow the escape of air from any air pockets. The pressure shall then be increased to the specified test pressure as hereinafter described, and shall be maintained at this pressure for not less than four (4) hours. All pipes shall be tested under a pressure 1 1/2 times the pressure rating of the pipe, but not less than 150 pounds per square inch. Maximum test pressure shall not exceed 225 pounds per square inch unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. As a matter of information, valves specified elsewhere for installation shall meet the following conditions:

Gate Valves AWWA C-500 requires:

12" & smaller: 200 psig rated working pressure 16" & larger: 150 psig rated working pressure

At these pressures, allowable hydrostatic leakage rate is 1 fl. oz./hour/inch of nominal valve size.

Butterfly Valves

AWWA C-504 requires: 3" - 72": 150 psi working pressure

Allowable leakage:

Drip-tight at 150 psi hydrostatic pressure differential

Dresser 450 [AWWA Class 150-B (150 psi)] 4" - 12": 200 psi rated working pressure 14" & larger: 150 psi rated working pressure

Allowable leakage:

Bottle tight at rated working pressure differential If testing is against gate valves and leakage is detected through the valve, additional leakage over and above the allowable leakage for the pipeline may be allowed at the rate of 1 fl. oz./hour/inch of valve diameter. There will be no allowance for leakage through butterfly valve.


If any leakage is evidenced in the testing of the pipeline, the various sections of the pipeline shall be isolated for testing between available valves, or between bumpheads located as directed by the Engineer. The maximum allowable leakage for asbestos-cement pipe shall be ten (10) gallons per day per mile of pipe per inch of pipe inside diameter. The maximum allowable leakage for steel pipe shall be two (2) gallons per day per mile of pipe per inch of pipe inside diameter. The maximum allowable leakage for ductile iron pipe shall be seven (7) gallons per day per mile of pipe per inch of pipe inside diameter. The maximum allowable for PVC pipe shall be six (6) gallons per day per mile of pipe per inch of pipe inside diameter. If the leakage exceeds this amount, the section being tested will be considered defective. The Contractor shall determine the points of leakage, make the necessary repairs and perform another test. This procedure shall be continued until the leakage in each section falls below the allowable maximum for that section of pipeline. Leakage shall be determined by metering the water injected into the pipeline while under the required pressure. The Contractor shall submit to the District before and after the test the gage and meter used so that these devices may be tested by this District. The Contractor shall provide all calibrated meters for measurement of leakage, all bumpheads or skillets, piping, calibrated gages, pumps and other equipment, all water not furnished by the District, and all power and labor necessary for the performance of pressure tests satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and labor to fill each section of pipeline tested and for pumping the water from one test section to another as may be necessary for obtaining and maintaining the required water pressure and for filling the entire pipeline with water after the conclusion of the testing, as hereinafter provided. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do any excavation necessary to locate and repair leaks or other defects which may develop under test, including removal of backfill already placed, shall replace such excavated material, and shall make all repairs necessary to meet the required water tightness after which the test shall be repeated until the pipe meets the test requirements. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer. After the pipe has met successfully all test requirements specified herein, the entire pipeline shall be filled with water and so maintained until the completion of the contract unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer.

3.15 CHLORINATION

A. Flushing. Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be flushed to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If no hydrant is installed at the end of the main, then a tap should be provided large enough to develop a velocity of at least two and five-tenths (2.5) feet per second in the main. A two and one-half (2½ ) inch hydrant opening will, under normal pressures, provide this velocity in pipe sizes up to and including twelve (12) inch. All taps required for chlorination, flushing purposes, or for temporary or permanent release of air shall be provided for by the CONTRACTOR as a part of the construction of water mains.


B. Requirement of Chlorine. Before being placed into service, all new mains and repaired

portions of, or extension to existing mains shall be chlorinated so that the initial chlorine residual is not less than 50 mg/l and that a chlorine residual of not less than twenty-five (25 mg/l) remains in the water after standing twenty-four (24) hours in the pipe.

C. Form of Applied Chlorine. Chlorine shall be applied by one of the methods which follow subject to approval by the ENGINEER. 1. Liquid Chlorine. A Chlorine gas-water mixture shall be applied by means of a

solution-feed chlorinating device, or the dry gas may be fed directly through proper devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing effective diffusion of the gas into the water within the pipe being treated. Chlorinating devices for feeding solutions of the chlorine gas, or the gas itself, must provide means for preventing the backflow of water into the chlorine.

2. Chlorine-Bearing Compounds in Water. A mixture of water and high-test calcium hypochlorite (65-70% Chlorine) may be substituted for the chlorine gas water mixture. The dry powder shall first be mixed as a paste and then thinned to a one (1) percent chlorine solution by adding water to give a total quantity of seven and five-tenths (7.5) gallons of water per pound of dry powder. This solution shall be injected in one end of the section of main to be disinfected while filling the main with water in the amounts as shown in the table which follows:

Chlorine Requirements to Produce 50 mg/l Concentration in 100 Foot of Pipe - By Diameter

Pipe Size Inches

100% Chlorine Chlorine, LB.

1% Chlorine Solution, Gals.

4 0.027 0.33 6 0.061 0.73 8 0.108 1.30

10 0.170 2.04 12 0.240 2.88


3. Tablet Disinfection. Tablet disinfection if best suited to short extensions (up to

2500 ft.) and smaller diameter mains (up to 12 inch). Since preliminary flushing must be eliminated in using this method, it should be utilized only when scrupulous cleanliness has been used in construction. It should not be used if trench water or foreign material has entered the main or if the water is below 41 F. Tablets should be placed in each section of pipe, hydrants, hydrant branches, and other appurtenances. Tablets must be at the top of the main and shall be attached by an adhesive, such as Permatex No. 1 or any alternative approved by the ENGINEER. Tablets in joints between pipe sections, hydrants, hydrant branches, or appurtenances are to be crushed and placed inside the annular space, rubbed like chalk in butt ends of sections to coat them if the type of assembly does not permit crushing. In filling a section of piping with water when using the tablet method, water velocity shall be less than one (1) foot per second.

Number of 5-Grain Hypochlorite Tablets Required

for a Dosage of 50 MG/L per Length of Pipe Section

Pipe Size Inches

Length of Pipe Section <------------------------Foot------------------------>

Up to 13 18 20 30 40

2 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 2 2 6 2 2 3 3 4

10 3 5 7 7 9 12 5 6 10 10 14

D. Point of Application. The preferred point of application of the chlorinating agent is at the beginning of the pipe line extension or any valved section of it, and through a corporation stop inserted in the pipe. The water injector for delivering the chlorine-bearing water into the pipe should be supplied from a tap made on the pressure side of the gate valve controlling the flow into the pipe line extension. Alternate points of application may be used when approved or directed by the ENGINEER.


E. Preventing Reverse Flow. Valves shall be manipulated so that the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into the line supplying the water. Check valves may be used if desired.

F. Retention Period. Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least twenty-four (24) hours. After this period, the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least twenty-five (25) mg/l.

G. Chlorinating Valves and Hydrants. In the process of chlorinating newly laid pipe, all valves or other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipe line is filled with the chlorinating agent and under normal operating pressure.

H. Final Flushing and Testing. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the newly laid pipe at its extremity until the replacement water throughout its lengths shows upon test, a chlorine residual of less than one (1) mg/l. In the event chlorine is normally used in the source of supply, then the tests shall flow a residual of not in excess of that carried in the system. After flushing, water samples collected on two (2) successive days from the treated piping system, as directed by the ENGINEER, shall show satisfactory bacteriological results. A minimum of one sample shall be taken from the end of the new main and one from each branch of the new main. If the new main is extremely long, then samples shall be collected along the length of the line as well as at its end. If trench water has entered the main during construction, or if excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the main, then bacteriological samples shall be taken every 200 feet at 24 hours after the final flush. Each sample will be subjected to the MMO-MUG or approved method and Heterotrophic Plate Count. If total and/or fecal coliform bacteria are present, then the sample fails and corrective action shall be performed, and a re-sample submitted. If an HPC of greater than 500 colony forming units is found, then the sample fails State and Federal regulations. For both the re-sample, and the replacement sample, it may be recommended that upsteam and downstream samples are taken to eliminate the possibility of a poor sampling site. (Another way to eliminate a poor sampling site is to request that the contractor install a sampling station or a sampling spigot.) It may also be recommended that a source sample is obtained. This sample will be taken outside the influence of the main being tested, and labeled “source”.


Bacteriological analysis must be performed by a laboratory certified by the California Department of Public Health.

I. Repetition of Flushing and Testing. Should the initial treatment result in an unsatisfactory bacterial test, the original chlorination procedure shall be repeated by the CONTRACTOR until satisfactory results are obtained.

3.16 PIPE ENTRY RESTRICTIONS No person shall enter a pipe that has not been checked for hazardous gases and oxygen concentration. Incapacitated persons in the pipe shall be practically accessible for rescue within five minutes. The Contractor shall adhere to all the installation recommendations of the pipe manufacturer including any requirements for bedding and backfill before stull removal and joint mortar. The recommendations of the manufacturer shall be included in the prices bid for installation.




Rev: 05/28/10


Section 02762 - Furnish & Install Plastic Sewer System


1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 RECORDS ................................................................................................................................... 1 1.03 CARE & HANDLING .................................................................................................................... 1 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 2 1.05 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................. 2 1.06 GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................................. 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS & MATERIALS .................................................................................................... 4 2.01 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR ............................................................................... 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 6 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE .............................................................................................................. 6 3.02 MANHOLES .............................................................................................................................. 10 3.03 CLEANING SEWER LINES ......................................................................................................... 11 3.04 MANDREL TEST OF ABS & PVC PIPE ........................................................................................ 11 3.05 LEAKAGE TESTS ....................................................................................................................... 12 3.06 SEWER PIPE REPAIRS ............................................................................................................... 14 3.07 LATERAL MARKERS .................................................................................................................. 14

Furnish & Install Plastic Sewer System Section 02762 – 1

SECTION 02762

FURNISH & INSTALL PLASTIC SEWER SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, tools, and equipment required for the complete construction of pipelines, manholes, clean-outs, and other allied structures and appurtenances as stated on the Bidding Sheets, shown on the Contract Drawings, and specified herein, all within the time as stated in the Contract Documents. These provisions establish the requirements for the use of plastic pipe (i.e., ABS, PVC, and ABS and PVC Composite pipe) for house lateral and main line sewer construction. Use is limited to those projects which specify or indicate plastic sewer pipe as an alternate. Plastic pipe may only be used where indicated on plans approved by the District. Where plastic pipe is used, one type shall be used between consecutive manholes and shall include the house laterals in that system. When pipe and fittings are fabricated by the same manufacturer, contractor will not be allowed to use fittings from other manufacturers. ABS solid wall pipe shall be used for laterals with ABS and PVC Composite pipe systems. Plastic laterals may be used with clay pipe main except those mains subject to industrial flows, as determined by the Engineer. Plastic pipe shall not be used for curved sewers which are 12" diameter or larger. Plastic pipe shall not be used for sewers serving industrial areas, or areas that, in the opinion of the District, are likely to be rezoned to industrial zones. Refer to Section 02201 of the District’s standard specifications for requirements relating to Construction methods and Earthwork and Section 02221 for requirements relating to Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

1.02 RECORDS A true and accurate record of the location of all wye or tee branches, laterals, clean-outs, and other connections and appurtenances shall be kept by the Contractor, and such record shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to, or immediately upon, completion of the work. The location of the end of all laterals and main stub-outs shall be shown at ground surface by a marker approved by the Engineer.

1.03 CARE & HANDLING Pipe shall be stored at the jobsite in unit packages provided by the manufacturer. Caution shall be exercised to avoid compression, damage or deformation to bell ends of the pipe. If pipe is to be exposed to direct sunlight for more than 14 days, pipe must be covered with an opaque material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe to prevent excessive heat accumulation.

Furnish & Install Plastic Sewer System Section 02762 – 2 If pipe is strung along trench prior to installation, string only pipe to be used within a 24-hour period; all pipe is to be laid on a flat surface. The interior as well as all sealing surfaces of pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. Gaskets shall be protected from excessive exposure to heat, direct sunlight, ozone, oil and grease. Solvent cement when used shall be stored in tightly sealed containers away from excessive heat.

1.04 JOB CONDITIONS The Contractor shall familiarize himself and comply with all applicable state, county and municipal rules and regulations pertaining to sanitation, fire protection and safety, and all provisions of the Contract Documents.

1.05 PAYMENT

A. Measurement For Payment. Quantities for installation of sewer pipe, manholes, and other appurtenances on District-administered contracts shall be measured for payment as specified herein: 1. Main Sewer Lines will be measured in place along the horizontal centerline of the

pipe by the linear foot. The measurement will be continuous through all wye branches, fittings, and manholes, except that said measurement will be taken to the center only of manholes where sewer lines terminate.

2. Laterals will be measured in place along the horizontal centerline of the pipe by the linear foot from the centerline of the main line sewer to the end of the lateral as shown on the construction drawings.

3. Clean-outs will be measured on the basis of each clean-out installed, including wye branch, riser, screw plug, and box with cover.

4. Manholes will be measured on the basis of each manhole completely installed, including required stub-outs.

5. Special Bedding will be measured on the basis of the cubic yards of special bedding required to bring the bedding up to grade for the trench size excavated up to the maximum size of trench allowable under these specifications. No allowance will be made for over-excavation except as directed by the Engineer.

6. Bore Casing will be measured on the basis of horizontal centerline distance and shall include all excavation, furnishing and placement of casing, furnishing and placement of all required backpacking and grouting around casing, backfilling within casing, pipe bracing, restoration of surfaces, and all labor and material for a finished job. Furnishing and installation of pipe within casing shall be included in pipeline measurement.


7. Paving will be measured as a part of project causing removal and/or replacement

of paving, except as otherwise specified on the Bidding Sheets.

B. Payment. Payment for quantities of sewer pipe and manholes will be paid in the manner described herein below. No additional compensation will be paid above the unit bid price for changes in quantities. Requests for partial payments will not be approved if the record drawings and revised Construction Progress Schedule and bar chart are not kept current, an request for final payment will not be approved until the completed record drawings, showing all variations between the work "as-constructed" and as originally shown on the contract drawings or other contract documents, has been delivered to the District. 1. Sewer Pipe. Quantities of main sewer pipe and laterals measured as stated above

and accepted, will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices per horizontal linear foot for the several kinds and sizes of pipe, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including pipe, wye branches, fittings, clean-outs, appurtenances, excavation, backfill, imported select granular backfill, special bedding, cradles or encasements, laterals where required, testing, removal and restoration of pavements, curbs, gutters and sidewalks, and disposal of surplus earth and rock spoil. Payment for pipe in place shall be further broken down based upon the Contractor's submittal under Section F-10 of these specifications, as concurred by the Engineer, but not to exceed in the ordinary project the following percentages of the linear foot price stated on the Bidding Sheet: Trench excavation ..................................................................................... 10% Pipe laid in place and shaded .................................................................... 65% Trench backfilled and backfill compacted ................................................. 20% Testing and clean-up, exclusive of pavement replacement ....................... 5%

2. Wye or Tee Branches. Payment for quantities of wye or tee branches and 1/8 bends shall be included in the payment for the unit bid prices for sewer pipe, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including wye branches only or wye branches plus 1/8 bends or short pipe sections as applicable, and no additional payment shall be made therefore.


3. Clean-outs. Payment for quantities of clean-outs measured as stated above and accepted will be paid for at the unit bid price stated on the Bidding Sheets, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including wye branch, riser, screw plug, and box with cover, and no additional payments will be made therefore.

4. Manholes. Quantities of manholes measured as stated above and accepted, will be paid for at the respective unit bid prices for the sizes of manholes stated on the Bidding Sheets, which prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including concrete base, manhole rings and tops, drop manhole inlets and supports, mortar, manhole frames and covers, stubs, earthwork, testing, removal and restoration of pavement, and disposal of surplus earth.

5. Special Bedding. Quantities of special bedding measured as stated above and accepted, will be paid for at the stipulated cost price, or the respective unit bid price for the quantities as stated on the Bidding Sheets, which price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work in place, including the special bedding material.

6. Bore Casing. Payment for bore casing in place measured as stated above shall be made as specified on the Bidding Sheets.

7. Paving. Payment for quantities of paving measured as stated above and accepted shall be included in the unit bid price for pipeline. Work includes removal and/or restoration of paving and all earthwork, and no additional compensation will be made therefore, except as otherwise provided on the Bidding Sheets.

1.06 GUARANTEE All work, materials, and equipment shall be guaranteed for the periods of time set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents for general guaranty or warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS & MATERIALS

2.01 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR

A. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM designation D-2751, SDR 23.5 or 35.

B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe. PVC solid wall pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM designation D-3034, SDR 35.


C. Pipe Jointing for the various types of plastic shall be as follows: 1. PVC Pipe Gasketed Joint Assembly. The assembly of the gasketed joint should be

performed as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. The elastomeric gaskets may be supplied separately in cartons or prepositioned in the bell joint or coupling at the factory. When gaskets are color coded, be sure to consult the pipe manufacturer or his literature for the significance. In all cases, clean the gaskets, the bell or coupling interior, especially the groove area (except when gasket is permanently installed) and the spigot area with a rag, brush or paper towel to remove any dirt or foreign material before the assembling. Inspect the gasket, pipe spigot bevel, gasket groove, and sealing surfaces for damage or deformation. When gaskets are separate, use only gaskets which are designed for and supplied with the pipe. Insert them as recommended by the manufacturer. Lubricant should be applied as specified by the pipe manufacturer. Bacterial growth, damage to the gaskets or the pipe, may be promoted by use of nonapproved lubricants. Use only lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacturer. After lubrication, the pipe is ready to be joined. Good alignment of the pipe is essential for ease of assembly. Align the spigot to the bell and insert the spigot into the bell until it contacts the gasket uniformly. Do not swing or "stab" the joint; that is, do not suspend the pipe and swing into the bell. When field-cut is necessary, a square cut is required. Use a factory-finished beveled end as guide for proper bevel angle and depth of bevel plus distance to the insertion reference mark.

2. PVC Solvent-Cemented Joint Assembly. Solvent-cemented joints should be made in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations or in accordance with ASTM D-2855, Standard Recommended Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.

3. ABS Pipe Joint Assembly. Solvent-welded jointing of ABS pipe shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions which shall be furnished to the Engineer. Joint solvent cement shall be an ABS cement conforming to ASTM D-2235. The ends of ABS Composite Pipe shall be thoroughly coated with solvent cement. All safety precautions prescribed by the manufacturer in use of solvent cement are to be observed. Gaskets observed shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer's pipe supplied.

D. Portland Cement Concrete. All concrete shall meet the requirements of the Detailed

Provisions of the District standard specifications, except that only Type V or Type II Portland Cement shall be used.


E. Portland Cement Mortar. All cement mortar used for construction purposes shall consist of one (1) part Portland Cement (Type V or Type II) to two (2) parts of silica sand by volume and moistened with sufficient water to permit placing, buttering, caulking or coating without crumbling, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

F. Manholes. All manholes, covers, frames and steps shall meet the requirements of the Detailed Provisions of the District standard specifications, and of the District standard drawings. One-piece cone and shaft will not be accepted. Manhole stub-outs shall be included in manhole installations, and shall be of clay pipe of the size designated on the drawings. All stub-outs shall be plugged for future connection, with neoprene stoppers or approved equal. Manhole frames and covers will be furnished by the Contractor upon prior approval by the District of shop drawings. Such prior approval by the District shall in no way nullify the District's right to accept or reject any individual unit as furnished or as installed.

G. Manhole Connections. Connections of plastic sewer pipe to a manhole shall be watertight. Concrete manhole connections shall be "O" ring type produced from elastomeric compound or prefabricated manhole waterstop, grouted or locked into the manhole wall, the type to be approved by the Engineer. Additional requirements may be imposed by District for manhole connections in projects constructed in areas of high or potentially high ground water.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE Installation of pipe shall start at the low end of each section and proceed upgrade. All bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell end upgrade. Assembly of all types of pipe shall be done in strict conformance with the requirements of the pipe manufacturer. Curved sewers shall not be constructed of plastic pipe. Pipe shall be accurately laid to alignment and grade shown on the drawings or established by the Engineer. Where grade stakes are provided with which to establish the proper pipeline grade, pipe shall be laid to grade within a tolerance of 0.02', or 0.05' cumulative deviation from elevations set at 100' stations.


Sags, or standing water in pipe, shall meet the following criteria:

Complies with Specification

Does not Comply with Specifications

Resulting in No Payment

Does not Comply with Specifications and Reconstruction

is Required

1/2" or less greater than 1/2" greater than 1" sag sag sag

If standing water depth in the sag exceeds the value listed under "No Payment", then to compensate for anticipated higher than average pipeline operation and maintenance cost, no payment will be made for construction. The nonpayment amount will include all construction costs including such items as excavation, pipe installation, backfilling, resurfacing, etc., for the length of standing water that exceeds the value for "No Payment". Due to unacceptably high operation and maintenance costs and poor system reliability, pipelines with sag depths exceeding those listed for "Reconstruction is Required" will be rejected. Reconstruction of the entire length of standing water plus 20 feet on each side of the standing water will be required. Damaged pipe must be removed and not reused.

A. Bedding. All pipes shall be laid in a bed prepared by hand work, dug true to line and grade, to furnish a true and firm bearing for the pipe throughout its entire length. Adjustment of pipes to lines and grade shall be made by scraping away or filling in and tamping material under the body of the pipe throughout its entire length, and not by blocking or wedging. Where a hand-shaped trench bottom conforming to barrel of pipe is not available or practical, Class "C" bedding shall be utilized below the pipe to a depth of one-eighth (1/8) the outside diameter of the pipe, but not less than 4". The flexibility of plastic pipe may cause a possible problem in maintaining line and grade. Therefore, special care must be taken in the preparation of the subgrade and in the placement of bedding to ensure that the pipe is laid true to line and grade as required in this specification. Plastic pipe shall be bedded as shown in the following table: Type of Pipe Depth of Cover Bedding Required

Solid Wall (ABS & PVC) 4" to 15" size

0' to 20' Crushed rock envelope Per SB-157, Class “BB”

greater than 20' Special Design

ABS & PVC Composite less than 4' Encasement per SB-157


Type of Pipe Depth of Cover Bedding Required 8" to 15" size No. 2

or

ABS Solid Wall SDR 23.5, 4"

4' to 9' SB 157, Class "D"

to 6" diameter 9' to 20' Crushed rock bedding to spring line per SB-157, Class "B"

20' to 30' Encasement per SB-157 No. 2

greater than 30' Special Design

B. Bell Holes shall be provided at the ends of each pipe length, of sufficient size to permit making up the particular type of joint being used.

C. Alignment. Pipes shall be laid in accurate conformity with the prescribed lines and grades, which alignment shall be obtained by plumbing and measuring from a tightly stretched wire or line running parallel with the flow line grade and supported over the centerline of the sewer by batterboards or bars accurately placed and firmly fastened in place across the trench; or by some other comparable method acceptable to the Engineer. Alternate use of commercial LASER grade setting systems in lieu of string lines specified herein is acceptable when the following requirements and conditions are met: 1. The Contractor shall have the responsibility of providing an instrument operator

who is qualified and trained in the operation of the LASER and said operator must adhere to the provisions of the State of California Construction Safety Orders issued by the Division of Industrial Safety. Attention is particularly directed to Section 1516, and 1800 through 1901, of said Orders for applicable requirements.

2. All LASER control points shall be established bench marks or construction off-set

stakes identified on cut sheets and set in the field for the work. LASER set up points shall be on these control points or on points set directly from them by instrument.

3. Pipe alignment shall not deviate from that shown on the plans by more than 3/4

pipe diameter, nor shall it change in alignment more than 2 inches in 20 feet.


4. After each length of pipe has been laid to line and grade, it shall be jointed to the

preceding section as hereinafter specified, and after said jointing procedure has commenced, there shall be no movement of the pipe whatsoever in subsequent operations.

D. Pipe Cleaning. Before each new length of pipe is placed, the interior of the preceding

pipe shall be carefully cleaned of all dirt and debris. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and the ends of the pipe in the trench shall be tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating due to water entering the trench from any source, shall assume full responsibility for any damage due to this cause and shall at his own expense restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if it is displaced due to floating.

E. Laterals and Clean-outs shall be constructed at the points indicated on the plans, and in accordance with the standard drawings. Connections of house laterals to sewer mains shall be made with factory-molded wye or tee connections as shown on EMWD standard drawings, except that only one type shall be used universally throughout the project. Wye or tee branches shall be laid with the axis of the "Y" or "T" entering the main sewer at an angle above the horizontal axis of said main, unless specifically called out otherwise on the plans or in the Special Conditions, but, unless specifically called out otherwise, this angle shall not exceed 45°. Whenever any service connection is to be temporarily blanked off, it shall be plugged with a cover or plug recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe. Lateral connections to existing mains shall be made pursuant to the provisions of the appropriate standard drawing for saddle connection to the existing main pipe material. All sewers of this project are new sewers. Accordingly, laterals installed by saddle connections as shown on Std. Dwg. SB-176 and will be allowed only where unanticipated laterals are added after the sewer main is laid past the point of connection. In such case the already laid sewer main is shown on the standard drawing as "existing sewer main."


F. New Sewer Laterals on Existing Plastic Main. The required excavation and cleaning of main surfaces for a tap and saddle shall be performed by the Contractor and when such taps are installed by District forces, the Contractor shall have the additional materials and equipment at the jobsite as follows: barricades; proper pipe; standard bedding material as specified in these specifications; and a ladder long enough to extend two-and-one-half (2-1/2) feet above the top of the excavation. The excavation shall provide a minimum clearance of 3" under and 6" on each side of the main sewer for a distance of 12" each way along the main from the point of connection. The outer surface of the main in this exposed area shall be thoroughly cleaned. New sewer laterals on existing vitrified clay pipe mains subject to commercial or industrial flows shall be constructed of vitrified clay pipe in accordance with the requirements for vitrified clay pipe. The excavation above the main, for the tap working area, shall be a minimum of 2' in width without under-cut sides and shall be properly shored. Before the tap is made, the Contractor shall have sufficient standard bedding material at the site of the work to adequately backfill under the saddle to support it. No backfill shall be placed on the saddle fitting within one-half (1/2) hour after the completion of the work by District forces. If the Contractor breaks or otherwise damages the main while excavating for the tap, he shall notify the District and the District shall make repairs as necessary at the expense of the Contractor.

3.02 MANHOLES Manholes shall be constructed in the locations and to the dimensions as shown on the drawings. Cast-in-place concrete shall conform to the requirements set forth in Section "Portland Cement Concrete" in these specifications. Pre-cast units shall be assembled accurately with full-bed mortar joints. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, the sewer pipe shall be laid continuously through the location of the manhole. After the manhole has been constructed, the open channel shall be formed by cutting the pipe and removing the top half. If the open channel cannot be formed in this manner, it shall be formed of concrete with the depth equal to the diameter of the sewer pipe. The floor of the manhole shall slope at least 2" from the sides of the manhole to the open channel. When completed, the top of the manhole cover shall be accurately brought to the elevation called for on the drawings, or if no elevation is indicated, it shall be brought flush with the surface of the surrounding ground or pavement. The manholes shall be constructed so that there is not more than 19" of throat section between the top of the cone and the top of the frame. When located in roadway subgrades, manholes shall be constructed up to the proper elevation preparatory to street paving, and temporarily covered with planks or steel plates. After paving operations have been completed the temporary covers shall be removed and the frames and covers installed flush with pavement grade.


3.03 CLEANING SEWER LINES All sanitary sewer mains and laterals shall be flushed with water and "balled" or cleaned by acceptable method prior to testing to ensure that all dirt, debris, and obstructions are removed. This work must be performed in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least one (1) working day in advance of starting the cleaning work. The Contractor shall, following backfill compaction and line cleaning provide:

A. 3/8" minimum pull ropes from manhole to manhole.

B. Equipment and traffic control to assist in the T.V. inspection performed by District's sub-

contractor.

3.04 MANDREL TEST OF ABS & PVC PIPE Following the placement and densification of backfill and prior to the placing of permanent pavement, all main line pipe shall be cleaned and then mandrelled to measure for obstructions (deflections, joint offsets and lateral pipe intrusions). A rigid mandrel, approved by the Engineer, with a circular cross section having a diameter of at least 95% of the specified average inside diameter, shall be pulled through the pipe by hand. Ninety-five percent (95%) of the specified average inside diameter for flexible plastic pipe taken from the appropriate ASTM requirements are as follows:

ABS Solid Wall (ASTM D-2751)

SDR

PVC Solid Wall (ASTM D-3034)

SDR

Pipe Nominal Dia. 23.5 35 35

4” 3.65” 3.77” 3.77”

6” 5.45” 5.61” 5.61”

8” --- --- 7.51”

10” --- --- 9.39”

12” --- --- 11.17”

15” --- --- 13.68” Ninety-six percent (96%) of the specified average inside diameter for semirigid plastic pipe taken from ASTM D-2680:


Pipe Nominal Dia. ABS & PVC Composite Wall

(ASTM D-2680)

8” 7.44”

10” 9.36”

12” 11.28”

15” 14.16” Mandrel testing shall be performed 30 days or longer after installation and backfill compaction. In the event permanent pavement is placed prior to that time, mandrel-testing shall be required prior to pavement placement and a second mandrel test 30 days or longer after compaction of backfill. The backfill shall be removed and recompacted for any section of pipe that fails the mandrel test. Re-rounders shall not be used to correct excessive pipe deformation.

3.05 LEAKAGE TESTS All sanitary sewers shall be tested for tightness after they and all appurtenances have been completed, backfilled (except for test tees) and compacted, and are ready for service. Tests shall be made on each section, including manholes, from one manhole or test tee to the next, unless grades are flat enough to permit testing two or more sections at one time. The method of required test (water test or air test) shall be determined by the Inspector.

A. Preparation for Tests. Each section of sewer, including house laterals, between successive manholes shall be tested by closing the lower end of the section to be tested, the inlet sewer of the upper manhole, and the ends of house laterals with stoppers, and filling the pipe and manhole with water to a level of 4' above the invert of the open sewer in the upper terminal. After the section has been filled, it shall be allowed to stand for a sufficient length of time to allow the manhole to absorb what water it will, prior to making the leakage test described in the following paragraphs (Water Test and Air Test). This period of time for absorption of water shall not be less then 30 minutes nor greater than 24 hours.

B. Test Procedure and Allowable Leakage. 1. Water Test. The leakage test shall consist of measuring the quantity of water

required to maintain the water level at the elevation prescribed in the above paragraph for a period of one (1) hour. The water used in the test shall be measured through a meter or by other means satisfactory to the Engineer. The allowable leakage shall be computed from the following formula:


E = 0.0012 LD /H

Where E = allowable leakage in gallons

L = length of the sewer and house connections tested in feet

D = inside diameter of the pipe in inches

H = difference in the elevation (in feet) between water surface in the upper manhole and the invert of the pipe at the lower manhole.

If the leakage during the test period exceeds the allowable leakage, the sewer line shall be overhauled and, if necessary, relaid until the joints hold satisfactorily under the test.

2. Air Test. Installed pipeline shall be field tested in accordance with the air test required for vitrified clay pipe specified in the National Clay Pipe Institute 1967 Supplement to Engineering Manual, and its supplementary tables contained in the NCPI publication entitled "Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers (Procedures and Tables)." Isolation of defects by air test shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform; however, if performed by the District or its agent, they shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.

C. Alternate Infiltration Test. If excessive groundwater is encountered in the construction

of a section of the sewer, the test for leakage previously described shall not be used. The end of the sewer at the upper structure shall be closed sufficiently to prevent the entrance of water and pumping of groundwater shall be discontinued for at least three (3) days, after which the section shall be tested for infiltration. The allowable infiltration for any portion of the sewer system should not exceed 100 gallons per inch of internal pipe diameter per mile per day (4.6 l/mm/km/day), including manholes. Infiltration in excess of this amount shall be reduced to a quantity within the specified amount before the sewer will be accepted. In any case, the Contractor shall stop any individual leaks that may be observed. Unless otherwise specified, infiltration will be measured through a meter or by other means satisfactory to the Engineer.


D. Manhole Leakage. Should an initial test show excessive leakage in a section of line, it is permissible to draw off the water of a water test and test the manhole that contained water. This test shall be made by plugging all openings in the manhole, filling same with water to the same elevation as used for the initial test, and checking the loss in a one hour period. The leakage so determined may be deducted from the total leakage in the section of pipe initially tested. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the manhole leakage thus determined is excessive, the Contractor shall waterproof the interior of the manhole by applying a coating of grout or an approved waterproofing material. Excessive leakage is defined to be 50 gallons per hour when filled to the top of the barrel sections (not including cone or grade rings). Shallow rectangular manholes shall be filled to the top of the manhole sections (not including grade rings), with 50 gallons per hour leakage allowed.

3.06 SEWER PIPE REPAIRS Sewer pipe leakage in excess of the allowable maximum shall be corrected by repairs acceptable to the Engineer, and retesting as required. The section of damaged pipe will be cut out and the ends of the remaining pipe and replacement pipe will be prepared per Article 2.01 C.1. The closure will be made with a "closure coupling" as supplied by the manufacturer of type pipe used.

3.07 LATERAL MARKERS It shall be required of the Contractor to place the required markers at the end of each lateral and to also return after curb construction to place the required mark in the face of the curb. An "L" may be used in place of the required "S" mark in the curb face. Unless waived by the Engineer, 2" wide metallic detectable locator tape shall be placed with each lateral, approximately 6" above the pipe.


Rev: 10/24/96

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 03150 – Formwork for Cast-in-Place Concrete

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................ 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 2

PART 2 - PRODUCT ............................................................................................................................ 2 2.01 FORM COATING ........................................................................................................................ 2 2.02 LUMBER ..................................................................................................................................... 2 2.03 PLYWOOD.................................................................................................................................. 2 2.04 METAL FORMS .......................................................................................................................... 3 2.05 ROUND COLUMN FORMS ......................................................................................................... 3 2.06 METAL FORM TIES ..................................................................................................................... 3 2.07 FORM JOINT SEALERS ............................................................................................................... 3 2.08 MOLDS ...................................................................................................................................... 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 3 3.01 FORM TYPES .............................................................................................................................. 3 3.02 SHORING AND FALSEWORK ...................................................................................................... 4 3.03 FORM CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................. 4 3.04 EMBEDDED PIPING AND ROUGH HARDWARE .......................................................................... 5 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................................................... 5 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING ....................................................................................... 6

Formwork for Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 03150 – 1

SECTION 03150

FORMWORK FOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide formwork for cast-in-place concrete as indicated, specified, and required.

A. Work Included in This Section. Principal items are: 1. Furnishing, erection, and removal of forms.

2. Shoring and bracing of formwork.

3. Setting of embedded items, and in non-waterbearing locations setting of pipe

sleeves for mechanical and electrical work under direction of respective trade requiring holes for passage of pipe or conduit.

B. Related Work Not Included in This Section.

1. Furnishing embedded items with setting instruction. (Section 03300)

2. Reinforcement. (Section 03200)

3. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing. (Section 03300)

4. Waterstops. (Section 03300)

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies. The requirements of California Construction Safety Orders Section 1717 apply to the Work of this Section, and the Contractor shall prepare and maintain at least one copy of the required drawings at the site. The District will not approve the drawings and the Contractor shall submit evidence to the California Division of Occupational Health and Safety to justify the formwork and shoring designs. Design of the structures shown on the Drawings does not include any allowance or consideration for imposed construction loads. Three (3) copies of the Contractor's shoring and formwork drawings shall be filed with the District for record purposes only and not for review or approval. Forms, shoring and falsework shall be adequate for imposed live and dead loads, including equipment, height of concrete drop, concrete and foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other safety factors during construction.


B. Standards and Tolerances. Formwork shall comply with ACI 347R-88 Recommended

Practice for Concrete Formwork, except as exceeded by the requirements of regulatory agencies or as otherwise indicated or specified. Except as such other requirements mandate more rigid tolerances, formwork shall be designed and constructed to produce finished concrete conforming to tolerances given in ACI 117-90.

1.03 SUBMITTALS Concrete construction joints and expansion joints shall be of the types and locations indicated. Submit shop drawings showing sequence of forming and concrete placing operations, and location and type of required construction of any proposed expansion joints not shown on the Drawings. Submit shop drawings at least fifteen (15) working days in advance of form fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.01 FORM COATING Non-grain-raising and non-staining resin or polymer type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of paint, plaster, mortar, protective coatings, waterproofing or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils, paraffins, waxes, or other non-drying ingredients are not permitted. For concrete surfaces contacting potable stored water, the coatings and form-release agents shall be completely non-toxic.

2.02 LUMBER WWPA No. 1 Structural Light Framing or No. 1 Structural Joists and Planks, or equal. Board forms, if used, shall be No. 2 Common or better, T&G or shiplap, S1S2E or better.

2.03 PLYWOOD Plywood shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS-1 and shall bear APA or DFPA grade mark.

A. General Use. Exterior type, Grade B-B Plyform, Class I, minimum 5/8" thickness.

Mill-oiling is not permitted.

B. Special Use. Use one or more of the following materials, or equal: 1. HDO coating two sides on Plyform, Class I, Exterior.

2. Exterior Type Grade B-B Plyform, Class I, having 1/8" thick fully adhesive bonded

facing on one side of tempered structural hardboard.


3. Birch hardwood plywood, all plies of Arctic white birch, panel faces on both sides

phenolic plastic impregnated and faced with phenolic plastic by the hot press process, panel edges factory sealed, bearing manufacturer's logo in lieu of grade mark.

2.04 METAL FORMS True to detail, good condition, clean, free from dents, bends, rust and oil, and of adequate size as approved by the Engineer.

2.05 ROUND COLUMN FORMS Structural quality fiberboard, metal tubes as specified for metal forms, or fibrous glass reinforced plastic.

2.06 METAL FORM TIES Prefabricated rod, snap-off, or threaded internal disconnecting type of tensile strength to resist all imposed loads. Ties shall leave no metal within 1½" of concrete surfaces after removal. Snap-off type ties shall have integral washer spreaders of diameter to fully close tie holes in forms. In waterbearing structures, ties shall be equipped with an integral waterstop which shall remain in place.

2.07 FORM JOINT SEALERS For joints between form panels, use resilient foam rubber strips, nonhardening plastic type caulking compound free of oil, or waterproof pressure-sensitive plastic tape of minimum 8-mil thickness and 2" width. For form tie holes, use rubber plugs, plastic caulking compound, or equal.

2.08 MOLDS For grooves, drips, rebates, profiles, chamfers, and similar items, use smooth milled pine or douglas fir coated with specified form coating, or standard product extruded polymer plastic units of the indicated or required shapes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 FORM TYPES

A. Smooth Surface Concrete. Use specified plywood or metal forms, as approved, for interior and exterior exposed concrete and all formed concrete in contact with liquids, waterproofing and protective coatings. Metal forms shall be lined with plywood.

B. General Concrete. Use either plywood or board forms for concealed surfaces, or form as specified for smooth surface concrete. Metal forms for general concrete need not be lined with plywood.


C. Approval. Metal forms shall be furnished to the jobsite sufficiently in advance of construction for detailed inspection by the Engineer. Forms showing evidence of worn connections of tie-holes, damaged or warped surfaces, or any other unsatisfactory feature shall be ordered removed from the jobsite by the Contractor, and shall not be returned to the jobsite. Metal forms, faced forms, and other forms shall be maintained in good condition through the construction period, and when in the opinion of the Engineer this is no longer the case, the unsatisfactory material will be removed from the jobsite. 1. Refer to Section 03300 for approval of form placement.

3.02 SHORING AND FALSEWORK Distribute loads properly over base area on which shoring is erected, either concrete slabs or ground; if on ground, protect against undermining or settlement, particularly against wetting of soils.

A. Alignment. Construct forms to produce in finished structure all lines, grades, and camber as required.

B. Camber. Provide jacks, wedges, or similar means to induce camber and to take any settlement in formwork which may occur either before or during placing of concrete. Camber for beams and slabs shall be as and where indicated. Perform screening in such manner as to maintain beam depths and slab thicknesses.

3.03 FORM CONSTRUCTION Build forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades, and level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, joint screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, and other required features. Make forms easily removable without hammering or prying against concrete. Use metal spreaders to provide accurate spreading of forms. Construct forms so that no sagging, leakage, or displacement occurs during and after pouring of concrete. Coat forms with specified coating material only prior to placement of reinforcing steel; do not allow coating to contact reinforcing bars. Provide l-foot minimum clear opening over form for finishing concrete.

A. Chamfers. Provide 3/4 inch x 3/4 inch chamfer strips for all exposed concrete corners and edges unless otherwise indicated.

B. Recesses, Drips and Profiles. Provide types shown and required.

C. Form Joints and Tie Holes. Seal joints between form panels with specified foam plastic strips, caulking compound, or tape. Unless form tie spreaders fully seal tie holes in forms, seal around ties with specified materials and prevent leakage of concrete mortar.


D. Form Windows. Provide windows in forms wherever directed or necessary for access

for concrete placement and vibration. Windows shall be of size adequate for tremies and vibrators, spaced at maximum 6 foot centers, horizontally. Windows shall be tightly closed and sealed before placing next lift of concrete.

E. Cleanouts and Cleaning. Provide temporary openings in wall and column forms for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring, clean all forms and surfaces to receive concrete.

F. Reglets and Rebates. Properly form all required reglets and rebates to receive flashing, frames, and other equipment. Dimensions, details, and precise positions of all such reglets and rebates shall be ascertained from the trades whose work is related to or contingent upon same, and the concrete work formed accordingly.

G. Re-use. Clean and recondition form material before each re-use. Unsatisfactory material shall be rejected and removed from the site.

3.04 EMBEDDED PIPING AND ROUGH HARDWARE All trades which require openings for the passage of pipes, conduits, and other inserts shall be consulted and the necessary pipe sleeves, anchors, or other required inserts shall be properly and accurately installed. Openings required by other trades shall be reinforced as indicated and required. Conduits or pipes shall be located so as not to reduce the strength of the construction, and in no case shall pipes other than conduits be placed in a slab 4½” or less in thickness. Conduit embedded in a concrete slab shall not have an outside diameter greater than one-third of the thickness of the slab nor be placed below bottom reinforcing steel or over top reinforcing steel. Conduits may be embedded in walls provided they are not larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of the wall, are not spaced closer than three diameters on center, and do not impair the strength of the structure. All conduit, piping and other wall penetrations or reinforcements shall be subject to District's policy and approval.


A. Inspection of Forms. Refer to Article 3.01 C for approval requirements for forms prior to use, and to Article 3.05 B for requirements during concrete pours. Refer to Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for approval requirements for placement of forms.

B. Control During Concrete Placement. Devices of the tell-tale type shall be installed on supported forms and elsewhere as required to detect formwork movements and deflection during concrete placement; plumb-bobs shall be utilized on forms for all walls and columns eight (8) feet or more in height. Required slab and beam cambers shall be checked and correctly maintained as concrete loads are applied on forms. Workmen shall be assigned to check forms during concrete placement and to promptly seal all mortar leaks.


3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING Do not remove forms or shoring until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight and all imposed construction and permanent loads. Any damage to the work resulting from early removal of forms or shoring or early imposed loading shall be corrected at no added expense to the District.

A. Form Removal. Minimum times for removal after concrete placement are as follows: Beam sides (but not shoring) .................................................................... 3 days Column forms and wall forms ................................................................... 2 days Forms for supported roof or floor slabs (but not shoring) ..................... 14 days Forms for slabs on grade........................................................................... 2 days

B. Shoring and Falsework Removal. Do not remove shoring and falsework until twenty-one (21) days after concrete placement or until concrete has attained at least 90 percent of the twenty-eight (28) day design compressive strength as demonstrated by control test cylinders, whichever is earlier, but not sooner than fourteen (14) days.

C. Restriction. Do not impose construction, equipment, or permanent loads on columns, supported slabs, or supported beams until concrete has attained the twenty-eight (28) day design compressive strength.

D. Concrete Curing During Removals. Concrete shall be thoroughly wetted as soon as forms are first loosened and shall be kept wet during the removal operations and until curing media is applied. Potable water supply with hoses shall be ready at each removal location before removal operations are commenced. Contractor shall bear costs and delays caused by any damage resulting from early removal of forms or shoring. Refer to Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for curing requirements.


Rev: 08/01/99

SPECIFICATIONS - DETAILED PROVISIONS Section 03200 - Reinforcing

C O N T E N T S

PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................ 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................................... 3 2.01 REINFORCING ............................................................................................................................ 3 2.02 WELDED WIRE MESH ................................................................................................................ 3 2.03 TIE WIRE .................................................................................................................................... 3 2.04 COUPLER SPLICE DEVICES ......................................................................................................... 3 2.05 SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES .................................................................................................. 3 2.06 DOWELS .................................................................................................................................... 3 2.07 FABRICATION AND DELIVERY .................................................................................................... 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 3.01 PLACING .................................................................................................................................... 4

Reinforcing Section 03200 – 1

SECTION 03200 REINFORCING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide reinforcing work, complete as indicated, specified and required.

A. Work Included in This Section. Principal items are: 1. Furnishing and placing bar and mesh reinforcing for cast-in-place concrete

including dowels for masonry work.

2. Furnishing reinforcing steel bars for masonry, including delivery to the site.

B. Related Work Not Included in This Section. 1. Installation of reinforcing in masonry (Section 04220).

2. Formwork (Section 03l50).

3. Cast-in-Place Concrete (Section 03300).

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Code Requirements. Unless otherwise specified, all work specified herein and as shown on the drawings shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 26 of the Uniform Building Code, latest edition.

B. Testing. Materials shall be tested as hereinafter specified and unless specified otherwise, all sampling and testing shall be performed by a District-approved Testing Laboratory with cost borne by the Contractor. 1. Test Samples. Bars, ties, and stirrups shall be selected by Testing Laboratory

representative from material at the site or from place of distribution. Selection shall include at least two (2) pieces, each 18" long, of each sampling.

2. Required Tests. a) Identified Bars. Testing will not be required if reinforcement is taken from

bundles as delivered from the mill, identified as to heat number


and accompanied by certified mill analyses and certified mill test reports, and is properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

b) Unidentified Bars. When positive identification cannot be made or when random samples are taken, tests shall be made from each five (5) tons or fraction thereof for each size. One tensile and one bend test shall be made from specimens of each size of reinforcement. Contractor shall bear costs and delays caused by testing unidentified bars.

C. Standard. Reinforcing steel installations shall conform to the specification requirements

of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute "Manual of Standard Practice" (herein referred to as the CRSI Manual) except as otherwise indicated or specified.

D. Field Quality Control. Continuous inspections, where required by the Special Conditions, shall be performed by the "Special Inspector" qualified and approved by Governing Building Code Authority or Inspector as otherwise qualified and approved by the District. 1. Inspection of Reinforcing. Provide twenty-four (24) hour advance notice to permit

inspection of in-place reinforcement prior to closing forms, and refer to applicable requirements of Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete".

2. Concreting Operations. During concrete placing, assign construction personnel to inspect reinforcement and maintain bars in correct positions at each pour location.

3. Welding Inspection. Where allowed, perform shop and field welding of reinforcing steel under continuous inspection of the District's Inspector or an Inspector representative of the Testing Laboratory approved by the District. Notify District at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of any procedure involving the welding of reinforcement.

1.03 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in advance of fabrication in conformance with applicable requirements of General Conditions.

A. Shop Drawings. Submit six (6) sets of shop drawings for reinforcing steel prepared in accordance with ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". Show layouts, bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, dimensioned types and locations of all bar laps and splices, and shapes, dimensions, and details of bar reinforcing and accessories. Include layout plans for bar supports and chairs, with typical details. District's review shall be general, and acceptance will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accuracy.


B. Samples. Submit two (2) 12" long samples of each bar support and two (2) samples of each individual type chair, with catalog data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 REINFORCING Use deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60 Type "S". Where welding of reinforcing is required, use deformed bars conforming to ASTM A706 unless otherwise specifically designated on Drawings.

2.02 WELDED WIRE MESH Conform to ASTM A185.

2.03 TIE WIRE Annealed steel, 16 gage minimum.

2.04 COUPLER SPLICE DEVICES Reinforcing bar coupler/splice devices which bear current I.C.B.O. Research Recommendation Approval, and which develop at least 125 percent of bar yield strength in tension may be used in lieu of lapped bar type splices. Submit for District's approval in each instance.

2.05 SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES Use no aluminum, galvanized steel, plastic or stainless steel supports or accessories. Supports shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3, for Types SB, BB, BC, JC, HC, CHC, and others of standard types as required, or precast concrete block supports (DOBIES) with embedded wire ties or dowels. Metal chairs shall be Class "1" plastic coated chairs and spacers.

2.06 DOWELS Where and as designated on Structural Drawings, provide reinforcing bar dowels in new work and for anchorage to existing concrete.

2.07 FABRICATION AND DELIVERY Conform to CRSI Manual Chapters 6 and 7 except as otherwise indicated or specified. Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing, and transport and store at site so as not to damage material. Keep a sufficient supply of tested, approved, and proper reinforcement at site to avoid delays.


A. Bending and Forming. Fabricate bars of indicated size and accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with kinks or bends not scheduled will be rejected. Field bend NO bars that are partially embedded in concrete, except as shown on the plans or specifically approved by the Engineer.

B. Reinforcing Bars for Masonry. Bars shall be detailed and fabricated at the shop, ready for installation by masons.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PLACING Unless otherwise indicated or specified, conform to CRSI Manual Chapter 8 including placement tolerances, except no reduction of concrete cover is allowable for bars at concrete surfaces exposed in liquid or water-containing structures.

A. Cleaning. Before placing reinforcing, and again before concrete is placed, clean reinforcement of loose mill scale, oil, or other coating that might destroy or reduce bond. Do not allow form coatings, release agents, bond breaker, or curing compound to contact reinforcement.

B. Concrete Coverage. Concrete coverage over reinforcing bars shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The coverage shall be to the outer edge of ties, stirrups, bar spacers, hangers, and like items, and the reinforcing shall be detailed and fabricated accordingly. Refer to Structural General Note requirements of the Drawings.

C. Securing in Place. Accurately place reinforcement and securely wire tie in precise position at all points where bars cross. Tie stirrups to bars at both top and bottom. Bend ends of binding wires inward allowing no encroachment on the concrete cover; exercise special care at surfaces to remain exposed and unpainted. Support bars in accordance with CRSI Manual Chapter 3, Specifications for Placing Bar Supports, using approved chairs and supports. Ties or supports for reinforcing bars and mesh properly placed and tied into position are not to be removed or dislodged for the convenience of other crafts or for the purpose of crawl holes.

D. Splices. Splices shall be wired contact lap splices unless otherwise indicated or approved. Splices shall conform to ACI 318, (Class A) (Class C) top bars and Typical Structural Details, except where lap length is indicated on the Drawings.

1. Vertical Bars. Splicing of vertical bars in concrete is not permitted except at the

indicated or approved horizontal construction joints or as otherwise specifically detailed.


2. Horizontal Bars. Unless otherwise shown, make lap splices with at least one

continuous bar between adjacent splices. Splices in any one run of bar shall be spaced at least twenty (20) feet apart with splices in adjacent bars offset at least ten (10) feet. Where double mats of bars occur in walls, lap splices in opposite mats shall be offset at least five (5) feet.

E. Welding. Welding of reinforcing bars is not permitted unless indicated or approved in

each case, with continuous inspection as hereinbefore required. Welds for securing crossing bars are not allowed. Perform welding in shop or field by direct electric arc process, with thoroughly trained and experienced certified operators qualified in accordance with AWS Code. Conform all welding to AWS "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". Use low-hydrogen electrodes. Welds shall develop at least 125 percent of the yield strength of the connected bars. 1. Preparation. Clean surfaces to be welded of loose scale and all foreign material.

Clean welds each time electrode is changed. Chip burned edges clean before welds are deposited.

2. Characteristics of Welds. When brushed with wire brushes, completed welds shall exhibit uniform section, smoothness of welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from porosity and clinkers, and good fusion with penetration into base metal. Cut out welds or parts of welds found defective with chisel and replace with proper workmanship; cutting torch for removing defective welding is not acceptable.

F. Additional Reinforcing. Provide additional reinforcing bars at sleeves and openings as

indicated or required. Where additional bars are not shown for such locations, obtain Engineer's instructions and provide additional bars as directed, at no extra cost to the District.

G. Welded Wire Mesh. Install necessary supports and chairs to hold in place during concrete pours. Straighten mesh to lay in flat plane and bend mesh as shown or required to fit work. Laps shall be no less than one complete mesh unless otherwise detailed. Tie every other wire at laps.

H. Dowels. For anchorage where shown or required to existing construction, use non-shrink epoxy type grout or deferred bolting devices as approved in each instance and conforming to "Product" Article requirements of Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete". Holes for epoxying dowels in place in existing concrete shall provide l/2" minimum clearance on all sides of dowel bar.




Rev: 08/07/12


Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete


1.01 DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 1 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS ........................................................................................................... 3 1.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 3 1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS AND PRELIMINARY TESTS ................................................................. 4 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ..................................................................... 7 1.06 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................. 7

PART 2 - PRODUCT ............................................................................................................................ 8 2.01 MATERIALS. ............................................................................................................................... 8 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES .................................................................................................................... 13 2.03 CONCRETE MIXING ................................................................................................................. 17

PART 3 - EXECUTION ....................................................................................................................... 19 3.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING ............................................................................................ 19 3.02 WATERSTOPS .......................................................................................................................... 20 3.03 JOINTS IN CONCRETE .............................................................................................................. 20 3.04 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE ................................................................................... 22 3.05 CURING FORMED CONCRETE .................................................................................................. 29 3.06 PLACING GROUT ..................................................................................................................... 29 3.07 ANCHORS, SLEEVES, STAIR NOSINGS, ETC .............................................................................. 29 3.08 EQUIPMENT BASES ................................................................................................................. 30 3.09 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE .............................................................................................. 30 3.10 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK ......................................................................................... 32 3.11 CURING SLABS AND FLATWORK ............................................................................................. 34 3.12 FORMED STAIRS AND TREADS ................................................................................................ 34 3.13 CHAMFERS AND FILLETS ......................................................................................................... 35 3.14 JOINTS WITH SEALANT ............................................................................................................ 35 3.15 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINES THROUGH CONCRETE STRUCTURES ........................................ 36 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................................................ 36 3.17 WATERTIGHTNESS OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES ..................................................................... 37 3.18 ALTERATIONS AND REWORK .................................................................................................. 37 3.19 REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE, MASONRY, OR GROUT .................................................. 38 3.20 QUALITY OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 38

Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 – 1

SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION Provide cast-in-place concrete work, complete as indicated, specified and required, including all appurtenant work as indicated.

A. Work Included in This Section. Principal items are: 1. All cast-in-place concrete including bases for mechanical and electrical equipment.

2. Concrete standards, materials, mixes and tests, placement, finishing, patching,

grouting, and crack repair.

3. Embedded waterstops for cast-in-place concrete.

4. Concrete curing.

5. Sealing of joints in liquid-containing structures and elsewhere shown.

6. Treatment of concrete surfaces.

B. Related Work Not Included in This Section: 1. Formwork (Section 03150).

2. Reinforcing work (Section 03200).

3. Concrete Unit Masonry (Section 04220).

4. Architectural finishing

5. Sealers, coatings, and waterproofing for treating concrete surfaces.

6. Pre-stressed concrete.


C. Definitions: 1. Water-Bearing Structure shall be construed to mean any structure any part of

which contains water or process liquids, or which protects spaces from groundwater.

2. Definitions of surface treatments of concrete structures: Waterproofing. The Division 7 material to be applied, or the application of Division 7 material, to either earth-supporting below-grade surfaces or water-bearing surfaces of either existing or new walls common to occupied areas (i.e. galleries, pump rooms, etc.), for the purpose of making such walls impervious to water or sewage. Damp-proofing. The Division 7 material to be applied, or the application of Division 7 material to either earth-supporting below-grade surfaces or water-bearing surfaces of either existing or new walls common to occupied areas (i.e. galleries, pump rooms, etc.), for the purpose of retarding the passage or absorption of water or water vapor. An alternate specified method of damp-proofing might be the addition of a suitable admixture or treated cement to the concrete. Coating. The Division 9 material or system, or application of Division 9 material or system, to protect or paint concrete surfaces. Sealer. A coating applied to seal the pores in an uncoated surface. The sealer for surfaces to be painted in the prime or first coat of a Division 9 painting system. The sealer for surfaces to be left unpainted is a clear transparent waterproof coating. Seal Coat. A layer of Division 2 bituminous material applied to seal the concrete surface. Sealant or Sealing Compound. A Division 7 impervious material for the purpose of excluding water by sealing or caulking joints in water-bearing surfaces or traffic surfaces, for the purpose of excluding moisture or sound by sealing or caulking joints in surfaces or partitions, or for the purpose of providing a bond breaker.


1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Except herein modified, concrete work shall conform to the latest requirements/edition of ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, and to requirements of ACI Standards and ACI Recommended Practices as contained therein.

1.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Code Requirements. Unless more stringent requirements are specified herein and/or shown on the Drawings, all work shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Uniform Building Code, latest edition.

B. Testing. Materials shall be tested as hereinafter specified and unless specified otherwise all sampling and testing shall be performed by District approved Testing Laboratory with cost borne by the Contractor. 1. Portland Cement. Submit notarized Mill Certificates, provided by the cement

manufacturer, including full compliance with requirements specified. In the absence of certificates, Testing Laboratory shall perform tests for each 250 barrels of cement at Contractor's expense, tests made in accordance with ASTM C150 with tensile strength test made at 7 days. Cement shall be tagged for identification at location of sampling.

2. Stone Aggregate for Concrete. Test aggregate before and after concrete mix is established and whenever character or source of material is changed. Include a sieve analysis to determine conformity with limits of gradation. In accordance with ASTM C75, take samples of aggregates at source of supply or at the ready-mix concrete plant. Submit certified test results.

a) Sieve Analysis. ASTM C136.

b) Organic Impurities. ASTM C40. Fine aggregate shall develop a color not darker than reference standard color.

c) Soundness. ASTM C88. Loss resulting therefrom, after 5 cycles, shall not

exceed 8% of coarse aggregate, 10% for fine aggregate.

d) Abrasion of Concrete Aggregate. ASTM C131; loss shall not exceed 10 % after 100 revolutions, 42% after 500 revolutions.

e) Deleterious Materials. ASTM C33.

f) Materials Finer Than 200 Sieve. ASTM C117; not to exceed 1% for gravel,

1.5% for crushed aggregate per ASTM C33.


g) Reactivity Potential. ASTM C289. Ratio of silica released to reduction in alkalinity shall not exceed 1.0.

h) Cleanliness and Sand Equivalent. For all aggregate, not less than 75 for

average of 3 samples tested according to Test Method No. California 217E (Materials Manual, Testing and Control Procedures - Materials and Research Department, State of California).

C. Applicator. The applicator of waterproofing, damp-proofing, coatings, sealers, seal

coats, or sealants shall be approved by the manufacturer of the material.

1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS AND PRELIMINARY TESTS At Contractor's expense, Testing Laboratory shall prepare mix designs for all cast-in-place concrete to have the required 28-day compressive strengths, and shall perform preliminary testing in accordance with the following requirements. Test results shall be submitted to the District. Contractor may furnish EMWD mixes in Part 2.02 in lieu of trial batches where appropriate.

A. Mix Designs 1. Strength Requirements. Design concrete mixes for use in various locations, for

minimum 28-day compressive strengths and maximum aggregate sizes required by Structural Drawings and these Specifications, as follows, except as otherwise specified in the Special Conditions:

a) Class "AA", 4,000 psi Concrete. Class "AA" concrete shall be provided throughout except as specified hereinafter, or in the Special Conditions.

b) Class "A", 3,000 psi Concrete. Standard Specifications for Public work

Construction Class 560-C-3250, 3250 psi concrete. Class "A" 3,000 psi concrete or Class 560-C-3250 shall be provided for concrete used in:

(i) all reinforced concrete, interior and exterior, not otherwise specified; (ii) anchors and anchor walls; (iii) pipe cradles, encasements, and beam supports; (iv) reinforced valve supports; (v) concrete for grout topping (with reduced-sized aggregate as directed); (vi) paving; (vii) sewer manhole bases and collars; (viii) sewer tree lateral clean-out supports; (ix) sewer chimney lateral supports.


c) Riverside County Class “B”, 3,000 psi Concrete. Riverside County Class “B”

concrete shall be provided for non-reinforced concrete used in the following:

(i) Non-machine laid curbs and gutters (ii) Spandrels (iii) Driveways and approaches (iv) Sidewalks (v) Exterior slabs (vi) Stairs on grade

d) Riverside County “B”, 3000 psi Machine Laid Concrete. Riverside County Class “B” machine laid concrete shall be provided for non-reinforced concrete use in the following:

(i) Machine laid curbs and gutters

e) Class "B", 2,500 psi Concrete. Class "B" concrete shall be provided for non-reinforced concrete used in:

(i) sewer overflow encasements; (ii) sewer lateral joint encasements; (iii) pipe joint mortar; (iv) fence post footings; (v) non-reinforced cut-off walls;

f) Class "C", 2,000 psi Concrete. Class "C" concrete shall be provided for concrete used in:

(i) non-reinforced thrust blocks and pipe pads; (ii) valve supports; (iii) sewer clean-out supports not otherwise specified. (iv) Buried Electrical (See G).

g) Class "D" Concrete, strength and use as specified.


(i) Basis for Mix Designs. Design concrete mixes for workability of mix and durability of concrete. Concrete mixes shall be rigidly controlled in accordance with laboratory trial batch method or combinations of materials previously evaluated as required by Sections 5.3, respectively, Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318, latest edition), of the American Concrete Institute and to satisfy herein specified concrete strength requirements. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to increase the cement content to gain the required strength, such adjustment shall be made at the Contractor's expense.

(ii) Water/Cement Ratios. Mixes for normal weight aggregate concrete shall be designed within the following maximum water/cement ratios when concrete is to be used in the various locations: For 4,000 psi water-bearing structural concrete limit water/cement

ratios by weight as follows: Freshwater-bearing structures 0.48 maximum Sewage-bearing structures 0.45 maximum

For all other concrete, water/cement ratios shall be no greater than 0.53, except EMWD mixes and Riverside County mixes listed in Section 2.02.

B. Preliminary Strength Tests. In laboratory, prepare nine (9) compression test cylinders

for each concrete mix design (unless more tests are required for an earlier age). Fabricate and cure cylinders in accordance with ASTM C3l. Use concrete, aggregates and admixtures proposed for the concrete work. In accordance with ASTM C39, test three sets of two cylinders at 28-day age. For each mix, no individual strength test result shall fall below the required fc'.

C. Drying Shrinkage Tests. For each mix design used for preliminary strength tests, using same concrete materials including admixtures, prepare three (3) test specimens for drying shrinkage testing. Specimens shall be 4 inch by 4 inch by 11 inch prisms fabricated, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C157, using 10 inch effective gauge length. Measurements shall be taken at one (1) day, seven (7) days, fourteen (14) days and twenty-one (21) days of curing. Zero measurement shall be the one day reading when determining shrinkage. The measurements after 7, 14, and 21 days of drying shall be taken and reported separately. The average drying shrinkage of each set of test specimens after two (2) days of drying shall not exceed 0.036% for concrete in all portions of water-bearing structures and not exceed 0.05% for all other structural concrete, except concrete for footings, piles and pile caps will not require drying shrinkage tests. Single specimens shall be within a tolerance of 25% of said maximum percentage.


D. Reports. File three (3) copies of each mix design, preliminary strength test report, and drying shrinkage test report with District for review and approval. Contractor shall submit a letter of certification by an approved testing laboratory that the concrete materials, mixes, properties, and work conform to the requirements indicated and specified.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials in a timely manner to insure uninterrupted progress of work. Store materials in a manner that will preclude damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification.

A. Materials for treatment of concrete surfaces. The contractor shall deliver sealers, coatings, waterproofing, or other surface treatment materials to the site in their original, unopened containers with the manufacturer's labels intact, describing contents and manufacturer. Stored materials shall be kept covered and precautions shall be taken for the prevention of fire. Empty containers and soiled or oily rags shall be removed from the site at the end of each day's work.

1.06 PAYMENT Payment for cast-in-place concrete shall be based upon concrete poured and found acceptable upon the removal of forms and performance of required finishing. Under no conditions will more than 90% payment be made for concrete formed and poured until required finishing is completed. On large structures requiring construction over multiple payment periods, consideration may be given by the Engineer for payment as follows:

A. Forms and rebar in place and accepted for concrete pour - 50% maximum of concrete price per cubic yard.

B. Concrete poured and forms stripped, and found acceptable to the stage of construction - 35% maximum of concrete price per cubic yard.

C. Concrete finished and found acceptable - 15% of concrete price per cubic yard.

Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 – 8 PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.01 MATERIALS.

A. Portland Cement. Standard brand of domestic Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type II, low alkali. Do not change brand of cement during progress of work without written approval of Engineer. For concrete exposed to sulfate-containing soils, solutions or other chemically aggressive solutions, use Type V Portland cement as specified.

B. Normal Weight (Stone) Aggregates. Furnish natural aggregates from approved pits, free from opaline, chert, feldspar, mica (fools gold), siliceous magnesium limestone or other deleterious or reactive substances. Conform to ASTM C33 except as modified herein. Fine aggregates shall pass a #4 sieve. Do not use pozzolan or other additives to compensate for aggregate alkali reactivity. 1. Coarse Aggregates. Clean, hard, fine-grained sound crushed rock or washed

gravel which does not contain in excess of 5% in weight of flat, chip-like, thin, elongated, friable or laminated pieces, or more than 2% by weight of total amount of cherty material and soft particles, or more than 1% of chert as soft material as defined on Table 3 of ASTM C33. Consider any piece having a major dimension in excess of 5 times its average dimension to be flat or elongated.

2. Maximum Sizes. As indicated on Drawings, except for concrete in water-bearing structures where coarse aggregate sizes per Table 2 of ASTM C33 shall be No. 467 (1½ inches), No. 57 (1 inch), or No. 67 (3/4 inch) as otherwise required by design, specifications and ASTM C33, and except that coarse aggregate nominal maximum size shall not exceed one-fifth the narrowest dimension between sides of form, one-third the depth of slabs, or three-fourths of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars.

3. Quality. All aggregates shall meet the test requirements of Article "Source Quality Control" hereinbefore.

4. Abrasive Aggregate. "Alundum" by Norton Company, "Carborundum" by Union Carbide, or equal aluminum oxide, uniformly graded between No. 12 and No. 30 sieves, applied uniformly at minimum rate of 1/4 lb. per sq. ft. and locked into cement matrix with the final troweling.

C. Admixtures. Use one manufacturer's products throughout. Upon Engineer's approval

of use and of a particular brand or type, assure that use is reflected in mix designs. Approved manufactures are W.R. Grace and Master Builder Products.


1. General. Use no admixture containing chlorides or triethanolamine. Admixtures

used in combination shall be physically and chemically compatible and shall be so certified by each admix manufacturer and by Testing Laboratory that prepared respective mix designs.

2. Retarding-Densifier Admixture. In all Class "AA", Class "A", and Class "B" Concrete use a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type admixture in the amounts recommended by the manufacturer. The admixture shall provide the following, and Contractor shall provide proof thereof at time of request for approval:

a) Decrease drying shrinkage.

b) Increase compressive strength at all ages up to and including five (5) years.

c) Increase flexural strength, modulus of elasticity, and abrasive resistance.

d) The water/cement ratio and required strengths shall be maintained as scheduled (cement factor for a cubic yard of concrete, reduced proportionately).

e) There shall be no loss of workability resulting from reduction in slump. If

the admixture is of liquid type, it must be considered in proportioning water.

3. Air Entrainment. Use air entrainment additive conforming to ASTM C260 as

approved by the District.

a) For normal weight aggregate concrete subject, after curing, to freezing temperature while wet shall contain air entrainment within limits of Table 4.2.1 of ACI 318, latest edition and Table 4.2.2.4 of ACI 301, latest edition.

b) Air Entrainment in Water-bearing Concrete Structures, as determined in

accordance with ASTM C231 or C173, shall provide air contents as follows for mixes with the following coarse aggregate sizes:

(i) 5% + 1% for Size 467 (1½ inch nominal size) (ii) 6% + 1% for Sizes 57 or 67 (1 inch or 3/4 inch nominal sizes)

D. Water. From a domestic potable source.

E. Expansion Joint Material. Type I, preformed sponge neoprene expansion joint filler

conforming to AASHTO Designation M-153.


F. Bituminous Mastic. For fills at specific designated locations (such as fills at precast panel lift-eyes and dowel hole fills in precast concrete panels) use either Hot-Applied Type Joint Sealer, ASTM D1190 or Cold-Applied Type Joint Sealant, ASTM D1850. Material shall bond to concrete, prevent moisture infiltration and when set, shall be non-tracking at summer temperatures.

G. Waterstops. Waterstops shall be produced by an extrusion process in such a manner that any cross section shall be dense, homogeneous and free from porosity and other imperfections. They shall be symmetrical in cross-sectional shape and uniform along their length. The manufacturer must certify in writing that all waterstops are extruded from elastomeric polyvinyl chloride compound and that this compound shall be virgin PVC compound and not contain any scrap or reprocessed materials whatsoever. The manufacturer must also certify in writing that all waterstops meet or exceed the physical properties requirements set forth in the U.S. Corps of Engineers' CRD-C572-74 specification and furnish a copy of certified independent laboratory test data showing compliance. All waterstop intersections (ells, tees, crosses, etc.) shall be fabricated by the manufacturer and these shall have 2 ft. long legs to facilitate field butt splicing. Where field dimensions are encountered which will not accommodate the specified waterstop, waterstop of reduced dimension may be approved by the Engineer for a specific application.

H. Concrete Joint Sealants. For sealing joints in nonwater-bearing concrete surfaces, use materials conforming with requirements specified in Section 07920, "Sealants and Caulking". For sealing concrete joints which will be immersed or intermittently immersed in water or sewage-bearing surfaces, use: Karlee Company's "Lastex M" 100 percent solids polyurethane sealant; Mameco International's Vulkem 227, Vulkem 45, or Vulkem 245 contingent upon need for self-leveling, non-sag and atmospheric humidity at time of usage; Hunt's Seal Flex 227-U Special Reservoir Grade polyurethane sealant; or equal. 1. Primer. Use primer produced and/or recommended by sealant manufacturer.

2. Back-up Preformed Joint Filler. Use closed-cell polyethylene foam or equal

impervious, compatible, compressible foam material recommended for retaining sealant depth in expansion joints while curing. Use no bitumen or oil saturated material.


3. Bond Breakers. Bond breakers, where required, shall be polyethylene tape or

equal as recommended by sealant manufacturer to prevent adherence of sealant to back-up material.

I. Dry Pack Mortar. Dry pack mortar shall consist of by volume one part special cement, three parts sand and water. The special cement and sand shall be combined in the proper proportions and then thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. The dry pack mortar shall contain only enough water to permit placing and packing and shall be mixed for the time limit as indicated by the manufacturer in advance of use. The dry pack mortar shall be placed against thoroughly wet concrete and shall be cured by water, fog spray, spray-on membranes, sisal kraft paper, or other curing method acceptable to the District.

J. Grout. Grout to be applied to the concrete surface shall consist of one part Portland Cement to three parts dry, washed sand to sufficient water to allow placement, screening, and finishing.

K. Rich Grout. Rich grout shall consist of by volume one part Portland Cement, two parts sand and water. The rich grout shall be mixed and cured in the same manner as required for dry pack mortar.

L. Neat Grout. Neat grout shall consist of Portland Cement, flyash, water and optional admixtures. Neat grout is intended to be injected under low pressure to backfill the annular space between steel casing pipes and carrier pipes.

M. Nonshrink Grout. Nonshrink grout shall be made with the following proportions:

One part Type II Portland Cement (one sack); One part Nonshrink Aggregate (100 lbs.); One part clean, well graded concrete sand (100 lbs.); Approximately 5.5 gallons of water per sack of cement 1. In all locations where the surface of the grout will be exposed to view, the

nonshrink grout shall be recessed approximately one-half inch back of the exposed surface and the recessed area filled with cement mortar grout.

N. Nonshrink Concrete. All nonshrink concrete shall contain one pound of nonshrink

aggregate per pound of water that is in excess of two gallons per sack of cement. Recess surface exposed to field as specified for nonshrink grout above.

O. Nonshrink Aggregate. Nonshrink aggregate shall be non-metallic as produced by Master Builders, an equivalent product of Sonneborn, or a product by any other manufacturer that will meet the same ASTM requirements and equal performance.


P. Epoxy. Epoxies for grouting, crack repair, patching, bonding or other uses shall be as follows as manufactured by Adhesive Engineering Company, Sika Chemical Company, or equal by other manufacturer. Throughout, use products of single manufacturer. 1. All epoxy mixing, surface preparation and application shall be made in

conformance with manufacturer's printed specifications, as approved by the Engineer.

2. For bonding new concrete to old concrete and for grouting metal anchors, use Sika's "Sikadur Hi-Mod", Adhesive Engineering Company's Concresive 1001-LPL, except Concresive 1170 or 1422 shall be used as recommended by manufacturer to satisfy entailed project temperature and surface moisture variations at time of application; or equal.

3. For patching concrete surfaces, making high strength epoxy concrete or grout, and grouting metal anchors, use Sika's "Sikadur Hi-Mod LV"; Adhesive Engineering Company's "Concresive 1180"; or equal.

4. For pressure injection or gravity-feed grouting, use Sika's "Hi-Mod LV"; Adhesive Engineering Company's "Concresive Structural Concrete Bonding Process System" as recommended by manufacturer and approved by Engineer; or equal.

Q. Liquid Curing Compound. Use "TLF" or "Clear 225 TU" by Hunt Process Company, Burke

"Rez-X", or equal conforming to ASTM C309 and providing no detrimental affects with deferred finishes. On surfaces within reservoirs or other concrete structures containing potable water, use nontoxic materials which are free of odor and taste. Provide supporting technical data. Floor hardener treated floors shall use materials only as recommended in writing by hardener manufacturer.

R. Sheet Curing Materials. ASTM C171, waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet, non-staining.

S. Vapor Barrier Membrane. Under interior on-grade slabs of occupied areas provide lapped and sealed vapor barrier membrane using Fortiber "Moistop", "Damproof XX" by Nicolet of California, Incorporated, or equal with manufacturer's recommended polyethylene pressure sensitive tape sealant used continuously at lapped joints, penetrations and at perimeter walls or footing surfaces. Throughout, use products and system of single manufacturer.


T. Gasket Seal for Manhole and Wet Well Precast Concrete Members. Provide gasket seals

at mating joint of precast concrete sections. Size gaskets to suit joint dimensions, surface conditions and to assure watertight completed installation. Seal shall consist of either compressible closed-cell neoprene rods with compatible bonding agent recommended by material manufacturer; of No. 95 extruded butyl rod and No. 2 Primer each produced by General Sealants, Incorporated, City of Industry, California; or equal non-bituminous joint sealing compressible gaskets.

U. Synthetic Sponge Rubber Filler. Synthetic rubber filler shall be an expanded closed-cell sponge rubber, manufactured from a synthetic polymer neoprene base. The material shall be No. 750.3 Ropax Road Stock as manufactured by the Presstite Division of Interchemical Corporation; Bondtex as manufactured by Rubatex Corporation; or approved equal. The size of the material shall be 25% greater in diameter than the nominal joint width. The manufacturer's instructions for surface preparation and application shall be used as a guide for installation, except that the material shall not be installed by stretching beyond its normal length.

V. Expansion Joint Filler. Bituminous fiber expansion joint filler shall be in accordance with ASTM D1751. Bituminous expansion joint material shall not be used in joints to be sealed with synthetic rubber sealing compound.

W. Concrete Expansion Bolts/Deferred Bolting Device (D.B.D.). Except as otherwise specified, where expansion bolts are called for on the Drawings, Parabolt Concrete Anchors as manufactured by the Molly Company, Kwik-Bolts as manufactured by McCulloch Industries, Incorporated, or a concrete anchor by any other manufacturer that shall meet the same Federal Specification requirements and shall equal the performance, shall be used. All bolts thus furnished and used on this project shall be manufactured of stainless steel.

2.02 CONCRETE MIXES

A. 28-Day Compressive Strength. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to mix, place, and cure concrete which shall be of 150 lb./cu.ft. nominal density and which shall attain the compressive strengths at 28 days as designated on Structural Drawings or in these specifications for use in various locations. 110695

B. Maximum Aggregate Size. Conform to Article 2.01 B.2. For Class "AA" concrete use 1½ inch maximum size aggregate unless otherwise designated; for Class "A" and Class "B" use 1 inch maximum size aggregate; for Class "C" and Class "D" use 3/4 inch maximum size aggregate. In no case shall the size of the coarse aggregate exceed 75% of the horizontal space between reinforcing bars or between reinforcing bars and forms.


C. Mix Designs. Conform with requirements of Article 1.04 "Concrete Mix Designs and Preliminary Tests". At least 60 days before any Class concrete is to be placed, the Contractor shall submit for approval for each proposed mix a mix design made by a Civil Engineer registered in California or a Testing Laboratory approved by the District.

1. In lieu of a submittal from the Contractor for a required mix design, upon approval

of the Engineer the following mixes may be used with a slump of 4 to 5 inches: EMWD Mix #9 (Class "A" structural concrete)

Cement: 5.5 sacks/c.y., 517 lbs./c.y. Water: 32-34 gal./c.y. Aggregate: 1985 lbs./c.y. - #3 (3/4 inch to 1 inch max.) Sand: 1359 lbs./c.y. Admixture: Master Builders: 4

300-N W.R. Grace: 5 oz/100 lbs. cement WRDA-79, or 3 oz/100 lb. cement WRDA-64 or other water-reducing admixture meeting ASTM C-494 Type A (21 fl. oz/c.y.).

Standard Specifications for Public Work Construction Class 560-C-3250 (Optional mix for Class “A” structural concrete)

Cement: 5.96 sacks/c.y., 560 lbs./c.y. Water: 38 gal./c.y Aggregate: 1478 lbs./c.y. - # 3 (3/4 inch to 1 inch max)

246 lbs./c.y. - # 4 (3/8 inch max) Sand: 1355 lbs./c.y. Admixture: Master Builders: 4 + 1 fl. ozs./100 lbs. of cement, Pozzolith Type

300-N W.R. Grace: 5 oz/100 lbs. cement WRDA-79, or 3 oz/100 lb. cement WRDA-64 or other water-reducing admixture meeting ASTM C-494 Type A (21 fl. oz/c.y.).

The combined aggregate grading shall be per Standard Specifications for Public Work Construction Section 201- 1.3.2 as shown below:

Sleve size Percent Passing

1½" 100 1" 95-100

3/4" 77-93 3/8" 50-70


No. 4 39-51 No. 8 31-41

No. 16 22-32 No. 30 12-22 No. 50 3-9

No. 100 0-3 No. 200 0-2

EMWD Mix #6 (Class "B" concrete)

Cement: 4.7 sacks/c.y., 441.8 lbs./c.y. Water: 30-32 gal./c.y. Aggregate: 415 lbs./c.y. - #4 (3/8 inch max.)

795 lbs./c.y. - #3 (3/4 inch to 1 inch max.) 1006 lbs./c.y. - #2 (1½ inch max.)

Sand: 1230 lbs./c.y. Admixture: Master Builders: 4

300-N W.R. Grace: 5 oz/100 lb. cement WRDA-79, or 3 oz/100 lb. cement WRDA-64 or other water-reducing admixture meeting ASTM C-494 Type A (18 fl. oz/c.y.).

Riverside County Class “B” Concrete

Cement: 5.5 sacks/c.y., 517 lbs./c.y. Water: 36.5 Gal./c.y. Course Agg. 1" x #4: 1559 lbs./c.y. Course Agg. 3/8" x #8: 226 lbs./c.y. Sand: 1434 lbs./c.y. Water Cement Ratio: 0.59 max. Slump: 4" max.

Course aggregate shall meet the grading requirements of ASTM C33. The combined aggregate grading shall be per Caltrans Standard Specification 90-3.04(1"max), as shown below:


1½" 100 1" 95-100

3/4" 55-100


3/8" 45-75 No. 4 35-60 No. 8 27-45

No. 16 20-35 No. 30 12-25 No. 50 5-15

No. 100 1-8 No. 200 0-4

Riverside County Class “B” Machine Laid Concrete

Cement: 5.5 sacks/c.y., 517 lbs./c.y. Water: 34.0 Gal./c.y. Course Agg. 1" x #4: 1388 lbs./c.y. Course Agg. 3/8" x #8: 295 lbs./c.y. Sand: 1589 lbs./c.y Water Cement Ratio: 0.55 max. Slump: 2" max

Course aggregate shall meet the grading requirements of ASTM C33. The combined aggregate grading shall be per Caltrans Standard Specification 90-3.04(1"max), as shown below:


1½" 100 1" 95-100

3/4" 55-100 3/8" 45-75 No. 4 35-60 No. 8 27-45

No. 16 20-35 No. 30 12-25 No. 50 5-15

No. 100 1-8 No. 200 0-4


EMWD Mix #10 (Class "C" concrete)

Cement: 4.5 sacks/c.y., 423 lb./c.y. Water: 32-34 gal./c.y. Aggregate: 1903 lb./c.y. Sand: 1480 lb./c.y. Admixture: None

2.03 CONCRETE MIXING Concrete shall be ready-mixed, supplied from an off-site commercial ready-mix plant approved by District, each load accompanied by a bonded weighmaster's certificate listing the quantity of each concrete ingredient, admixture quantity, water content and slump, and time of loading and departure from ready-mix plant. Also include notations to indicate equipment was checked and found to be free of contaminants prior to batching.

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete. Unless approved otherwise in advance of batching, all concrete of a single design mix for any one day's pour shall be from a single batch plant of a single supplier. Conform to ASTM C94, except materials, testing and mix design shall be as specified herein. Use transit mixers equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. All applicable mixing requirements specified herein for concrete mixed at the site shall govern transit-mixed concrete and the District shall have free access to the batching plant at all times. For concrete mixed in top-loading truck mixers, each batch shall be turned not less than 40 and not more than 300 revolutions of the mixer drum at mixing speed when the fine and coarse aggregate are charged into the mixer simultaneously (cement and water may be charged separately). When the fine and coarse aggregate are charged into the mixer separately, each batch shall be turned not less than 60 and not more than 300 revolutions of the drum at mixing speeds. For concrete mixed in end-loading truck mixers, each batch shall be turned not less than 60 and not more than 300 revolutions of the mixer drum at mixing speed when the mixer is loaded in excess of 50 percent of the gross drum volume as provided hereinafter. When the mixer is loaded (not to exceed 50 percent of the gross drum volume) the provisions specified for top-loading truck mixers will apply. Truck mixers shall be loaded in accordance with manufacturer's capacity ratings, but in no case shall the volume of mixed concrete exceed 50 percent of the gross volume of the drum for top-loading mixers and 58 percent of the gross volume of the drum for end-loading truck mixers.


Mixing speed shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, but in no case shall the speed be less than 4 revolutions per minute or greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum of 225 feet per minute. The power unit shall be equipped with a governor to insure constant speed. Each truck mixer shall be equipped with a device for counting the number of revolutions of the drum, which device shall be interlocked so as to prevent the discharge of concrete from the drum before the required number of turns. After the drum is once started, it shall be revolved continuously until it has completely discharged its batch. Water shall not be admitted to the mix until the drum has started revolving. The right is reserved to increase the required minimum number of revolutions or to decrease the designated maximum number of revolutions allowed, if necessary, to obtain satisfactory mixing, and the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation because of such increase or decrease.

B. Mixing Water Limitations. If water is added at the batching plant, ready-mixed concrete shall not be held in the mixer for more than one and one-half hours from the time the water is added. When temperature of concrete is 85°F or above, reduce holding time to 45 minutes. Do not deliver ready-mixed concrete to job with total specified amount of water incorporated therein. Without 2½ gallons of water per cubic yard, then incorporate in mix before concrete is discharged from mixer truck. If no water is added at the batching plant, measured quantities of water shall be added at the site and a minimum of fifteen minutes mixing given, or mixing to overcome segregation. Adding of water shall be under observation of Inspector. Each mixer truck shall arrive at the job site with its water container full. In event container is not full or concrete tests to a greater slump than specified, the load is subject to rejection.

C. Job Mixed Concrete. Contractor shall obtain the approval of the District for equipment and procedures proposed for job mixed concrete.

D. Consistency and Slump. Adjust quantity of water so concrete does not exceed maximum slumps specified when placed or specified water/cement ratio; use minimum necessary for workability required by the part of the structure being cast. Measure consistency of concrete in accordance with ASTM C143. Concrete exceeding maximum slump will be rejected. Part of Structure Maximum Slump

Footings and mass concrete not reinforced 3 inches

Slabs, and floors and reinforced footings 2 to 3 inches

Columns, walls over 8 inches thick 3 to 4 inches

Walls up to 8 inches thick 3 ½ to 4 inches

Equipment bases 3 to 5 inches


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING Remove excess water from forms before concrete is deposited. Divert any flow of water without washing over freshly deposited concrete. Remove hardened concrete, debris, and foreign materials from interior of forms and from inner surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment.

A. Forms. Prior to placing concrete, forms shall meet the requirements of Section 03150, as approved by the Engineer. Concrete to be poured on earthwork such as slabs or stairs on grade shall meet the same requirements for approval prior to pouring as above specified for the approval of forms.

B. Reinforcement. Reinforcement shall have been secured under work of Sections 03150 and 03200, and inspected and approved. Embedded metal shall be free of old mortar, oils, mill scale, and other encrustations or coatings that might reduce bond. Wheeled concrete-handling equipment shall not be wheeled over reinforcing nor shall runways be supported on reinforcing. "Break-out" bars or dowels bent for forming, for subsequent straightening prior to adjacent pour, will be allowed with bars of #5 maximum size, only where specifically called out on the Drawings, and only where kinks or breaks are not likely as a result of straightening. This does not imply approval of cold joints where none designed, or any deviation from construction joint requirements elsewhere in these specifications.

C. Wetting. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability.

D. Earth Subgrade. Lightly dampened 24 hours in advance of concrete placing, but not muddied. Reroll as necessary for smoothness, and remove all loose materials.

E. Aggregate Fill Base. Prepare same as earth subgrade. Center 30-mil plastic sheeting or roofing cap sheet on base course under indicated waterstop joints to retain mix fines within mix and prevent their percolation into base course.

Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 – 20 3.02 WATERSTOPS Heat fuse joints and connections in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions including heating tools and devices. Waterstops shall be continuous in joints, following offsets and angles in joints until spliced to waterstops at intersecting joints, completely sealing the structure. Waterstops shall be aligned and centered in joints. Secure flanges of waterstops to reinforcing bars with 18 gage wire ties spaced maximum 18 inch center. All waterstops, splices, joints, intersections, and welds shall be tested with an approved holiday spark tester before concrete is placed. The contract drawings do not indicate every location that is to have waterstop. Waterstop shall be located in all water bearing structure walls and slabs. Waterstop shall be positioned correctly during installation and all splices in length or at intersections shall be performed by heat sealing and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Waterstop joints shall conform to Drawing requirements, if requirements are shown on the Drawings, and, whether or not requirements are shown on the Drawings, shall be properly heat-spliced at ends and crosses to preserve continuity. All splicing shall be done using mitered joints. Forms for construction joints shall be constructed in such manner as to prevent injury to waterstops. Waterstops shall be securely held in position in the construction joints by wire ties. In narrow walls requiring both rebar and waterstop, the rebar shall be offset to one side and the keyway and/or waterstop shall be offset to the opposite side sufficiently to allow placement of both rebar and waterstop without contact. In order to accommodate such an offset, double curtain steel may be replaced by one properly designed larger bar upon approval by the Engineer. All in-place waterstop installations including locations and joints shall be approved by District prior to placement of concrete.

3.03 JOINTS IN CONCRETE Locate joints in concrete where indicated unless otherwise approved. Obtain approval of points of stoppage of any pour, prior to scheduling of pour.

A. Construction Joints. Unless otherwise shown, all construction joints shall be provided with suitable keyways or other keying methods. Clean and roughen contact surfaces of construction joints by removing entire surface and exposing clean aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix. Use mechanical chipping, sandblasting, or application of surface mortar retarder followed by washing and scrubbing with stiff broom. Cover and protect waterstops and other inserts from damage. The hardened concrete shall be watered and kept wet for at least 24 hours before placing new concrete. Where construction joints are not indicated on the Drawings, provide slabs and walls with construction joints at intervals not greater than 30 feet. Starter walls shall be used unless detailed otherwise. Where utilized, starter walls shall extend a minimum of 3½ inches.


Where "break-out" bars are required by the contract drawings for future structure extensions, except where other methods are specifically set forth on the contract drawings a required mortar-tight enclosure of the reinforcing dowels shall be provided by installing the break-out bars in capped PVC pipe embedded 1 inch minimum into the structural concrete.

B. Expansion Joints. Provide where indicated, ½ inch width unless otherwise detailed. Except where synthetic rubber (sealant) sealed joints are shown or specified, provide expansion joint filler and joint sealer, filler head down ½ inch to 3/4 inch and sealer finished flush with surface. At synthetic rubber sealed joints, hold filler down ½ inch unless otherwise shown, ready to receive sealant. 1. Location of joints in interior slabs on grade shall be as detailed on the Drawings.

Sawed control joints shall be as approved by the Engineer

2. Control joints in exterior slabs shall be located as indicated on the Drawings, or as follows if not noted:

a) Provide bond breaker with ½ inch expansion joint material at junction of walls, bases, columns, etc.

b) Provide ½ inch expansion joints at changes in direction of slabs, or abrupt

changes in width and not greater than twenty (20) feet apart on slabs without control joints.

c) Control joints in exterior slabs shall be sealed with the specified sealer.

C. Roof and Floor Slabs. Pour slabs in alternating checkerboard fashion between indicated

construction joints, as approved. Slabs in place shall be cured as required elsewhere in these specifications a minimum of seven (7) days before adjoining slabs are cast.

D. Intermediate Screed Strips. Intermediate screed strips shall be required for all slab pours unless otherwise approved. Such approval for the omission of intermediate screeds shall be for each individual pour and no blanket approval shall be given.

E. Gasket Seals. At joints between precast concrete manhole and/or wet well units, clean mating surfaces of both members. Then within groove, place and lay continuous rod of specified compressible gasket to provide watertight installation after placement of matching tongued concrete member and compression of the gasket.

F. Joining Existing Structures. Where a construction joint to an existing structure requires a waterstop and none is found in the existing structure, Contractor shall join the old structure by chamfering the new concrete at the joint and filling the chamfer with specified epoxy sealant.


Where required reinforcing is not found protruding from the existing structure, required reinforcing shall be placed by drilling and placing dowels of the proper size and spacing. Where required waterstop and reinforcing is found in the existing structure, joints shall be treated as other construction joints under Articles 3.01 and 3.02.

G. Concrete for Buried Electrical. Buried electrical ducts, conduits & similar type items are to be encased in Class C red colored concrete as disignated below. Aggregate for Class C Concrete for Encasement of Electrical Conduits: 1. Graded as specified in ASTM C 33, Size Number 8. 2. Provide concrete utilizing this aggregate equal to Class C concrete in all other

respects. 3. Manufacturers: Frank D. Davis Company, Red Oxide Number 1117 or equal.

3.04 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE

A. Do not pour concrete until reinforcing steel and forms have been inspected and approved. Notify District not less than one full working day in advance of readiness for inspection of forms and reinforcing. Specific approval of individual forms by the Engineer shall be obtained before ordering of concrete. The Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours notice of a scheduled concrete pour following the completion of forming. Upon inspection of the forms, reinforcing, waterstop placement, etc., the Engineer will immediately issue a written approval to pour concrete showing approval of the scheduled pour or disapproval. In the event of disapproval, the Engineer will show the Contractor the specific deficiencies, for correction within the 24 hour period prior to the scheduled pour. Upon notification by the Contractor of correction of deficiencies and reinspection and approval by the Engineer, the pour may proceed as scheduled. In the event required corrections are not made, or are not approved, the disapproval of the pour shall stand and the pour shall not proceed as scheduled, but shall be rescheduled. Any concrete not in accordance with these specifications, out of line, level, or plumb; or showing cracks, rock pockets, voids, stalls, honeycombing, exposure of reinforcing, or any other damage which will be detrimental to the work will be considered defective and must be corrected and replaced as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the District. Any concrete work that is not formed as indicated; is not true within 1/250th of the span; is not true to intended alignment; is not plumb or level where so intended; is not true to intended grades and levels; has voids or honeycombs that have been cut, resurfaced or filled, unless under the direction of the Engineer; has any


sawdust, shavings, wood or embedded debris; or does not fully conform to the contract provisions, shall be deemed to be defective and shall be removed from the site. 1. Handle or pump no concrete utilizing aluminum equipment.

2. Delivery tickets shall show the following:

a) Batch number.

b) Mix by compressive strength with maximum aggregate size.

c) Types and amount of admixtures included.

d) Air content.

e) Slump.

f) Time of loading and discharge.

g) Amount of water put in at batch plant.

h) Location in the work.

i) Specification class of concrete.

j) Date of delivery.

3. If any water is added at the job site, it shall be approved by the Engineer and the

delivery ticket noted as to the amount of water added. One copy of each delivery ticket shall be submitted daily to the Engineer.

B. Weather. Do not place concrete during rain or freezing weather unless approved

measures are taken to prevent damage to concrete. Concrete placed during periods of dry winds, low humidity, high temperatures, and other conditions causing rapid drying shall be initially cured with a fine fog spray of water applied immediately after finishing and maintained until final curing operations are started. Also under hot weather conditions, steps shall be taken to reduce concrete temperatures and water evaporation by proper attention to ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection, and curing.


1. Preventative measures taken for concrete placement during hot or cold weather shall be approved by the Engineer. There shall be no placing of concrete when ambient temperatures are below 35°F or above 100°F, or when such will be the case within 24 hours of the pour. Any concrete previously placed shall be protected from freezing.

C. Conveying. Do not drop concrete from its point of release at mixer, hopper, tremies, or

conveyances more than 6 feet, nor through reinforcing bars in a manner that causes segregation. Provide form windows, tremies, elephant trunks, and equivalent devices as required. The use of chutes for conveying or depositing concrete is not allowed except for small isolated portions of the work and only with prior approval. Deposit concrete directly into conveyances and from conveyances to final points of repose. Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one portion to another.

D. Placing Concrete. Concrete shall be placed and compacted within 90 minutes after water is first added to the mix, and no concrete shall be placed after there is evidence of initial set. This placing time shall be reduced to 45 minutes when the temperature of the concrete is 85°F or above. Retempering of concrete is not allowed. 1. Horizontal Construction Joints. Horizontal surfaces of previously placed and

hardened concrete shall be wet and covered with a 6 inch thick layer of concrete of the design mix with 50% of coarse aggregate omitted just before balance of concrete is placed.

2. Lifts. Pour concrete into forms immediately after mixing in a manner that will prevent separation of ingredients. Except as interrupted by joints, all formed concrete shall be placed in continuous, approximately horizontal layers, the depths of which generally shall not exceed 18 inches.

a) Walls and Slabs. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, concrete

shall be placed in units bounded by construction joints. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures and 3 days for all other structures before the contiguous unit or units are placed. The exception is corner sections of vertical walls, which shall not be placed until the adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 4 days for all other structures.

b) Beams and Slabs. Pouring of all beams and slabs must be continuous and monolithic with the floor system where so shown on the Drawings. At least two (2) hours must elapse after depositing concrete in walls or columns before pouring beams, etc. supported thereon.


3. Pumping Concrete. No increase in the specified slumps will be allowed and

required water/cement ratios shall be maintained for concrete pumping. Aluminum tubes are not acceptable for conveying concrete. Equipment shall be capable of maintaining the specified pour rates. Conform with requirements of ACI 304.2R-96, except as more stringent requirements are specified herein. Minimum conduit (tube) diameter shall be 4 inches.

4. Pour Rates.

a) Vertical Elements. Place concrete in lifts as specified at a rate that does not overstress forms nor allows the top of a lift to begin to harden before the next lift is placed. Cold joints are not acceptable.

b) Slabs. Place concrete at a rate that ensures all deposits are joined to

concrete that is still plastic and within 10 minutes of the previous pour. Concrete adjoining alternate slabs shall not be placed until the adjoining concrete has cured as required elsewhere in this specification for at least seven days unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

5. Field Tests. During the progress of construction, the District will have tests made

to determine whether the concrete, as being produced, complies with the standards of quality specified herein. These tests will be made in accordance with ASTM C3l and ASTM C39. Each test will consist of a minimum of four cylinders, and the District, at his discretion, may take such tests as frequently as necessary to prove the quality of the concrete. In no case shall less than one test be made of each day's pour or of each 50 yards of concrete. The Contractor shall furnish the concrete for such tests but the remaining testing expense will be borne by the District. Specimens will be cured under job conditions. For all concrete, the standard age of test will be 28 days, but the 7-day test may be used provided that the relation between the 7 and 28 strengths of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. Slump tests will be in accordance with ASTM Cl43. Enforcement of Strength Requirement. Concrete is expected to reach a higher compressive strength than that indicated as minimum compressive strength. At least the specified minimum cement shall be used, and more cement shall be used, if necessary, to meet all minimum and maximum requirements shown in the table. Failure to meet these conditions shall be considered failure of the concrete.


One test shall consist of the results of testing three (3) standard specimens in accordance with ASTM C3l and C39, except that if one specimen in a test shows manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, it shall be discarded and the remaining two strengths averaged. Should more than one specimen presenting a given test show defects due to improper sampling, molding, or testing, the entire test shall be discarded. If the concrete fails to meet the specifications in the preceding paragraph, the District shall have the right to ask for additional curing of the affected portion followed by cores taken in accordance with ASTM C42 all at the Contractor's expense. If the additional curing does not bring the average of three cores taken in the affected area to at least the strength specified, the District may require strengthening of the affected portions of the structures by means of additional concrete or steel, or he may require replacement of these affected portions, all at the Contractor's expense. Core tests for below-strength concrete shall be paid for by the Contractor even though such core tests indicate the concrete has obtained the required minimum compressive strength.

E. Compaction. Effective compaction shall be obtained by vibration, agitation, spading,

and rodding until the concrete is free from voids, air bubbles, or rock pockets. Vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete within the forms. No less than one spare vibrator for each two vibrators in use on a pour, each in good working condition shall be kept on the job during pours. One experienced workman shall be assigned to the operation of each vibrator as his only duty. Operations not deemed to be satisfactory by the District shall be immediately corrected. 1. Vibration. All concrete, with the exception of concrete slabs 4 inches or less in

depth, shall be compacted with high frequency, internal mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Concrete slabs 4 inches or less in depth shall be consolidated by wood or metal grid tampers, spading and settling with a heavy leveling straight edge. Carefully vibrate concrete around waterstops and ensure the waterstops are not bent or damaged.

a) Vibrators. Vibrators shall be designed to operate with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, and shall have a frequency of not less than 7,000 impulses per minute when submerged. The vibrating equipment shall be adequate at all times in number of units and power of each unit to consolidate the concrete to the maximum practicable density so that it is free from air pockets, honeycomb, entrapped air and so it closes snugly against all surfaces of forms and embedded items.


b) Operation of Vibrators. Do not allow vibrators to contact forms or

reinforcing. In vibrating a freshly placed layer of concrete, the vibrator shall be inserted vertically through the preceding layers that are still completely plastic and slowly withdrawn, producing the maximum obtainable density in the concrete without creating voids. Under no circumstances shall the vibrator enter or disturb concrete that has stiffened or partially set. The interval of vibrator placing shall not exceed two-thirds the effective visible vibration diameter of the submerged vibrator. Avoid excessive vibration that causes concrete segregation or causes an inordinant amount of entrained air to move to the face of the forms, which shall be causes for rejection of the concrete pour.

c) Re-Vibration of Retarded Concrete. Concrete containing retarding

admixture for structural walls and columns shall be placed by a schedule that allows each layer of concrete to be in place and compacted for at least 30 minutes before the next layer of concrete is placed. Bleed water on the surface of the concrete shall be removed before additional concrete is placed and the concrete in place re-vibrated before the next lift is placed. At tops of walls and columns concrete containing excess water or fine aggregate caused by vibration shall be removed while plastic, and the space filled with compacted concrete of the correct proportions, vibrated in place.

F. Slabs. Set screeds at maximum 8 foot centers, as approved, and verify correct

elevations with instrument level, and consideration for any camber in the form. Compact and tamp concrete to bring 3/8 inch mortar to surface, and wood float to straightedges and screeds. Make finished surfaces level or sloped as detailed, with maximum deviation of 1/4 inch from 10 feet straightedge for exposed finishes, and there shall be no low spots to impound water. Do not use steel or plastic floats of any kind of initial floating operations. Unless otherwise specified, do not apply hereinafter specified finishes until surface water disappears and surface is sufficiently hardened. Remove all bleed water and laitance as it appears.

G. Tolerances 1. Forms, sleeves, and inserts shall be set, and concrete shall be cast, to the lines and

grades indicated on the plans and as detailed in these specifications. The maximum deviation from true line and grade shall not exceed the tolerances listed in the following table.


Item Maximum Tolerance Sleeves and inserts +1/8 inch -1/8 inch

Projected ends of anchor bolts +1/4 inch -0.0 inch

Anchor bolt setting +1/16 inch -1/16 inch 2. Formed surface tolerances for concrete shall meet requirements for ACI surface

classes as follows, unless otherwise specified herein or in the Special Provisions. Class "A". Exposed interior and exterior concrete to be coated or painted.

Abrupt irregularities must meet a modified requirement of 1/16 inch maximum.*

Class "B". Coarse textured concrete intended to receive plaster, stucco or

wainscoting. Class "C". Exposed interior and exterior concrete not requiring coating or

painting. Class "D". Permanently concealed surfaces below permanent ground level

or operating water surface.

Permitted Irregularities in Formed Surfaces Checked with a 5-foot Template

Type of Irregularity

ACI Surface Tolerance Class of Surface

A B C D

Gradual 1/8 inch 1/4 inch ½ inch 1 inch

Abrupt *1/16 inch 1/4 inch 1/4 inch 1 inch

3. Deviation in alignment of slabs or walls shall not exceed a rate of l/8 inch in l0 feet

within the tolerances specified.

4. Slabs shall be uniformly sloped to drain.

5. Regardless of the tolerances listed herein, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to limit deviations in line and grade to tolerances which will permit proper installation and operation of mechanical equipment and piping.


3.05 CURING FORMED CONCRETE Maintain forms containing concrete in a thoroughly wet condition until forms are removed. Maintain all concrete in a continuously moist condition for not less than 7 consecutive days after pouring (14 days on projects subject to Federal Wage Determination). Keep concrete moist with fine fog spray until protected by curing materials. Use water curing method, specified liquid membrane-forming compound, or concrete curing paper or mats, all subject to approval for each specific use. Vertical surfaces shall not be cured by sprinkling method unless specifically approved by the Engineer.

3.06 PLACING GROUT

A. Grout all steel bearing plates, columns, and other structural parts set to hardened concrete using nonshrink grout. Use an approved premixed grout, adding only water in the amount recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Generally, use driest practicable mix and pack into place so no voids remain between steel and the supporting concrete.

C. When necessary, use sufficient water to produce a flowable mixture, and pour, first forming sand dams to retain the grout until partially set. When sufficient set is attained, remove dams and pack grout to refusal on all four sides, to eliminate voids; fill any resulting edge voids with drier mix.

D. In all locations where the surface of the grout will be exposed to view or in an area of high humidity, nonshrink grout shall be recessed to approximately one-half inch back of the exposed surface and the recessed area filled with cement mortar grout.

3.07 ANCHORS, SLEEVES, STAIR NOSINGS, ETC

A. Install in forms, in accordance with layout information provided by their suppliers, all necessary anchors, anchorage inserts, sleeves, slots, etc., required for fastening or passing the work of other Sections; also all such surface items as edge angles, manhole frames and other castings, trench cover frames or gratings, access panels, expansion joint covers, stair nosings, etc., having anchorage features requiring that they be installed before concrete is placed.

B. All such items shall be accurately located, carefully plumbed and leveled, securely fastened in place so that alignment and level will not be disturbed during concreting, and protected from damage until concreting is completed.

C. Provide all openings and chases in concrete, shown on the Drawings or as otherwise required.

Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 – 30 3.08 EQUIPMENT BASES Provide all concrete bases or foundations shown for equipment or fixtures included in other Sections of the work unless the Drawings or Specifications indicate that bases are to be furnished as part of the equipment.

A. Material. In general, use Class "A" or Class "B" concrete as required by Article 1.04, unless otherwise specified on the Drawing.

B. Installation of Nuts and Bolts. Work from approved setting Drawings. Use steel or plywood templates and apply nuts above and below, to hold bolts in vertical position. During the course of the placement of any concrete, the Contractor shall have sufficient personnel, of whatever skill or trade required, available to check the location of all embedded anchor bolts, edge angles for grating, or any other item which may be deemed appropriate by the Engineer. This check shall be made immediately after the work has progressed to a point such that the item shall not be subject to disturbance and prior to the concrete having obtained sufficient set such that adjustment of the items, if necessary, cannot be made with unacceptable damage to the concrete. If the operation is such that repeated checks are required, they shall be made.

C. Size. Generally, the size indications and dimensions of bases shown on Drawings are approximate. The actual size, in all cases, shall be determined from the equipment furnished. Work from approved equipment supplier's drawings.

3.09 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE

A. Within 5 days following the removal of forms, the following finishing operations shall be performed. No other finishing operations are required for permanently concealed concrete (i.e., concrete below permanent ground surface or operating water level). When specifically approved by the Engineer, finishing of concrete may be performed by units, (i.e. a complete wall, a complete structure, etc.), in which case 10% minimum concrete payment shall be retained for the finishing operation. Finishing operations to be performed:

1. Remove projections and offsets.

2. Saturate form tie holes with water and fill voids with mortar of same mix as

concrete (less coarse aggregate), cure and dry; white bonding glue manufactured for this purpose may be added to the mix in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.


3. Patch all damaged areas due to spalling, voids, rock pockets and bleeding of

cement (generally caused by form leaks) with mortar over a concrete adhesive bonding agent manufactured for this purpose and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Cut out all rock pockets to sound concrete, edges square to the surface and back beveled, and patch with tempered mortar applied over an approved epoxy concrete adhesive. Large areas (as determined by the Engineer), and all other damaged areas over ½ inch in depth shall be repaired similarly. Other damaged areas less than ½ inch in depth shall be similarly repaired, but an approved white concrete bonding agent may be used in place of epoxy concrete adhesive.

4. Finish patches flush with adjoining surfaces and cure the same as the original concrete. Attention is directed to the need for properly curing the repair patches, and for utilizing the proper bonding agent for a given situation (i.e., below operating water level). Information regarding the manufacturer's recommended use shall be furnished to the Engineer for his evaluation. Pursuant to the specifications, all concrete must be cured for seven (7) days after pouring or patching, including sacked concrete, except concrete sacked after 7 days following pouring or patching needs no further curing.

5. Small air holes may be considered those which would be covered over by sacking, and need not be repaired on external walls being waterproofed or other areas not required to be sacked under the specifications. Air holes larger than this shall be considered voids. Minor cement paste leaks are those not exposing aggregate and which can be covered over by sacking, and should be treated similarly to small air holes. Anything larger shall be considered a rock pocket or a bleed hole, depending upon the condition. Some small bleed holes may, at the discretion of the Engineer, not need to be chipped out, but may be merely sandblasted to sound concrete prior to patching.


B. All exposed interior and exterior formed concrete (i.e., concrete not permanently concealed from direct visible exposure under facility operating conditions, including gallery and equipment room walls and ceilings), and all concrete to be coated in the finished structure shall, in addition to the foregoing, be Brush-Off Blast Cleaned (SSPC-SP7-63) to open all paste and air holes and to remove curing compound and dust. It shall then be rubbed with cement of consistent color and burlap and/or with brick and water to eliminate pockets and produce reasonable smooth surfaces suitable for painting. A reasonable smooth surface shall be defined as a surface with no projections or form marks greater than 1/16 of an inch and no indentations after finishing. Chamfers and fillets shall be made straight and true, and uniform. Concrete to be temporarily concealed until facility is expanded shall be considered exposed concrete.

C. All formed concrete within water bearing structures and not subject to Item 3.09.B shall be brush-off cleaned (SSPC-SP7) to open all paste and air holes and to remove curing compound and dust. Alternatively, a high-pressure water spray may be used if the method is demonstrated by the Contractor to be effective in removing the curing compound and opens all defects. The high-pressure water spray alternative must be approved by the Inspector.

All defects greater than ¼ inch in depth are to be filled. Prep defects by applying by brush, a neat cement/water/latex bonding agent paste. Defects shall then be filled by immediately applying and scrubbing in a thick 60-grit sand/cement mortar paste with a sponge rubber float. The mortar is to fill defects only and all excess material shall be cut from the surface with the edge of a steel trowel. Apply curing compound to all repairs.

3.10 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK As specified above, initially compact, bring 3/8 inch mortar to surface and float surfaces. Finished surfaces shall be "puddle-free" and level or sloped as indicated to above specified maximum deviation limits. Surfaces which are not within these limits shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to District; patching is not acceptable. Keep surface moist with fine fog spray of water to prevent drying during finishing operations and until curing media is applied. Dusting with cement or sand during finishing operations is not permitted.

A. Precautions. Slabs have not been designed for heavy construction loads. Contractor shall repair or replace damaged slabs resulting from his use of heavy equipment or loadings as directed by the Engineer.

B. Rough Slabs. Broom surfaces of slab after initial set of concrete leaving coarse aggregate slightly exposed. Apply on following areas and surfaces: 1. Concrete to receive deferred concrete, grout or mortar.


2. Tops of footings for masonry.

C. Monolithic Trowel Finish. For all floor, slab, and flatwork surfaces not otherwise indicated or specified. After surface water disappears and floated surface is sufficiently hardened, steel trowel and retrowel to smooth surface. After concrete has set enough to ring trowel, retrowel to a smooth uniform finish free of trowel marks or other blemishes. Avoid excessive troweling that produces burnished areas.

D. Steel Float Finish. Same as monolithic trowel finish, except omit second retroweling. Apply on following area and surfaces: 1. Apply on floor slab surfaces in water-bearing structures.

2. Areas scheduled to receive resilient floor coverings.

E. Swirl Non-Slip Finish. Prepare same as steel float finish, then perform final troweling with circular motion and slightly lift trowel to produce uniform swirl (sweat trowel) non-slip finishes matching sample selected by District from Contractor-prepared 2-foot square sample panels. Unless otherwise specified, provide uniform coarse texture on exterior walking surfaces.

F. Wood Float Finish. Float to screeds. When ready, finish with wood floats to a uniformly textured surface. Apply on following areas and surfaces: 1. Exterior walking surfaces exceeding 1:10 slope.

G. Floor Hardener Application 1. Floor hardener shall be applied by dust-on method to all interior exposed concrete

floors, and to other specifically designated floors using specified materials and rates of coverage.

2. Prior to application, the Contractor shall consult with the manufacturer's field representative in regard to application of floor hardener under prevailing job conditions.

3. Float and trowel floor hardener into the surface of freshly floated concrete floors shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

4. Cure as work progresses using method conforming to hardener manufacturer's printed directions.

Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 – 34 3.11 CURING SLABS AND FLATWORK Apply curing media as soon as feasible after finishing operations without marring surfaces, and in any case on same day. Keep surfaces moist until curing is applied. Upon approval of liquid compounds, apply in strict accordance with material manufacturer's published application rates; apply two (2) spray coats, second coat sprayed at right angle direction from first coat. Carefully mask and protect adjoining surfaces where compound is used.

A. Curing Period and Protection. Maintain curing materials in proper sealed condition for minimum of 7 days (14 days on projects subject to Federal Wage Determination) after application. Keep traffic on curing surfaces to the minimum possible, and completely off liquid compound cured surfaces. Immediately restore any damaged or defective curing media.

B. Restriction. Do no use liquid membrane-forming curing compound within water-bearing structures, or on surfaces to receive deferred concrete or masonry, or on surfaces to receive fluid-applied protective coatings or waterproofing.

C. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound. Upon approval, and except as restricted above, use liquid curing compound for all slabs, floors, and flatwork. On slabs having floor hardener treatment, cure such slabs in strict conformance with printed recommendations of floor hardener manufacturer. Other special precautions may be required if concrete is exposed to freezing or otherwise adverse weather conditions during the curing period.

D. Sheet Curing. Use concrete curing sheet material on surfaces where liquid curing is not permitted, and on all joints sealed with pressure sensitive tape; immediately repair any tears during curing period. Verify that surfaces remain damp for full curing period; if necessary or directed, lift sheeting and wet surfaces with clean water, and replace sheeting.

E. Water Curing. Alternate to either liquid curing compound or sheet curing method where approved. Keep concrete continuously wet by ponding, sprinklers, or equivalent for entire curing period.

3.12 FORMED STAIRS AND TREADS Stair nosings are required on all stairs. Accurately place cast abrasive nosings and screed tread surface flush and level. Cut riser back as indicated. At exterior and wet interior locations, apply coarse textured swirl non-slip abrasive finish on surface of treads and landings. Strip protective tape from the nosings on completion of cement finishing operations.


3.13 CHAMFERS AND FILLETS Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer, exposed edges of formed concrete structure shall be provided with a 45°, 3/4 inch x 3/4 inch chamfer. Where fillets are shown on the drawings, they shall be formed with a 45°, 3/4 inch x 3/4 inch form chamfer, formed with a 3/8 inch radius form, or tooled with a 3/4 inch radius rounding tool. Where project is an expansion of an existing facility, chamfer selected shall be compatible with chamfer of existing facility.

3.14 JOINTS WITH SEALANT Sandblast joints to clean sound concrete, using oil-free air to provide surfaces free of oil, foreign materials, and moisture. Mix and place primer, and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Install foam backing in joints so sealant depth is between one-half and two-thirds of joint width. Isolate backing from sealant using a bond breaker such as polyethylene tape, aluminum foil, or wax paper.

A. Manufacturer's Supervision. A technical representative of the sealant manufacturer shall be present at the time sealant operations are started to supervise and approve preparation, sealant mixing, and sealant applications procedures and applicators. The representative shall make frequent visits to the site to ensure that sealant installations conform to the manufacturer's instructions, and shall issue a written report to District covering each visit.

B. Crack Sealing. Before and after backfilling of the tanks, all cracks over 0.01 inch wide in concrete surfaces of tanks and other water-containing structures shall be cutout as detailed and the groove filled with backing, primer, and sealant.

C. Joint Sealer. Unless specified otherwise, IGAS type joint sealer shall be used where joint depth is equal to or greater than twice the joint width. Colma type joint sealer shall be used where the depth to width ratio is less than 2:1.

D. Sealant. All sealant shall be placed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed specifications by a firm specializing in this type of work for not less than five (5) years, or by the Contractor under direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative.

E. Sealant Locations. All locations where sealant is placed must be cleaned by sandblasting and be free from oil, foreign materials, and moisture. Lower surfaces of joints shall be isolated with a bond breaker such as polyethylene, wax paper, aluminum foil or polyethylene tape.


3.15 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINES THROUGH CONCRETE STRUCTURES

A. Whenever a pipeline or any material terminates or extends at or through a structural wall or sump, the Contractor shall install in advance of pouring the concrete the fitting or special casting required for the particular installation. Otherwise, prepare and submit shop/erection drawings of other installation methods and obtain approvals in advance of commencement of work.

B. Whenever any run of pipe is installed per approved shop/erection drawings subsequent to placing of concrete, the Contractor shall accurately position the opening in the concrete for such pipelines. Unless otherwise required, all pipes penetrating fluid containing or earth-supporting portions of the structure shall be ring flanged. 1. Opening shall be of sufficient size to permit a perfect final alignment of pipelines

and fittings without deflection of any part and to allow adequate space for satisfactory packing where pipe passes through wall to insure watertightness around openings so formed.

2. The boxes or cores shall be provided with continuous keyways to hold the filling material in place and to insure a watertight joint.

3. Boxes or cores shall be filled with nonshrink grout or nonshrink concrete.


A. Concrete Tests. At District's expense, District's selected Testing Laboratory shall perform the concrete tests: 1. Compression Tests. Make one set of at least four standard test cylinders from

each day's placing and each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, for each class of concrete. Date cylinder, number and tab, indicating location in structure from which sample was taken. Indicate slump test result of sample. Do not make more than one set of test cylinders from any one location or batch of concrete.

2. Test Cylinders. Provide for testing by District or Testing Laboratory to take test cylinders at the job in accordance with ASTM C31. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C39 at the age of 7 and 28 days. Contractor shall furnish labor and assistance for casting test cylinders, and shall furnish moist curing cabinets, as required, conforming to ASTM C31 at the site.


3. Core Tests. Should strength of concrete, as indicated by tests, fall below required

minimum, then additional tests of concrete which the unsatisfactory samples represent may be required by District. Testing Laboratory will make such test in accordance with ASTM C42. Contractor shall fill the holes made by cutting cores with dry pack concrete. Tests for below-strength concrete shall be paid for by the Contractor even though such tests indicate the concrete has obtained the required minimum compressive strength.

4. Air Content. At time that compression test cylinders are cast, test a sample of the same concrete for air content in accordance with ASTM C231.

3.17 WATERTIGHTNESS OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES

A. All concrete structures designed to contain or convey fluid shall be tested for watertightness by the Contractor by filling with water to levels approximating what will be attained during operation and measuring the drop in level due to leakage, if any. These tests shall be made under the direction of the District, and if necessary, the tests shall be repeated until watertightness is insured.

B. Rate of filling shall be limited to minimize shock-effect to new concrete c+onstruction. Water shall be held under each condition long enough to satisfy the District that the structures are watertight. Structures shall be free of internal or external water leakage.

C. The total loss of water-level in any basin or flume shall not exceed 1/2 inch depth in 24 hours. Leakage shall be located and stopped and the structure again tested until this requirement is met. If the structure does not meet the test, the Contractor shall repair or replace at his own expense, such part of the work as may be necessary to secure the desired results, as approved by the District.

D. Regardless of the rate of leakage, there shall be no visible leakage from any concrete structure.

3.18 ALTERATIONS AND REWORK Existing concrete surfaces to receive new concrete shall be heavily sandblasted to expose coarse aggregate and produce clean coarse textured surface. Such prepared surfaces shall be coated with epoxy bonding compound immediately prior to placing concrete. The compound shall be an approved equivalent to Sika Chemical Company's "Sikastix Adhesive", Hunt Process Company's "HB Series Epoxy Mortar", or equal of type, mix and application in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations and directions for various conditions.


3.19 REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE, MASONRY, OR GROUT Contractor shall utilize necessary equipment and techniques to remove specified concrete, masonry, and grout without damaging or affecting the integrity of the remaining material. Upon removal to the specified limits, any exposed reinforcing steel, anchor bolts, or other embedded items, shall be chipped, cut, or ground to not less than 2 inch depth from the remaining surface. Remaining holes and cavities shall be repaired as follows:

A. Perimeter of holes or cavities shall be cut back to trueline a minimum depth of 1/2 inch. Edges shall be feathered.

B. Surfaces of holes or cavities shall be roughened by mechanical means to provide an aggregate-fractured surface with a 1/4 inch (minimum) profile and cleaned of a loose material and dust.

C. A bonding agent shall be applied to all hole or cavity surfaces immediately prior to filling with repair mortar. The bonding agent shall be Sika Corporation's "Armatec 110", Hunt Process Company's "HB Series Epoxy Mortar", or equal.

D. Holes and cavities shall be filled with Sika Corporation's "MonoTop 611" mortar, or equal. For placement greater than 3 inches in depth, 3/8 inch aggregate shall be added to the mortar to create a repair concrete. Vertical surfaces shall be formed. Horizontal surfaces, including slab overlays, shall be hand trolled and finished to match adjacent concrete.

E. Bonding agent and repair mortar/concrete shall be mixed and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

3.20 QUALITY OF WORK Concrete work which is found to be in any way defective or out of tolerance may be ordered by the District to be removed and replaced. Should this occur, all costs shall be paid by the Contractor.
